600 SJ

Service and Maintenance Manual
Models
600S
600SJ
660SJ
S/N 0300080000
to 0300171769
P/N - 3121202
February 26, 2014

INTRODUCTION
SECTION A. INTRODUCTION - MAINTENANCE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
A GENERAL C MAINTENANCE
This section contains the general safety precautions
which must be observed during maintenance of the aerial
FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH SAFETY PRECAUTIONS LISTED IN
platform. It is of utmost importance that maintenance per-
THIS SECTION COULD RESULT IN MACHINE DAMAGE, PERSON-
sonnel pay strict attention to these warnings and precau- NEL INJURY OR DEATH AND IS A SAFETY VIOLATION.
tions to avoid possible injury to themselves or others, or
damage to the equipment. A maintenance program must • ENSURE REPLACEMENT PARTS OR COMPONENTS
be followed to ensure that the machine is safe to operate. ARE IDENTICAL OR EQUIVALENT TO ORIGINAL PARTS
OR COMPONENTS.
• NO SMOKING IS MANDATORY. NEVER REFUEL DUR-
MODIFICATION OR ALTERATION OF AN AERIAL WORK PLATFORM ING ELECTRICAL STORMS. ENSURE THAT FUEL
CAP IS CLOSED AND SECURE AT ALL OTHER
SHALL BE MADE ONLY WITH WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM THE
TIMES.
MANUFACTURER.
• REMOVE ALL RINGS, WATCHES AND JEWELRY
WHEN PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE.
The specific precautions to be observed during mainte-
nance are inserted at the appropriate point in the manual. • DO NOT WEAR LONG HAIR UNRESTRAINED, OR
These precautions are, for the most part, those that apply LOOSE-FITTING CLOTHING AND NECKTIES WHICH
when servicing hydraulic and larger machine component ARE APT TO BECOME CAUGHT ON OR ENTANGLED
IN EQUIPMENT.
parts.
• OBSERVE AND OBEY ALL WARNINGS AND CAU-
Your safety, and that of others, is the first consideration TIONS ON MACHINE AND IN SERVICEMANUAL.
when engaging in the maintenance of equipment. Always
• KEEP OIL, GREASE, WATER, ETC. WIPED FROM
be conscious of weight. Never attempt to move heavy STANDING SURFACES AND HAND HOLDS.
parts without the aid of a mechanical device. Do not allow
heavy objects to rest in an unstable position. When raising • USE CAUTION WHEN CHECKING A HOT, PRESSUR-
IZED COOLANT SYSTEM.
a portion of the equipment, ensure that adequate support
is provided. • NEVER WORK UNDER AN ELEVATED BOOM UNTIL
BOOM HAS BEEN SAFELY RESTRAINED FROM ANY
MOVEMENT BY BLOCKING OR OVERHEAD SLING,
OR BOOM SAFETY PROP HAS BEEN ENGAGED.
SINCE THE MACHINE MANUFACTURER HAS NO DIRECT CON-
• BEFORE MAKING ADJUSTMENTS, LUBRICATING OR
TROL OVER THE FIELD INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE, SAFETY PERFORMING ANY OTHER MAINTENANCE, SHUT
IN THIS AREA RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OWNER/OPERATOR. OFF ALL POWER CONTROLS.
• BATTERY SHOULD ALWAYS BE DISCONNECTED-
DURING REPLACEMENT OF ELECTRICAL COMPO-
B HYDRAULIC SYSTEM SAFETY NENTS.
It should be noted that the machines hydraulic systems • KEEP ALL SUPPORT EQUIPMENT AND ATTACH-
MENTS STOWED IN THEIR PROPER PLACE.
operate at extremely high potentially dangerous pres-
sures. Every effort should be made to relieve any system • USE ONLY APPROVED, NONFLAMMABLE CLEANING
pressure prior to disconnecting or removing any portion of SOLVENTS.
the system.
Relieve system pressure by cycling the applicable control

several times with the engine stopped and ignition on, to
direct any line pressure back into the reservoir. Pressure
feed lines to system components can then be discon-
nected with minimal fluid loss.
3121202 – JLG Lift – A-1

INTRODUCTION
REVISON LOG
Original Issue - October 15, 2004

Revised - May 23, 2005
Revised - October 11, 2005
Revised - March 2, 2006
Revised - March 12, 2008
Revised - November 20, 2012
Revised - February 26, 2014
A-2 – JLG Lift – 3121202

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

SECTION A - INTRODUCTION - MAINTENANCE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
A General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
B Hydraulic System Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
C Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
SECTION 1 - SPECIFICATIONS
1.1 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1.2 Component Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
Engine Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Drive System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Swing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Auxiliary Power Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Hydraulic Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.3 Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
Machine Weight (Approximate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Dimensional Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.4 Function Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
Machine Orientation When Doing Speed Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Test Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1.5 Torque Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
1.6 Lubrication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
Ford Engine Oil Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Deutz Engine Oil Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1.7 Pressure Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
1.8 Cylinder Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
1.9 Major Component Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
1.10 Critical Stability Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
1.11 Lubrication and Operator Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9
Draining Oil Build Up From The Propane Regulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Propane Fuel Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Propane Fuel System Pressure Relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
1.12 Serial Number Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
2.1 Machine Preparation, Inspection, and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Preparation, Inspection, and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Pre-Start Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Pre-Delivery Inspection and Frequent Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Annual Machine Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Preventative Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.2 Service and Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Safety and Workmanship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Cleanliness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Components Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Component Disassembly and Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Pressure-Fit Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Bolt Usage and Torque Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Hydraulic Lines and Electrical Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Hydraulic System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
3121202 – JLG Lift – i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Lubrication and Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2.3 Lubrication and Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
Hydraulic System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Changing Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Lubrication Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2.4 Cylinder Drift Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
Platform Drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Cylinder Drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2.5 Pins and Composite Bearing Repair Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5
2.6 Welding on JLG Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5
Do the Following When Welding on JLG Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Do NOT Do the Following When Welding on JLG Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
SECTION 3 - CHASSIS & TURNTABLE
3.1 Tires & Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1
Tire Inflation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Tire Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Tire Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Wheel Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Wheel Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.2 Drive Torque hub. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Roll, Leak and Brake Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Tightening and Torquing Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Main Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Input Carrier Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Hub-Spindle Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Spindle-Brake Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Cover Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Input Carrier Sub-Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Output Planet Gear Sub-Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Spindle - Brake Sub-Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Hub-Spindle Sub-Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Cover Sub-Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Main Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Integral Brake Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3.3 Free Wheeling Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
To Disengage Drive Motors and Brakes (Free Wheel) for Towing, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
To Engage Drive Motors and Brakes (Normal Operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
3.4 Drive Motor (S/N 75606 to Present) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Shaft Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Loop Flushing Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Initial Start-up Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
3.5 Oscillating Axle Bleeding Procedure and Lockout Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34
Lockout Cylinder Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Oscillating Axle Lockout Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
3.6 Steer Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35
ii – JLG Lift – 3121202

TABLE OF CONTENTS

3.7 Swing Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36
Adjustment Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Main Assembly Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Hub Shaft Sub-Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Carrier Sub-Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
3.8 Swing Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-45
Turntable Bearing Mounting Bolt Condition Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Wear Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Swing Bearing Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Swing Bearing Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
3.9 Swing Brake - Mico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-49
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
3.10 Rotary Coupling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-51
3.11 Generator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-56
Every 250 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Every 500 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Overload Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
Inspecting Brushes, Replacing Brushes, and Cleaning Slip Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
3.12 Spark Arrester Cleaning Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-59
3.13 Glow Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-59
3.14 Ford EFI Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-59
Performing Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
ECM/EPM and Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
3.15 Ford LPG System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-70
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Megajector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Mixer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Lockoff Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Megajector Diagnostic Code Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Changing from Gasoline to LP Gas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Changing from LP Gas to Gasoline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
3.16 Deutz EMR 2 (S/N 84827 to Present) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-81
3.17 Bio Fuel in Deutz Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-94
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-94
Bio Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-94
Biological Contamination In Fuels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
3.18 GM Engine General Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-96
Maintenance of the Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
Engine Electrical System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
Checking/Filling Engine Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
Changing The Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
Coolant Fill Procedure - Dual Fuel Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
3121202 – JLG Lift – iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

3.19 GM Engine Dual Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-98
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-99
Electric Lock Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-99
EPR Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-99
Low Pressure Regulator (LPR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-100
Air Fuel Mixer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-100
Electronic Throttle Control (ETC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101
Engine Control Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101
Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
Gasoline Multi Point Fuel Injection System (MPFI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
Gasoline Fuel Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
Gasoline Pressure And Temperature Sensor Manifold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-102
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103
Fuel Injector Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103
Fuel Injector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103
3.20 GM Engine Fuel System Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-103
Propane Fuel System Pressure Relief. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103
Propane Fuel System Leak Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103
Propane Fuel Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-104
Electronic Pressure Regulator (EPR) Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-104
Temperature Manifold Absolute Pressure (TMAP) Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-106
Electronic Throttle Control Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-106
MIXER REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-107
Coolant Hose Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108
Vapor Hose Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108
Engine Control Module Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108
Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108
3.21 GM Engine LPG Fuel System Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-109
Fuel System Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-109
Diagnostic Aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-109
SECTION 4 - BOOM & PLATFORM
4.1 Boom Rope Torquing Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
4.2 Wear Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
Main Boom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4.3 Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Three Month Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Eight Year Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Replacement Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4.4 Boom Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Disassembly of Boom Sections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
4.5 Articulating Jib Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
iv – JLG Lift – 3121202

TABLE OF CONTENTS

4.6 Limit Switches and Cam Valve Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16
4.7 Boom Cleanliness Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16
4.8 Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
Platform Sections Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
4.9 Rotator - Helac (Prior to S/N 0300130779) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
4.10 Rotary Actuator (S/N 0300130779 to Present) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22
Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Required Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Installing Counterbalance Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Testing the Actuator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Installation and Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
4.11 Foot Switch Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38
SECTION 5 - HYDRAULICS
5.1 Cylinders - Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1
Systems Incorporating Double Acting Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Systems Incorporating Holding Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5.2 Cylinder Checking Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1
Cylinders Without Counterbalance Valves - Master Cylinder and Steer Cylinder . . . . . . . . 5-1
Cylinders With Single Counterbalance Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Cylinders With Dual Counterbalance Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.3 Cylinder Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2
Main Boom Telescope Cylinder Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Main Boom Telescope Cylinder Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Main Boom Lift Cylinder Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Main Boom Lift Cylinder Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5.4 Cylinder Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Cleaning and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
5.5 Variable Displacement pump (M46 series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Inspections and Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Minor Repair and Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
5.6 Valves - Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Solenoid Control Valve - Rexroth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Relief Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
5.7 Pressure Setting Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Main Relief, Steer, Swing and Lift Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Platform Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Articulating Jib Boom (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
4 Wheel Steer (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
5.8 Hydraulic Component Start-Up Procedures and Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
5.9 Hydraulic Pump W/hayes Pump Drive Coupling Lubrication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35
3121202 – JLG Lift – v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 6 - JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
6.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1
6.2 To Connect the JLG Control System Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
6.3 Using the Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
6.4 Changing the Access Level of the Hand Held Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5
6.5 Adjusting Parameters Using the Hand Held Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7
6.6 Machine Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
6.7 Level Vehicle Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
6.8 Machine Personality Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-17
6.9 Analyzer Diagnostics Menu Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-55
SECTION 7 - BASIC ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
7.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1
7.2 Multimeter Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1
Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Backprobing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Min/Max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Voltage Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Resistance Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Continuity Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Current Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
7.3 Applying Silicone Dielectric Compound to Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
7.4 AMP Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4
Applying Silicone Dielectric Compound to AMP Connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Wedge Lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Service - Voltage Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
7.5 Deutsch Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8
DT/DTP Series Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
DT/DTP Series Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
HD30/HDP20 Series Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
HD30/HDP20 Series Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
vi – JLG Lift – 3121202

LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

1-1. Lubrication and Operator Maintenance Point Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9
1-2. Filter Lock Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14
1-3. Serial Number Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15
1-4. Torque Chart (SAE Fasteners - Sheet 1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16
1-7. Torque Chart (METRIC Fasteners - Sheet 1 of 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19
2-1. Engine Operating Temperature Specifications - Deutz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9
2-2. Engine Operating Temperature Specifications - Ford . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
2-3. Engine Operating Temperature Specifications - Caterpillar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11
2-4. Engine Operating Temperature Specifications - GM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
3-1. Main Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
3-2. Input Carrier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5
3-3. Planet Gear Sub Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
3-4. Input Carrier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7
3-5. Planet Gear Subassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7
3-6. Hub Spindle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8
3-7. Spindle Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9
3-8. Coupling Subassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10
3-9. Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11
3-10. Hub Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15
3-11. Bearing Cup Pressing Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16
3-12. Seal Pressing Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16
3-13. Bearing Cup Pressing Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17
3-14. Drift Pin for Lining Up Thrust Washers with Output Planet Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17
3-15. Disconnecting the Drive Hubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
3-16. Drive Motor Cross Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
3-17. Removing the Shaft Seal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
3-18. Loop Flushing Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20
3-20. Plugs, Fittings, and Speed Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
3-21. End Cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
3-22. Valve Plate & Rear Shaft Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
3-23. Cylinder Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
3-24. Shaft Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
3-25. Shaft & Front Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
3-26. Swash Plate & Servo Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
3-27. Cylinder Kit Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
3-28. Servo Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28
3-29. Cylinder Kit Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29
3-30. Swash Plate and Journal Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29
3121202 – JLG Lift – vii

LIST OF FIGURES

3-31. Shaft and Front Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30
3-32. Cylinder Kit Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30
3-33. Servo Spring and Minimum Angle Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30
3-34. Valve Plate and Rear Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
3-35. End Cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
3-36. Shaft Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32
3-37. Plugs and Fittings Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32
3-39. Steer Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35
3-40. Swing Torque Hub Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36
3-41. Swing Drive Hub (Fairfield) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44
3-42. Swing Bearing Bolt Feeler Gauge Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-45
3-43. Swing Bearing Tolerance Boom Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46
3-44. Swing Bearing Tolerance Measuring Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-47
3-45. Swing Bearing Torque Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48
3-46. Swing Brake Assembly (Mico) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-50
3-47. Rotary Coupling - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-52
3-48. Rotary Coupling - Sheet 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53
3-49. Rotary Coupling Port Location - 2WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-54
3-50. Rotary Coupling Port Location - 4WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-55
3-51. Inspecting Generator Brushes, Replacing Brushes, and Cleaning Slip Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-58
3-52. EFI Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-62
3-53. Typical Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-66
3-54. Ford LPG System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-71
3-55. Deutz Sensors for JLG Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-74
3-56. Deutz Engine Installation - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-75
3-57. Deutz Engine Installation - Sheet 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-76
3-58. Caterpillar Engine Installation - Sheet 1 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-77
3-59. Caterpillar Engine Installation - Sheet 2 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-78
3-60. Ford Engine Installation - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-79
3-61. Ford Engine Installation - Sheet 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-80
3-62. EMR 2 Engine Side Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-82
3-63. Deutz EMR 2 Troubleshooting Flow Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-83
3-64. Deutz EMR 2 Vehicle Side Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-84
3-65. Deutz EMR 2 Engine Side Connection Diagram - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-85
3-66. Deutz EMR 2 Engine Side Connection Diagram - Sheet 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-86
3-67. EMR 2 Engine Plug Pin Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-87
3-68. EMR 2 Vehicle Plug Pin Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-88
3-69. EMR2 Fault Codes - Sheet 1 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-89
3-74. Engine Oil Dip Stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-96
3-75. Electric Fuel Lock Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-99
3-76. EPR Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-99
viii – JLG Lift – 3121202

LIST OF FIGURES

3-77. Low Pressure Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-100
3-78. Air Fuel Mixer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-100
3-79. ETC throttle control device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-101
3-80. LPG Engine Control Unit (ECM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-101
3-81. ECM Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-101
3-82. Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor (HEGO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-102
3-83. Gasoline Fuel Pressure and Temperature Manifold Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-102
3-84. Filter Lock Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-104
3-85. EPR Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-104
3-86. Pressure Regulator Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-105
3-87. (TMAP) Sensor & Electronic Throttle Control (ETC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-106
3-88. Mixer Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-107
3-89. EPR Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-109
4-1. Dimensions of Boom Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
4-2. Clamping Wire Ropes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
4-3. Location and Thickness of Wear Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
4-4. Location of Components - Platform Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
4-5. Location of Components - Rotator and Leveling Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
4-6. Location of Components - Boom Powertrack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
4-7. Disassembly of Proximity Switch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
4-8. Boom Assembly Cutaway - Sheet 1 of 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6
4-11. Disassembly of Sheave Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8
4-12. Disassembly Wire Rope Routing Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
4-13. Dimension of Sheaves When New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
4-14. Routing Installation of Retract Wire Ropes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11
4-15. Boom Powertrack Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
4-16. Installing the Proximity Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13
4-17. Reassembly of Components - Boom Powertrack Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-14
4-18. Location of Components - Articulating Jib Boom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15
4-19. Horizontal Limit and Dual Capacity Limit Switches Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17
4-20. Transport Switch Adjustments - CE Machines Only. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18
4-21. Platform Section Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
4-23. Removing Portion of End Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
4-24. Heating Setscrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
4-25. Removing Setscrew. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
4-22. Rotator Assembly (Helac) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-20
4-26. Removing End Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21
4-27. Removing Shaft from Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21
4-28. Removing Sleeve from Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21
4-29. Actuator Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22
4-30. Rotary Actuator - Exploded View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-24
4-31. Rotary Actuator - Assembly Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25
4-32. Rotator Counterbalance Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-35
4-33. Platform Support Torque Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38
3121202 – JLG Lift – ix

LIST OF FIGURES

5-1. Boom Positioning and Support, Cylinder Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
5-2. Cylinder Barrel Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
5-3. Cap Screw Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
5-4. Cylinder Rod Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
5-5. Tapered Bushing Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6
5-6. Composite Bearing Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6
5-7. Rod Seal Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7
5-8. Poly-Pak Piston Seal Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7
5-9. Wiper Seal Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7
5-10. Installation of Head Seal Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7
5-11. Piston Seal Kit Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8
5-12. Tapered Bushing Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8
5-13. Seating the Tapered Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9
5-14. Rod Assembly Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9
5-15. Axle Lockout Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11
5-16. Level Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
5-17. Lift Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
5-18. Jib Lift Cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
5-19. Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
5-20. Steer Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
5-21. Telescope Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
5-22. Troubleshooting - Neutral Difficult or Impossible to Find . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
5-23. Troubleshooting - System Operating Hot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
5-24. Troubleshooting - Transmission Operates in One Direction Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
5-25. Troubleshooting - System Response is Sluggish. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
5-26. Troubleshooting - System Will Not Operate in Either Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
5-27. Variable Displacement Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
5-28. Articulating Jib Boom Pressure Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
5-29. Main Control Valve Pressure Adjustments - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
5-30. Main Control Valve Pressure Adjustments - Sheet 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
5-31. Location of Components - Main Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
6-1. Hand Held Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1
6-2. ADE Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2
6-3. Analyzer Connecting Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4
6-4. Control Module Location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
6-5. Analyzer Flow Chart, Prior to Version 5.X Software - Sheet 1 of 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9
6-9. Analyzer Flow Chart, Version 5.X Software - Sheet 1 of 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13
x – JLG Lift – 3121202

LIST OF FIGURES

7-1. Voltage Measurement (DC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1
7-2. Resistance Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
7-3. Continuity Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
7-4. Current Measurement (DC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
7-5. Connector Assembly Figure 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4
7-6. AMP Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4
7-10. Connector Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6
7-11. Connector Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7
7-12. DT/DTP Contact Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8
7-13. DT/DTP Contact Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8
7-14. HD/HDP Contact Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-9
7-15. HD/HDP Locking Contacts Into Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-9
7-16. HD/HDP Contact Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-9
7-17. HD/HDP Unlocking Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-9
7-18. Electrical Harness - Prior to S/N 87000 - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
7-19. Electrical Harness - Prior to S/N 87000 - Sheet 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-11
7-20. Electrical Harness - S/N 87000 to Present - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
7-21. Electrical Harness - S/N 87000 to Present - Sheet 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13
7-22. Electrical Schematic - ADE - Sheet 1 of 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-14
7-28. Hydraulic Schematic - Sheet 1 of 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20
3121202 – JLG Lift – xi

LIST OF TABLES
TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

1-1 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1-2 Ford LRG-425 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1-3 Deutz F4M1011F/F4M2011 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1-4 Deutz D2011L04 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1-5 Caterpillar 3044C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1-6 GM 3.0L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1-7 Drive System Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1-8 Tire Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1-9 Swing System Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1-10 Auxiliary Power Pump Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1-11 Hydraulic Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1-12 Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
1-13 Machine Weight (Approximate). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
1-14 Dimensional Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
1-15 Function Speeds (In Seconds) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
1-16 Torque Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
1-17 Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
1-18 Mobilfluid 424 Specs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
1-19 Mobil DTE 13M Specs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
1-20 Pressure Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
1-21 Cylinder Specifications- 600S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
1-22 Cylinder Specifications - 600SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
1-23 Cylinder Specifications - 660SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
1-24 Major Component Weights - 600S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
1-25 Major Component Weights - 600SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
1-26 Major Component Weights - 660SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
1-27 Critical Stability Weights - 600S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
1-28 Critical Stability Weights - 600SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
1-29 Critical Stability Weights - 660SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
1-30 Lubrication Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9
2-1 Inspection and Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
2-2 Cylinder Drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5
2-3 Inspection and Preventive Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6
3-1 Wheel Torque Chart - 9 Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
3-2 Wheel Torque Chart - 10 Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
3-3 Excessive Noise and/or Vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21
3-4 System Operating Hot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21
3-5 Won’t Shift or Slow to Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21
3-6 Displacement Identifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
3-7 Slipper Foot Thickness & End Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
3-8 Cylinder Block Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
3-9 Coupling Port Information Table - 2WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-56
3-10 Coupling Port Information Table - 4WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-56
3-11 LPF Fuel System Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-110
3-12 Symptom Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-113
3-13 DTC to SPN/FMI Cross Reference Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-121
4-1 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-37
5-1 Cylinder Head and Tapered Bushing Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
5-2 Holding Valve Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
6-1 Personality Ranges/Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-17
6-2 Help Fault Codes, Displayed Faults, and Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-20
6-3 Machine Configuration Programming Information Prior to Software Version P5.3 . . . . . . . . . . . .6-31
6-4 Machine Configuration Programming Information Software Version P5.3 to P6.1 . . . . . . . . . . . .6-35
6-5 Machine Configuration Programming Information Software Version P6.1 to Present. . . . . . . . . .6-40
6-6 Fault Code Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-49
6-7 Adjustments - Personality Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-55
6-8 Diagnostic Menu Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-58
xii – JLG Lift – 3121202

SECTION 1. SPECIFICATIONS
1.1 CAPACITIES Table 1-3. Deutz F4M1011F/F4M2011 Specifications
Table 1-1. Capacities Fuel Diesel

Oil Capacity
Fuel Tank 39 Gallons (147.6 L) Cooling System 5 Quarts (4.5 L)
Crankcase 11 Quarts (10.5 L) w/Filter
Hydraulic Oil Tank 31 Gallons (117.3 L) w/ 10% air space Total Capacity 16 Quarts (15 L)
Hydraulic System (Including 37.2 Gallons (140.8 L) Idle RPM 1000
Tank) Low RPM 1800
High RPM 2800
Torque Hub, Drive* 17 ounces (0.50 L)
Alternator 60 Amp, belt drive
Engine Crankcase Battery 950 Cold Cranking Amps, 205
Ford LRG-425 Gas w/Filter 4.5 quarts (4.25L) Minutes Reserve Capacity, 12 VDC
Ford LRG-423 Gas w/Filter 5.00 quarts (4.73 L)
Fuel Consumption
Deutz F4M1011F Diesel w/Filter 11 quarts (10.5 L)
Low RPM 1.90 GPH (7.19 lph)
Caterpillar 3044C Diesel w/Fil- 10.6 quarts (10 L)
High RPM 2.50 GPH (9.46 lph)
ter 4.5 quarts (4.25L)
GM 3.0L w/Filter Horsepower 65 @ 3000 RPM, full load
*Torque hubs should be one half full of lubricant. Table 1-4. Deutz D2011L04 Specifications
Fuel Diesel
1.2 COMPONENT DATA Oil Capacity
Cooling System 5 Quarts (4.5 L)
Engine Data Crankcase 11 Quarts (10.5 L) w/Filter
Total Capacity 16 Quarts (15 L)
Table 1-2. Ford LRG-425 Specifications Idle RPM 1000
Fuel Gasoline Low RPM 1800
Oil Capacity 4.5 Quarts (4.25 L) w/Filter High RPM 2500
Idle RPM 1000 Alternator 60 Amp, belt drive
Low RPM 1800 Battery 950 Cold Cranking Amps, 205
Minutes Reserve Capacity, 12 VDC
High RPM 2800
Fuel Consumption
Alternator 40 Amp, Belt Drive
Low RPM 1.90 GPH (7.19 lph)
Battery 85 Amphour, 550 Cold Cranking High RPM 2.50 GPH (9.46 lph)
Amps, 12 VDC
Horsepower 49 @ 2500 RPM, full load
Fuel Consumption
Low RPM 3.45 GPH (13.06 lph) Table 1-5. Caterpillar 3044C
High RPM 4.60 GPH (17.41 lph)
Type Four Stroke Cycle
Horsepower 54 @ 2400 RPM, full load
Cylinders 4 in-line
Cooling System 16 Quarts (15.14 L)
Bore 3.70 inch (94 mm)
Spark Plug AWSF-52-C
Stroke 4.72 inch (120 mm)
Spark Plug Gap 0.044 in. (1.117 mm)
Aspiration turbocharged
Compression ratio 19:1
Displacement 203 in3 (3.33 L)
Firing Order 1-3-4-2
Rotation (viewed from flywheel) Counterclockwise
Oil Capacity (w/filter) 10.6 quarts (10 L)
Cooling System (Engine Only) 5.8 quarts (5.5 L)
3121202 – JLG Lift – 1-1

Table 1-6. GM 3.0L

Swing System
Fuel Gasoline or Gasoline/LP Gas Table 1-9. Swing System Specifications
No. of Cylinders 4
BHP Swing Motor Displacement 4.62 cu. in. (75 cm3)
Gasoline 83 hp @ 3000 rpm
LP 75 hp @ 3000 rpm Swing Brake Automatic spring applied hydraulically
released disc brakes
Bore 4.0 in. (101.6 mm)
Stroke 3.6 in. (91.44 mm) Swing Hub Ratio 50:1
Displacement 181 cu.in. (3.0 L, 2966 cc) Hydraulic Gear Pump 7.9 GPM (29.90 lpm)
Oil Capacity w/filter 4.5 qts. (4.25 L) (at 1800 RPM)
Minimum Oil Pressure
Pump Displacement 1.02 cu. in. (16 cm3)
at idle 6 psi (0.4 Bar) @ 1000 rpm
Hot 18 psi (1.2 Bar) @ 2000 rpm
Rotation Clockwise
Compression Ratio 9.2:1
Firing Order 1-3-4-2
Max. RPM 2800
Auxiliary Power Pump
Table 1-10. Auxiliary Power Pump Specifications

Drive System
Output 2.6 GPM (9.84 lpm) @ 1200 PSI. (82.7 BAR)
Table 1-7. Drive System Specifications
Pump Displacement 0.244 cu. in. (14 cm3)
Drive Motor 2.8 cu. in. max. 1.1 cu. in. min.
Motor DC
Displacement (46 cm3] max. 18 cm3] min.)
Drive Hub Ratio Rotation Clockwise

2WD 53.58:1
4WD 43:1 Hydraulic Filters
Drive Brake Automatic spring applied, hydraulically
released disc brakes Table 1-11. Hydraulic Filters
Toe-in adjust for 1/4" (6.35 mm) overall Pressure Filter In-line
Return - Bypass Type 10 Microns Absolute

Tires
Charge 10 Microns Absolute
Table 1-8. Tire Specifications Hydraulic Strainers (In Tank) 30 Microns
Size Load Range Ply Rating Pressure
15 x 19.5 G 14 95 PSI (6.5 Bar)
15 x 19.5 G 14 Foam-Filled
18 x 625 H 16 60 PSI (4 Bar)
41/18LL x 22.5 G 14 70 PSI (5 Bar)
1-2 – JLG Lift – 3121202

1.3 PERFORMANCE DATA Dimensional Data

Table 1-14. Dimensional Data
Table 1-12. Performance Data
Machine Height (Stowed) 8 ft. 4.75 in. (2.56 m)
Travel Speed
2WD 4.5 MPH (7.25 Km/hr.) Machine Length (Stowed)
4WD 4 MPH (6.44 Km/hr.) 600S Over Drive Axle 27 ft. 11.125 in. (8.51 m)
600SJ Over Drive Axle 32 ft. 11.75 in. (10.05 m)
Gradeability 660SJ Over Drive Axle 35 ft. 2.875 in. (11.40 m)
2WD 30%
4WD 45% Machine Width
2WS/2WD 7 ft. 11.375 in. (2.42 m)
2WS/4WD 7 ft. 11.4375 in. (242 m)
Machine Weight (Approximate) 4WS/2WD 7 ft. 11.4375 in. (2.42 m)
4WS/4WD 7 ft. 11.375 in. (2.42 m)
Table 1-13. Machine Weight (Approximate)
Wheelbase 8 ft. 1.50 in. (2.48 m)
Model Lbs. Kg
Boom Elevation - 600S +60 ft. 2 13/16 in. (18.36 m)
600S - 2WD 22,000 9,979 -6 ft. 1 11/16 in. (1.87 m)
600SJ - 2WD 23,500 10,660 Boom Elevation - 600SJ +60 ft. 5 3/4 in. (18.43 m)
-9 ft. 9 3/16 in. (2.98 m)
660SJ - 2WD 25,500 11,567
Boom Elevation - 660SJ +66 ft. 7 5/8 in. (20.31 m)
600S - 4WD 22,510 10,211 -11 ft. 5 1/4 in. (3.49 m)
600SJ - 4WD 23,980 10,877 Turning Radius (Inside)
660SJ- 4WD 25,910 11,753 2WS/2WD 12 ft. (3.66 m)
2WS/4WD 14 ft. 3.875 in. (5.25 m)
4WS/2WD 5 ft. 5 in. (1.65 m)
4WS/4WD 5 ft. 3.625 in. (1.22 m)
Turning Radius (Outside)

2WS/2WD 17 ft. 9 in. (5.41 m)
2WS/4WD 20 ft. 4.6875 in. (6.21 m)
4WS/2WD 11 ft. 4 in. (3.45 m)
4WS/4WD 11 ft. 2.6875 in. (3.42 m)
3121202 – JLG Lift – 1-3

1.4 FUNCTION SPEEDS Test Notes

1. Stop watch should be started with the function, not
Machine Orientation When Doing Speed with the controller or switch.
Tests
2. All speed tests are run from the platform. These
Lift: Telescope Retracted. Lift Up, Record Time, Lift Down, speeds do not reflect the ground control operation.
Record Time.
3. The platform speed knob control must be at full
Swing: Boom at Full Elevation. Telescope Retracted. speed (turned clockwise completely).
Swing the Turntable off center and stop. Swing the oppo- 4. Function speeds may vary due to cold, thick hydrau-
site direction and start the test when the turntable is cen- lic oil. Test should be run with the oil temperature
tered up. This eliminates ramp up and down on the above 100° F (38° C).
controller affecting times.
5. Some flow control functions may not work with the
Telescope: Boom at Full Elevation; Telescope Retracted;
speed knob clicked into the creep position.
Telescope Out, Record Time. Telescope In, Record Time.
Drive (Forward/Reverse): Test should be done on a Table 1-15. Function Speeds (In Seconds)
smooth level surface. Drive Select Switch should be set to
Function 600S
High Engine. Start approximately 25 ft. (7.62 m) from the
starting point so that the unit is at maximum speed when Lift Up 46-60
starting the test. Results should be recorded for a 200 ft. Lift Down 33-43
(60.96 m) course. Drive Forward, Record Time. Drive
Swing Right & Left* 79-101
Reverse, Record Time.
Telescope Out 50-67
Drive (Above Horizontal): Test should be done on a Telescope In 25-33
smooth level surface. Drive Select Switch should be set to
Low Engine. The boom should be raised above horizon- Platform Rotate Right & Left** 16-25
tal. Results should be recorded for a 50 ft. (15.24 m) Jib Up 22-34
course. Drive Forward, Record Time. Drive Reverse, Jib Down 16-26
Record Time.
Drive Forward & Reverse (2WD)
Platform Rotate: Platform level and completely rotated Forward 30-34
one direction. Rotate the opposite direction, Record Time. Reverse 38-42
Rotate the other direction, Record Time. Drive Forward & Reverse (4WD) 30-34
Articulating Jib: Platform level and centered with the Drive Above Horizontal (2WD)
boom. Start with the Jib down. Jib Up, Record Time. Jib Forward 46-54
Down, Record Time. Reverse 58-68
Drive Above Horizontal - Forward & Reverse 46-54
(4WD)
*Max 10% Difference Between Left & Right
**Max 15% Difference Between Left & Right
4150501 - B
1-4 – JLG Lift – 3121202

1.5 TORQUE REQUIREMENTS When Outside

Temperature is Use SAE Viscosity Number
Table 1-16. Torque Requirements
Consistently
Torque Value Interval Below +10°F. (+12°C.) *5W-20
Description
(Dry) Hours Below +60°F. (+16°C.) 5W-30
-10°F. to +90°F. (-23°C. to 10W-30
Bearing To Chassis 190 ft. lbs. 50/600*
+32°C.)
(258 Nm)
See Note Above -10°F. (-23°C.) 10W-40 or 10W-50
Above +20°F. (+7°C.) 20W-40 or 20W-50
Bearing To Turntable 190 ft. lbs. 50/600*
*Not recommended for severe service, including high RPM oper-
(258 Nm)
ation
See Note
NOTE: Crankcase oil must be high quality detergent type
Wire Rope 15 ft. lbs (20 Nm) 150 meeting API service classification SF, SH, SG.
Wheel Lugs 170 ft. lbs (231 Nm) 150

Deutz Engine Oil Specifications
Engine Mounting Bolts 165 ft. lbs. (231 Nm) A/R
Engine Manifold Mounting 30 ft. lbs. (42 Nm) A/R Single Viscosity Oil (CD-SE, CD-SF)
Bolts When Outside Temperature is Use SAE Viscosity
Consistently Number
*Check swing bearing bolts for security after first 50 hours of opera-
tion and every 600 hours thereafter. (See Swing Bearing in Section -20°F. to +25°F. (-29°C. to +4°C.) *10W
3.) +5°F. to +50°F. (+15°C. to +10°C.) 20W-20
NOTE: When maintenance becomes necessary or a +40°F. to +85°F. (+4°C. to +30°C.) 30
fastener has loosened, refer to the Torque Chart Above 75°F. (24°C.) 40
to determine proper torque value. Multi Viscosity Oil (CD-SE, CD-SF)
*This viscosity can be used at colder temperatures with
1.6 LUBRICATION engine oil preheating.
Ford Engine Oil Specifications

When Outside Temperature is
Use SAE Viscosity Number
Single Viscosity Oils (SF, SF-SE, SF-CC, SF-CD) Consistently
When Outside -40°F. to +75°F. (-40°C. to +24°C.) *5W-30 (Synthetic)

Temperature is Use SAE Viscosity Number -15°F. to +70°F. (-26°C. to +21°C.) 10W-30
Consistently -15°F. to +85°F. (-26°C. to +30°C.) 10W-40
-10°F. to +60°F *10W Above -5°F. (-21°C.) 15W-40
(-24°C. to +16°C.) *10W -5°F. to +75°F. (-21°C. to +24°C.) 15W-30
+10°F. to +90°F *10W *This viscosity can be used at colder temperatures with engine oil pre-
(+12°C. to +32°C.) 20W-20 heating.
Above +32°F. (+0°C.) 30 NOTE: Crankcase oil should be MIL-L2104B/MIL-L2104C
or have properties of API classification CC/CD
Above +50°F. (+10°C.) 40
grades.
Multi-Viscosity Oil. (SF, SF-SE, SF-CC, SF-CD)
*Not recommended for severe service, including high RPM
operation
3121202 – JLG Lift – 1-5

Hydraulic Oil Table 1-19. Mobil DTE 13M Specs

Table 1-17. Hydraulic Oil ISO Viscosity Grade #32
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OPERATING Specific Gravity 0.877
SAE VISCOSITY GRADE
TEMPERATURE RANGE Pour Point, Max -40°F (-40°C)
+0° to +180° F (-18° C to +83° C) 10W Flash Point, Min. 330°F (166°C)
+0° F to +210° F (-18° C to +99° C) 10W-20, 10W-30 Viscosity
+50° F to +210° F (+10° C to +210° C) 20W-20 at 40° C 33cSt
at 100° C 6.6 cSt
NOTE: Hydraulic oils must have anti-wear qualities at least at 100° F 169 SUS
to API Service Classification GL-3, and sufficient
at 210° F 48 SUS
chemical stability for mobile hydraulic system ser-
vice. JLG Industries recommends Mobilfluid 424 cp at -20° F 6,200
hydraulic oil, which has an SAE viscosity index of Viscosity Index 140
152.
Aside from JLG recommendations, it is not advisable to
NOTE: When temperatures remain below 20° F (-7° C), JLG mix oils of different brands or types, as they may not con-
Industries recommends the use of Mobil DTE 13M. tain the same required additives or be of comparable vis-
cosities. If use of hydraulic oil other than Mobilfluid 424 is
desired, contact JLG Industries for proper recommenda-
Table 1-18. Mobilfluid 424 Specs
tions.
SAE Grade 10W30
Gravity, API 29.0 1.7 PRESSURE SETTINGS
Density, Lb/Gal. 60°F 7.35 Table 1-20. Pressure Settings
Pour Point, Max -46°F (-43°C)
Setting PSI Bar
Flash Point, Min. 442°F (228°C)
Viscosity Main Relief 3000 207
Brookfield, cP at -18°C 2700 Upper Boom Lift Down 1500 103
at 40° C 55 cSt
Swing 1700 117
at 100° C 9.3 cSt
Viscosity Index 152 Steer 1800 124
Steer Reliefs - 4WS Front & 2500 172

Rear
Platform Level
Forward 2800 193
Backward 1800 124
Articulating Jib Boom

Up 1500 103
Down 1200 83
1-6 – JLG Lift – 3121202

1.8 CYLINDER SPECIFICATIONS

Table 1-23. Cylinder Specifications - 660SJ
Table 1-21. Cylinder Specifications- 600S DESCRIPTION BORE STROKE ROD DIA.
DESCRIPTION BORE STROKE ROD DIA. 660SJ 660SJ 660SJ
Lift 6.00 44.6875 3

Lift 6.00 44.6875 3
(152.4) (1135.1) (76.2)
(152.4) (1135.1) (76.2)
Telescope 3.5 168.4375 2.5
Telescope 3.5 177.75 2.5
(88.9) (4278.3) (63.5)
(88.9) (4514.9) (63.5)
Steer 2.5 10.75 1.25
Steer 2.5 10.75 1.25
(63.5) (273.1) (31.8)
(63.5) (273.1) (31.8)
Lockout (2wd) 4 3.875 1.5
Lockout (2wd) 4 3.875 1.5
(101.6) (98.4) (38.1)
(101.6) (98.4) (38.1)
Master 3.5 13.0625 1.5
Master 3 8.5 1.5
(88.9) (331.8) (38.1)
(76.2) (215.9) (38.1)
Slave Level 3.5 13.0625 1.5
Slave Level 3 8.5 1.5
(88.9) (331.8) (38.1)
(76.2) (215.9) (38.1)
Lift (Articulating 3 25.5 1.5
Jib Boom) (76.2) (647.7) (38.1)
Table 1-22. Cylinder Specifications - 600SJ
DESCRIPTION BORE STROKE ROD DIA. 1.9 MAJOR COMPONENT WEIGHTS

Lift 6.00 44.6875 3
(152.4) (1135.1) (76.2)
Table 1-24. Major Component Weights - 600S
Telescope 3.5 143.1875 2.5
(88.9) (3637) (63.5) LB. KG.
Steer 2.5 10.75 1.25 Platform Control Console 250 113

(63.5) (273.1) (31.8)
Platform Level Cylinder 46 21
Lockout (2wd) 4 3.875 1.5
(101.6) (98.4) (38.1)
Main Boom (Includes Lift Cyl., Rotator, and Sup- 3527 1600
Master 3.5 13.0625 1.5 port)
(88.9) (331.8) (38.1)
Turntable Complete (including engine) 7315 3318
Slave Level 3.5 13.0625 1.5
(88.9) (331.8) (38.1) Chassis Complete (w/pneumatic tires) 10400 4718
Lift (Articulating 3 25.5 1.5 Chassis Complete (w/foam-filled tires) 11680 5300
Jib Boom) (76.2) (647.7) (38.1)
Machine Complete (GVW) - 2WD w/pneumatic 22000 9979
tires
Machine Complete (GVW) - 4WD w/pneumatic 22510 10211

tires
3121202 – JLG Lift – 1-7

Table 1-25. Major Component Weights - 600SJ Table 1-27. Critical Stability Weights - 600S
LB. KG. LB. KG.
Platform Control Console 250 113 Tire and Wheel (Ballasted Only) Size (15 - 19.5) 253 115
Platform Level Cylinder 60 27 Engine Ford 460 209
Main Boom (Includes Lift Cyl., Rotator, and Support) 3483 1580 Deutz 534 242
Turntable Complete (including engine) 7915 3590 Continental 558 253
Chassis Complete (w/pneumatic tires) 11300 5126 Counterweight Weight 2900 1315
Chassis Complete (w/foam-filled tires) 12580 5707 Platform 6 ft. (1.83 M) 205 93
Machine Complete (GVW) - 2WD w/pneumatic tires 23500 10660 8 ft. (2.44 M) 230 105
Machine Complete (GVW) - 4WD w/pneumatic tires 23980 10877

Table 1-28. Critical Stability Weights - 600SJ
Table 1-26. Major Component Weights - 660SJ LB. KG.
LB. KG. Tire and Wheel (Ballasted Only) Size (15 - 19.5) 253 115
Platform Control Console 250 113 Engine Ford 460 209
Platform Level Cylinder 60 27 Deutz 534 242
Main Boom (Includes Lift Cyl., Rotator, and Support) 3783 1716 Continental 558 253
Turntable Complete (including engine) 9065 4112 Counterweight Weight 3500 1588
Chassis Complete (w/pneumatic tires) 11775 5341 Platform 6 ft. (1.83 M) 205 93
Chassis Complete (w/foam-filled tires) 13055 5922 8 ft. (2.44 M) 230 105

Table 1-29. Critical Stability Weights - 660SJ
LB. KG.
1.10 CRITICAL STABILITY WEIGHTS Tire and Wheel (Ballasted Only) Size (15 - 19.5) 253 115
Engine Ford 460 209
DO NOT REPLACE ITEMS CRITICAL TO STABILITY WITH ITEMS Deutz 534 242
OF DIFFERENT WEIGHT OR SPECIFICATION (FOR EXAMPLE: BAT-
TERIES, FILLED TIRES, COUNTERWEIGHT, ENGINE & PLATFORM) Continental 558 253
DO NOT MODIFY UNIT IN ANY WAY TO AFFECT STABILITY. Counterweight Weight 4650 2109
Platform 6 ft. (1.83 M) 205 93
8 ft. (2.44 M) 230 105
1-8 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Figure 1-1. Lubrication and Operator Maintenance Point Location
1.11 LUBRICATION AND OPERATOR

MAINTENANCE LUBRICATION INTERVALS ARE BASED ON MACHINE OPERATION
UNDER NORMAL CONDITIONS. FOR MACHINES USED IN MULTI-
NOTE: The following numbers correspond to those in Figure SHIFT OPERATIONS AND/OR EXPOSED TO HOSTILE ENVIRON-
1-1., Lubrication and Operator Maintenance Point MENTS OR CONDITIONS, LUBRICATION FREQUENCIES MUST BE
Location. INCREASED ACCORDINGLY.
Table 1-30. Lubrication Specifications 1. Swing Bearing
KEY SPECIFICATIONS
MPG Multipurpose Grease having a minimum dripping point
of 350° F. Excellent water resistance and adhesive qual-
ities, and being of extreme pressure type.
(Timken OK 40 pounds minimum.)
EPGL Extreme Pressure Gear Lube (oil) meeting API service
classification GL-5 or MIL-Spec MIL-L-2105
HO Hydraulic Oil. API service classification GL-3, e.g.
Mobilfluid 424.
EO Engine (crankcase) Oil. Gas - API SF, SH, SG class,
MIL-L-2104. Diesel - API CC/CD class, MIL-L-2104B/
MIL-L-2104C.
Lube Point(s) - 2 Grease Fittings
Capacity - A/R
Lube - MPG
Interval - Every 3 months or 150 hrs of operation
Comments - Remote Access
3121202 – JLG Lift – 1-9

2. Wheel Bearings 4. Wheel Drive Hub
Lube Point(s) - Repack Lube Point(s) - Level/Fill Plug

Capacity - A/R Capacity - 17 oz. (1/2 Full)
Lube - MPG Lube - EPGL
Interval - Every 2 years or 1200 hours of operation Interval - Check level every 3 months or 150 hrs of
operation; change every 2 years or 1200 hours of
3. Swing Drive Hub operation
5. Hydraulic Return Filter
Lube Point(s) - Level/Fill Plug

Capacity - 17 oz. (1/2 Full)
Interval - Change after first 50 hrs. and every 6
Lube - EPGL months or 300 hrs. thereafter or as indicated by
Interval - Check level every 3 months or 150 hrs of Condition Indicator.
operation; change every 2 years or 1200 hours of
operation 6. Hydraulic Charge Filter
Interval - Change after first 50 hrs. and every 6

months or 300 hrs. thereafter or as indicated by
Condition Indicator.
1-10 – JLG Lift – 3121202

7. Hydraulic Tank 9. Oil Change w/Filter - Ford LRG425
NORMAL OPERATING
RANGE WITH BOOM
IN STOWED POSITION
Lube Point(s) - Fill Cap Lube Point(s) - Fill Cap/Spin-on Element

Capacity - 30.6 gal. Tank; 32.7 gal. System Capacity - 4.5 Quarts
Lube - HO Lube - EO
Interval - Check Level daily; Change every 2 years or Interval - 3 Months or 150 hours of operation
1200 hours of operation. Comments - Check level daily/Change in accor-
dance with engine manual.
8. Suction Strainers (in tank)
10. Oil Change w/Filter - Deutz
REMOVE FILL CAP PLATE FROM
TANK TO GAIN ACCESS TO
STRAINERS
Lube Point(s) - Fill Cap/Spin-on Element

Capacity - 11 Quarts Crankcase; 5 Quarts Cooler
Lube - EO
Lube Point(s) - 2 Interval - Check level daily; Change every Year or
Interval - Every 2 years or 1200 hours of operation, 1200 hours of operation, whichever comes first.
remove and clean at time of hydraulic oil change. Adjust final level by mark on dipstick.
11. Oil Change w/Filter - Caterpillar
Capacity - 10.6 Quarts
Lube - EO
Interval - 3 Months or 150 hours of operation
Comments - Check level daily/Change in accor-
dance with engine manual.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 1-11

12. Oil Change w/Filter - GM 14. Fuel Filter - Deutz

Capacity - 4.5 qt. (4.25 L) w/filter Lube Point(s) - Replaceable Element
Lube - EO Interval - Every Year or 600 hours of operation
15. Fuel Filter - Caterpillar
Comments - Check level daily/Change in accor-
dance with engine manual. Lube Point(s) - Replaceable Element
Interval - Every Year or 600 hours of operation
13. Fuel Filter - Ford
16. Fuel Filter (Gasoline) - GM
Lube Point(s) - Replaceable Element
Interval - Every 6 months or 300 hours of operation
17. Air Filter

Interval - Every Year or 1200 hours of operation

Interval - Every 6 months or 300 hours of operation
or as indicated by the condition indicator
1-12 – JLG Lift – 3121202

18. Electronic Pressure Regulator (LP only) Draining Oil Build Up From The Propane
Regulator
During the course of normal operation oils may build
inside the primary and secondary chambers of the pro-
pane pressure regulator. These oils may be a result of
poor fuel quality, contamination of the fuel supply
chain, or regional variation in the make up of the fuel. If
the build up of the oil is significant this can effect the
operation of the fuel control system. Refer to Section
1.11, Lubrication and Operator Maintenance for main-
tenance intervals. More frequent draining may be
required if the fuel supply has been contaminated.

Comments - Drain oil build up. Refer to Draining Oil
FOR BEST RESULTS WARM THE ENGINE TO OPERATING TEM-
Build Up From The Propane Regulator
PERATURE BEFORE DRAINING. THIS WILL ALLOW THE OILS TO
19. Fuel Filter (Propane) - GM Engine BE LIQUID AND FLOW FREELY FROM THE REGULATOR.
1. Move the equipment to a well ventilated area.

Ensure there are no external ignition sources.
2. Start the engine and bring to operating temperature.
3. With the engine running, close the manual tank
valve and run the engine out of fuel.
4. Push in the Emergency Switch once the engine
stops.
5. Disconnect the electrical connection to the LPG fuel
temperature sensor in the auxiliary fuel port of the
EPR.
Comments - Replace filter. Refer to Propane Fuel Fil-
ter Replacement
3121202 – JLG Lift – 1-13

6. Remove the retainer clip for the LPG fuel tempera- Propane Fuel Filter Replacement
ture sensor and remove the sensor from the regula-
tor body.
NOTE: Have a small container ready to collect oil that will

drain freely from the regulator at this point.
1. Electric Lock Off Solenoid 7. Electrical Connector
7. Once all of the oil has been drained, reinstall the
2. Mounting Plate 8. Fuel Outlet
LPG fuel temperature sensor and reconnect the
3. Housing Seal 9. O-ring
electrical connector.
4. Filter Magnet 10. Filter
8. Open the fuel tank manual valve. 5. Filter Housing 11. Fuel Inlet
6. Seal 12. Retaining Bolt
9. Start the engine and verify all connections are
secure. Figure 1-2. Filter Lock Assembly
10. Dispose of any drained oil in a safe and proper fash- REMOVAL
ion.
1. Relieve the propane fuel system pressure. Refer to
Propane Fuel System Pressure Relief.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Slowly loosen the Filter housing retaining bolt and
remove it.
4. Pull the filter housing from the Electric lock off
assembly.
5. Locate Filter magnet and remove it.
6. Remove the filter from the housing.
7. Remove and discard the housing seal.
8. Remove and discard the retaining bolt seal.
9. Remove and discard mounting plate to lock off O-
ring seal.
1-14 – JLG Lift – 3121202

INSTALLATION Propane Fuel System Pressure Relief
BE SURE TO REINSTALL THE FILTER MAGNET INTO THE HOUS-

ING BEFORE INSTALLING NEW SEAL THE PROPANE FUEL SYSTEM OPERATES AT PRESSURES UP TO
312 PSI (21.5 BAR). TO MINIMIZE THE RISK OF FIRE AND PER-
1. Install the mounting plate to lock off O-ring seal. SONAL INJURY, RELIEVE THE PROPANE FUEL SYSTEM PRES-
SURE (WHERE APPLICABLE) BEFORE SERVICING THE PROPANE
2. Install the retaining bolt seal. FUEL SYSTEM COMPONENTS.
3. Install the housing seal.
To relieve propane fuel system pressure:
4. Drop the magnet into the bottom of the filter hous-
ing.
1. Close the manual shut-off valve on the propane fuel
5. Install the filter into the housing. tank.
6. Install the retaining bolt into the filter housing. 2.Start and run the vehicle until the engine stalls.
7. Install the filter up to the bottom of the electric lock
3.Turn the ignition switch OFF.
off.
8. Tighten the filter retaining bolt to 106 in lbs (12 Nm).
9. Open manual shut-off valve. Start the vehicle and RESIDUAL VAPOR PRESSURE WILL BE PRESENT IN THE FUEL
leak check the propane fuel system at each serviced SYSTEM. ENSURE THE WORK AREA IS WELL VENTILATED
fitting. Refer to Propane Fuel System Leak Test. BEFORE DISCONNECTING ANY FUEL LINE.
1.12 SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS

A serial number plate is affixed to the left rear side of the
frame. If the serial number plate is damaged or missing,
the machine serial number is stamped on the left side of
the frame.
Figure 1-3. Serial Number Locations
3121202 – JLG Lift – 1-15

Figure 1-4. Torque Chart (SAE Fasteners - Sheet 1 of 3)
1-16 – JLG Lift – 3121202

3121202 – JLG Lift – 1-17

1-18 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Figure 1-7. Torque Chart (METRIC Fasteners - Sheet 1 of 3)
3121202 – JLG Lift – 1-19

1-20 – JLG Lift – 3121202

3121202 – JLG Lift – 1-21

NOTES:
1-22 – JLG Lift – 3121202

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
SECTION 2. GENERAL
2.1 MACHINE PREPARATION, INSPECTION, Reference the JLG Pre-Delivery and Frequent Inspection
Form and the Inspection and Preventative Maintenance
AND MAINTENANCE Schedule for items requiring inspection during the perfor-
mance of these inspections. Reference the appropriate
General areas of this manual for servicing and maintenance proce-
dures.
This section provides the necessary information needed
by those personnel that are responsible to place the
machine in operation readiness and maintain its safe Annual Machine Inspection
operating condition. For maximum service life and safe
The Annual Machine Inspection must be performed on an
operation, ensure that all the necessary inspections and
annual basis, no later than thirteen (13) months from the
maintenance have been completed before placing the
date of the prior Annual Machine Inspection. JLG Indus-
machine into service.
tries recommends this task be performed by a Factory-
Trained Service Technician. JLG Industries, Inc. recog-
Preparation, Inspection, and Maintenance nizes a Factory-Trained Service Technician as a person
It is important to establish and conform to a comprehen- who has successfully completed the JLG Service Training
sive inspection and preventive maintenance program. The School for the subject JLG product model. Reference the
following table outlines the periodic machine inspections machine Service and Maintenance Manual and appropri-
and maintenance recommended by JLG Industries, Inc. ate JLG inspection form for performance of this inspec-
Consult your national, regional, or local regulations for fur- tion.
ther requirements for aerial work platforms. The frequency
of inspections and maintenance must be increased as Reference the JLG Annual Machine Inspection Form and
environment, severity and frequency of usage requires. the Inspection and Preventative Maintenance Schedule for
items requiring inspection during the performance of this
Pre-Start Inspection inspection. Reference the appropriate areas of this man-
ual for servicing and maintenance procedures.
It is the User’s or Operator’s primary responsibility to per-
form a Pre-Start Inspection of the machine prior to use For the purpose of receiving safety-related bulletins, it is
daily or at each change of operator. Reference the Opera- important that JLG Industries, Inc. has updated ownership
tor’s and Safety Manual for completion procedures for the information for each machine. When performing each
Pre-Start Inspection. The Operator and Safety Manual Annual Machine Inspection, notify JLG Industries, Inc. of
must be read in its entirety and understood prior to per- the current machine ownership.
forming the Pre-Start Inspection.
Preventative Maintenance
Pre-Delivery Inspection and Frequent
In conjunction with the specified inspections, mainte-
Inspection nance shall be performed by a qualified JLG equipment
The Pre-Delivery Inspection and Frequent Inspection shall mechanic. JLG Industries, Inc. recognizes a qualified JLG
be performed by a qualified JLG equipment mechanic. equipment mechanic as a person who, by possession of a
JLG Industries, Inc. recognizes a qualified JLG equipment recognized degree, certificate, extensive knowledge, train-
mechanic as a person who, by possession of a recog- ing, or experience, has successfully demonstrated the
nized degree, certificate, extensive knowledge, training, or ability and proficiency to service, repair, and maintain the
experience, has successfully demonstrated the ability and subject JLG product model.
proficiency to service, repair, and maintain the subject
Reference the Preventative Maintenance Schedule and
JLG product model.
the appropriate areas of this manual for servicing and
The Pre-Delivery Inspection and Frequent Inspection pro- maintenance procedures. The frequency of service and
cedures are performed in the same manner, but at differ- maintenance must be increased as environment, severity
ent times. The Pre-Delivery Inspection shall be performed and frequency of usage requires.
prior to each sale, lease, or rental delivery. The Frequent
Inspection shall be accomplished for each machine in ser-
vice for 3 months or 150 hours (whichever comes first);
out of service for a period of more than 3 months; or when
purchased used. The frequency of this inspection must be
increased as environment, severity and frequency of
usage requires.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 2-1

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
Table 2-1. Inspection and Maintenance
Primary Service
Type Frequency Reference
Responsibility Qualification
Pre-Start Inspection Prior to use each day; or User or Operator User or Operator Operation and Safety Manual
At each Operator change.
Pre-Delivery Inspec- Prior to each sale, lease, or Owner, Dealer, or User Qualified JLG Service and Maintenance
tion rental delivery. Mechanic Manual and applicable JLG
inspection form.
Frequent Inspection In service for 3 months or 150 hours, Owner, Dealer, or User Qualified JLG Service and Maintenance
whichever comes first; or Mechanic Manual and applicable JLG
Out of service for a period of more than 3 inspection form.
months; or
purchased used.
Annual Machine Annually, no later than 13 months from Owner, Dealer, or User Factory-Trained Service and Maintenance
Inspection the date of the prior inspection. Service Technician Manual and applicable JLG
(Recommended) inspection form.
Preventative At intervals as specified in the Service Owner, Dealer, or User Qualified JLG Service and Maintenance
Maintenance and Maintenance Manual. Mechanic Manual
2.2 SERVICE AND GUIDELINES 2. At any time when air, fuel, or oil lines are discon-
nected, clear adjacent areas as well as the openings
and fittings themselves. As soon as a line or compo-
General nent is disconnected, cap or cover all openings to
The following information is provided to assist you in the prevent entry of foreign matter.
use and application of servicing and maintenance proce- 3. Clean and inspect all parts during servicing or main-
dures contained in this book. tenance, and assure that all passages and openings
are unobstructed. Cover all parts to keep them
Safety and Workmanship clean. Be sure all parts are clean before they are
installed. New parts should remain in their contain-
Your safety, and that of others, is the first consideration ers until they are ready to be used.
when engaging in the maintenance of equipment. Always
be conscious of weight. Never attempt to move heavy Components Removal and Installation
parts without the aid of a mechanical device. Do not allow
heavy objects to rest in an unstable position. When raising 1. Use adjustable lifting devices, whenever possible, if
a portion of the equipment, ensure that adequate support mechanical assistance is required. All slings (chains,
is provided. cables, etc.) should be parallel to each other and as
near perpendicular as possible to top of part being
Cleanliness lifted.
2. Should it be necessary to remove a component on
1. The most important single item in preserving the
an angle, keep in mind that the capacity of an eye-
long service life of a machine is to keep dirt and for-
bolt or similar bracket lessens, as the angle between
eign materials out of the vital components. Precau-
the supporting structure and the component
tions have been taken to safeguard against this.
becomes less than 90 degrees.
Shields, covers, seals, and filters are provided to
keep air, fuel, and oil supplies clean; however, these 3. If a part resists removal, check to see whether all
items must be maintained on a scheduled basis in nuts, bolts, cables, brackets, wiring, etc., have been
order to function properly. removed and that no adjacent parts are interfering.
2-2 – JLG Lift – 3121202

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
Component Disassembly and Reassembly 2. Unless specific torque requirements are given within
the text, standard torque values should be used on
When disassembling or reassembling a component, com- heat-treated bolts, studs, and steel nuts, in accor-
plete the procedural steps in sequence. Do not partially dance with recommended shop practices. (See
disassemble or assemble one part, then start on another. Torque Chart Section 1.)
Always recheck your work to assure that nothing has been
overlooked. Do not make any adjustments, other than Hydraulic Lines and Electrical Wiring
those recommended, without obtaining proper approval.
Clearly mark or tag hydraulic lines and electrical wiring, as
well as their receptacles, when disconnecting or removing
Pressure-Fit Parts them from the unit. This will assure that they are correctly
When assembling pressure-fit parts, use a molybdenum reinstalled.
disulfide base compound or equivalent to lubricate the
mating surface. Hydraulic System
1. Keep the system clean. If evidence of metal or rub-
Bearings ber particles are found in the hydraulic system, drain
and flush the entire system.
1. When a bearing is removed, cover it to keep out dirt
and abrasives. Clean bearings in nonflammable 2. Disassemble and reassemble parts on clean work
cleaning solvent and allow to drip dry. Compressed surface. Clean all metal parts with non-flammable
air can be used but do not spin the bearing. cleaning solvent. Lubricate components, as
required, to aid assembly.
2. Discard bearings if the races and balls (or rollers)
are pitted, scored, or burned.
Lubrication
3. If bearing is found to be serviceable, apply a light
coat of oil and wrap it in clean (waxed) paper. Do not Service applicable components with the amount, type,
unwrap reusable or new bearings until they are and grade of lubricant recommended in this manual, at
ready to install. the specified intervals. When recommended lubricants are
not available, consult your local supplier for an equivalent
4. Lubricate new or used serviceable bearings before that meets or exceeds the specifications listed.
installation. When pressing a bearing into a retainer
or bore, apply pressure to the outer race. If the bear- Battery
ing is to be installed on a shaft, apply pressure to the
inner race. Clean battery using a non-metallic brush and a solution of
baking soda and water. Rinse with clean water. After
Gaskets cleaning, thoroughly dry battery and coat terminals with
an anti corrosion compound.
Check that holes in gaskets align with openings in the
mating parts. If it becomes necessary to hand-fabricate a Lubrication and Servicing
gasket, use gasket material or stock of equivalent material
and thickness. Be sure to cut holes in the right location, as Components and assemblies requiring lubrication and
blank gaskets can cause serious system damage. servicing are shown in the Lubrication Chart in Section 1.
Bolt Usage and Torque Application 2.3 LUBRICATION AND INFORMATION

Hydraulic System
SELF LOCKING FASTENERS, SUCH AS NYLON INSERT AND 1. The primary enemy of a hydraulic system is contam-
THREAD DEFORMING LOCKNUTS, ARE NOT INTENDED TO BE ination. Contaminants enter the system by various
REINSTALLED AFTER REMOVAL. means, e.g., using inadequate hydraulic oil, allowing
moisture, grease, filings, sealing components, sand,
1. Always use new replacement hardware when install- etc., to enter when performing maintenance, or by
ing locking fasteners. Use bolts of proper length. A permitting the pump to cavitate due to insufficient
bolt which is too long will bottom before the head is system warm-up or leaks in the pump supply (suc-
tight against its related part. If a bolt is too short, tion) lines.
there will not be enough thread area to engage and
hold the part properly. When replacing bolts, use
only those having the same specifications of the
original, or one which is equivalent.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 2-3

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
2. The design and manufacturing tolerances of the Changing Hydraulic Oil

component working parts are very close, therefore,
even the smallest amount of dirt or foreign matter 1. Filter elements must be changed after the first 50
entering a system can cause wear or damage to the hours of operation and every 300 hours (unless
components and generally results in faulty opera- specified otherwise) thereafter. If it is necessary to
tion. Every precaution must be taken to keep change the oil, use only those oils meeting or
hydraulic oil clean, including reserve oil in storage. exceeding the specifications appearing in this man-
Hydraulic system filters should be checked, ual. If unable to obtain the same type of oil supplied
cleaned, and/or replaced as necessary, at the speci- with the machine, consult local supplier for assis-
fied intervals required in the Lubrication Chart in tance in selecting the proper equivalent. Avoid mix-
Section 1. Always examine filters for evidence of ing petroleum and synthetic base oils.
metal particles.
2. Use every precaution to keep the hydraulic oil clean.
3. Cloudy oils indicate a high moisture content which If the oil must be poured from the original container
permits organic growth, resulting in oxidation or cor- into another, be sure to clean all possible contami-
rosion. If this condition occurs, the system must be nants from the service container. Always clean the
drained, flushed, and refilled with clean oil. mesh element of the filter and replace the cartridge
any time the system oil is changed.
4. It is not advisable to mix oils of different brands or
types, as they may not contain the same required 3. While the unit is shut down, a good preventive main-
additives or be of comparable viscosities. Good tenance measure is to make a thorough inspection
grade mineral oils, with viscosities suited to the of all hydraulic components, lines, fittings, etc., as
ambient temperatures in which the machine is oper- well as a functional check of each system, before
ating, are recommended for use. placing the machine back in service.
NOTE: Metal particles may appear in the oil or filters of new

machines due to the wear-in of meshing compo- Lubrication Specifications
nents.
Specified lubricants, as recommended by the component
manufacturers, are always the best choice, however,
Hydraulic Oil multi-purpose greases usually have the qualities which
meet a variety of single purpose grease requirements.
1. Refer to Section 1 for recommendations for viscosity Should any question arise, regarding the use of greases in
ranges. maintenance stock, consult your local supplier for evalua-
tion. Refer to Section 1 for an explanation of the lubricant
key designations appearing in the Lubrication Chart.
2.4 CYLINDER DRIFT TEST

Maximum acceptable cylinder drift is to be measured
using the following methods.
Platform Drift
Measure the drift of the platform to the ground. Lower
booms (if equipped) slightly elevated, main boom fully
extended with the rated load in the platform and power off.
Maximum allowable drift is 2 inches (5 cm) in 10 minutes.
If the machine does not pass this test, proceed with the
following.
2-4 – JLG Lift – 3121202

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
Cylinder Drift 4. Re-assembly of pinned joints using filament wound

bearings.
Table 2-2. Cylinder Drift
a. Housing should be blown out to remove all dirt
Max. Acceptable Drift and debris...bearings and bearing housings
Cylinder Bore Diameter
in 10 Minutes must be free of all contamination.
inches mm inches mm b. Bearing / pins should be cleaned with a solvent
3 76.2 0.026 0.66 to remove all grease and oil...filament wound
3.5 89 0.019 0.48 bearing are a dry joint and should not be lubri-
cated unless otherwise instructed (i.e. sheave
4 101.6 0.015 0.38
pins).
5 127 0.009 0.22
c. Pins should be inspected to ensure it is free of
6 152.4 0.006 0.15
burrs, nicks, and scratches which would dam-
7 177.8 0.005 0.13 age the bearing during installation and opera-
8 203.2 0.0038 0.10 tion.
9 228.6 0.0030 0.08
2.6 WELDING ON JLG EQUIPMENT
Drift is to be measured at the cylinder rod with a calibrated
dial indicator. The cylinder oil must be at ambient temper- NOTE: This instruction applies to repairs, or modifications to
ature and temperature stabilized. the machine and to welding performed from the
machine on an external structure, or component,
The cylinder must have the normal load, which is the nor-
mal platform load applied.
Do the Following When Welding on JLG
If the cylinder passes this test, it is acceptable. Equipment
NOTE: This information is based on 6 drops per minute cyl-
inder leakage. • Disconnect the battery.
• Disconnect the moment pin connection (where fitted)

2.5 PINS AND COMPOSITE BEARING
REPAIR GUIDELINES • Ground only to structure being welded.
Filament wound bearings. Do NOT Do the Following When Welding on

1. Pinned joints should be disassembled and JLG Equipment
inspected if the following occurs:
a. Excessive sloppiness in joints. • Ground on frame and weld on any other area than the
chassis.
b. Noise originating from the joint during operation.
2. Filament wound bearings should be replaced if any • Ground on turntable and weld on any other area than
of the following is observed: the turntable.
a. Frayed or separated fibers on the liner surface. • Ground on the platform/support and weld on any other
b. Cracked or damaged liner backing. area than the platform/support.
c. Bearings that have moved or spun in their hous- • Ground on a specific boom section and weld on any
ing. other area than that specific boom section.
d. Debris embedded in liner surface.
• Allow pins, wear pads, wire ropes, bearings, gearing,
3. Pins should be replaced if any of the following is seals, valves, electrical wiring, or hoses to be between
observed (pin should be properly cleaned prior to the grounding position and the welded area.
inspection):
a. Detectable wear in the bearing area.
b. Flaking, pealing, scoring, or scratches on the pin FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE ABOVE REQUIREMENTS MAY
surface. RESULT IN COMPONENT DAMAGE (I.E. ELECTRONIC MODULES,
c. Rusting of the pin in the bearing area. SWING BEARING, COLLECTOR RING, BOOM WIRE ROPES ETC.)
3121202 – JLG Lift – 2-5

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
Table 2-3. Inspection and Preventive Maintenance Schedule
INTERVAL
AREA Weekly Monthly Pre-Delivery2 Annual4

Pre-Start1 Preventive Preventive or Frequent3
Every 2
(Yearly) Years
Inspection Maintenance Maintenance Inspection Inspection
Boom Assembly 9
Boom Weldments 1,2,4,7 1,2,4
Hose/Cable Carrier Installations 1,2,7,9,12 1,2,9,12
Pivot Pins and Pin Retainers 1,2,7 1,2
Sheaves, Sheave Pins 1,2,7 1,2
Bearings 1,2,7 1,2
Wear Pads 1,2,7 1,2
Covers or Shields 1,2,7 1,2
Extend/Retract Chain or Cable Systems 1,2,3,7 1,2,3
Platform Assembly 9
Platform 1,2 1,2
Railing 1,2 1 1,2
Gate 5 1 1,5
Floor 1,2 1 1,2
Rotator 9,5 15
Lanyard Anchorage Point 2 1,2,10 1,2,10
Turntable Assembly 9
Swing Bearing or Worm Gear 1,2,14 1,2,3,13,14
Oil Coupling 9
Swing Drive System
Turntable Lock 1,2,5 1,2,5
Hood, Hood Props, Hood Latches 5 1,2,5
Chassis Assembly 9
Tires 1 16,17 16,17,18 16,17,18
Wheel Nuts/Bolts 1 15 15 15
Wheel Bearings 14,24
Oscillating Axle/Lockout Cylinder Systems 5,8
Outrigger or Extendable Axle Systems 5,8 5,8
Steer Components
Drive Motors
Torque Hubs 11 11
Functions/Controls 9
Platform Controls 5 5 6 6
2-6 – JLG Lift – 3121202

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
INTERVAL

Every 2
(Yearly) Years
Ground Controls 5 5 6 6
Function Control Locks, Guards, or Detents 1,5 1,5 5 5
Footswitch 1,5 5 5
Emergency Stop Switches (Ground & Platform) 5 5 5
Function Limit or Cutout Switch Systems 5 5
Capacity Indicator 5
Drive Brakes 5
Swing Brakes 5
Boom Synchronization/Sequencing Systems 5
Manual Descent or Auxiliary Power 5 5
Power System 9
Engine Idle, Throttle, and RPM 3 3
Engine Fluids (Oil, Coolant, Fuel) 11 9,11 11 11
Air/Fuel Filter 1,7 7 7
Exhaust System 1,9 9 9
Batteries 5 1,9 19
Battery Fluid 11 11 11
Battery Charger 5 5
Fuel Reservoir, Cap, and Breather 11,9 2 1,5 1,5
Hydraulic/Electric System 9
Hydraulic Pumps 1,9 1,2,9
Hydraulic Cylinders 1,9,7 2 1,2,9 1,2,9
Cylinder Attachment Pins and Pin Retainers 1,9 1,2 1,2
Hydraulic Hoses, Lines, and Fittings 1,9 12 1,2,9,12 1,2,9,12
Hydraulic Reservoir, Cap, and Breather 11 1,9 2 1,5 1,5 24
Hydraulic Filter 1,9 7 7
Hydraulic Fluid 11 7,11 7,11
Electrical Connections 1 20 20
Instruments, Gauges, Switches, Lights, Horn 1 5,23
General
Operators and Safety Manuals in Storage Box 21 21 21
ANSI and EMI Manuals/Handbooks Installed 21
Capacity Decals Installed, Secure, Legible 21 21 21
All Decals/Placards Installed, Secure, Legible 21 21 21
3121202 – JLG Lift – 2-7

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
INTERVAL

Every 2
(Yearly) Years
Walk-Around Inspection Performed 21

Annual Machine Inspection Due 21
No Unauthorized Modifications or Additions 21 21
All Relevant Safety Publications Incorporated 21 21
General Structural Condition and Welds 2,4 2,4
All Fasteners, Pins, Shields, and Covers 1,2 1,2
Grease and Lubricate to Specifications 22 22
Function Test of All Systems 21 21 21, 22
Paint and Appearance 7 7
Stamp Inspection Date on Frame 22
Notify JLG of Machine Ownership 22
Footnotes:
1 Prior to use each day; or at each Operator change
2 Prior to each sale, lease, or delivery
3 In service for 3 months or 150 Hours; or Out of service for 3 months or more; or Purchased used
4 Annually, no later than 13 months from the date of the prior inspection
Performance Codes:
1 - Check for proper and secure installation
2 - Visual inspection for damage, cracks, distortion or excessive wear
3 - Check for proper adjustment
4 - Check for cracked or broken welds
5 - Operates Properly
6 - Returns to neutral or "off" position when released
7 - Clean and free of debris
8 - Interlocks function properly
9 - Check for signs of leakage
10 - Decals installed and legible
11 - Check for proper fluid level
12 - Check for chafing and proper routing
13 - Check for proper tolerances
14 - Properly lubricated
15 - Torqued to proper specification
16 - No gouges, excessive wear, or cords showing
17 - Properly inflated and seated around rim
18 - Proper and authorized components
19 - Fully charged
20 - No loose connections, corrosion, or abrasions
21 - Verify
22 - Perform
23 - Sealed Properly
24 - Drain, Clean, Refill
2-8 – JLG Lift – 3121202

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
4150548 E
Figure 2-1. Engine Operating Temperature Specifications - Deutz
3121202 – JLG Lift – 2-9

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
4150548 E
Figure 2-2. Engine Operating Temperature Specifications - Ford
2-10 – JLG Lift – 3121202

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
4150548 E
Figure 2-3. Engine Operating Temperature Specifications - Caterpillar
3121202 – JLG Lift – 2-11

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
4150548 E
Figure 2-4. Engine Operating Temperature Specifications - GM
2-12 – JLG Lift – 3121202

SECTION 3. CHASSIS & TURNTABLE
3.1 TIRES & WHEELS tire brands, both tires on the same axle should be the
same.
Tire Inflation
Wheel Replacement
The air pressure for pneumatic tires must be equal to the
air pressure that is stenciled on the side of the JLG prod- The rims installed on each product model have been
uct or rim decal for safe and proper operational character- designed for stability requirements which consist of track
istics. width, tire pressure, and load capacity. Size changes such
as rim width, center piece location, larger or smaller diam-
Tire Damage eter, etc., without written factory recommendations, may
result in an unsafe condition regarding stability.
For pneumatic tires, JLG Industries, Inc. recommends that
when any cut, rip, or tear is discovered that exposes side- Wheel Installation
wall or tread area cords in the tire, measures must be
taken to remove the JLG product from service immedi- It is extremely important to apply and maintain proper
ately. Arrangements must be made for replacement of the wheel mounting torque.
tire or tire assembly.
For polyurethane foam filled tires, JLG Industries, Inc. rec-

ommends that when any of the following are discovered,
measures must be taken to remove the JLG product from WHEEL NUTS MUST BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED AT THE
service immediately and arrangements must be made for PROPER TORQUE TO PREVENT LOOSE WHEELS, BROKEN STUDS,
replacement of the tire or tire assembly. AND POSSIBLE DANGEROUS SEPARATION OF WHEEL FROM THE
AXLE. BE SURE TO USE ONLY THE NUTS MATCHED TO THE CONE
• a smooth, even cut through the cord plies which ANGLE OF THE WHEEL.
exceeds 3 inches (7.5 cm) in total length
• any tears or rips (ragged edges) in the cord plies which Tighten the lug nuts to the proper torque to prevent
exceeds 1 inch (2.5 cm) in any direction wheels from coming loose. Use a torque wrench to tighten
the fasteners. If you do not have a torque wrench, tighten
• any punctures which exceed 1 inch in diameter the fasteners with a lug wrench, then immediately have a
• any damage to the bead area cords of the tire service garage or dealer tighten the lug nuts to the proper
torque. Over-tightening will result in breaking the studs or
If a tire is damaged but is within the above noted criteria, permanently deforming the mounting stud holes in the
the tire must be inspected on a daily basis to insure the wheels. The proper procedure for attaching wheels is as
damage has not propagated beyond the allowable crite- follows:
ria.
1. Start all nuts by hand to prevent cross threading. DO
Tire Replacement NOT use a lubricant on threads or nuts.
JLG recommends a replacement tire be the same size, ply 2. Tighten nuts in the following sequence:
and brand as originally installed on the machine. Please
refer to the JLG Parts Manual for the part number of the
approved tires for a particular machine model. If not using
a JLG approved replacement tire, we recommend that
replacement tires have the following characteristics:
• Equal or greater ply/load rating and size of original
• Tire tread contact width equal or greater than original 9 LUG PATTERN
• Wheel diameter, width, and offset dimensions equal to
the original
Unless specifically approved by JLG Industries Inc. do not
replace a foam filled or ballast filled tire assembly with a
pneumatic tire. When selecting and installing a replace-
ment tire, ensure that all tires are inflated to the pressure
recommended by JLG. Due to size variations between
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-1

3.2 DRIVE TORQUE HUB

Roll, Leak and Brake Testing
Torque-Hub units should always be roll and leak tested
before disassembly and after assembly to make sure that
the unit's gears, bearings and seals are working properly.
The following information briefly outlines what to look for
10 LUG PATTERN when performing these tests.
NOTE: The brake must be released before performing the

roll test. This can be accomplished by either pressur-
izing the brake using the Brake Leak Test procedure
below or by tightening the bolts into the piston
through the end plate (See Brake Disassembly Pro-
cedure)
3. The tightening of the nuts should be done in stages. NOTE: Bolts must be removed while performing brake
Following the recommended sequence, tighten nuts release test
per wheel torque chart.
THE ROLL TEST
The purpose of the roll test is to determine if the unit's

Table 3-1. Wheel Torque Chart - 9 Lug gears are rotating freely and properly. You should be able
to rotate the gears in your unit by applying constant force
TORQUE SEQUENCE
to the roll checker. If you feel more drag in the gears only
1st Stage 2nd Stage 3rd Stage at certain points, then the gears are not rolling freely and
40 ft. lbs. 95 ft. lbs. 170 ft. lbs. should be examined for improper installation or defects.
(55 Nm) (130 Nm) (230 Nm) Some gear packages roll with more difficulty than others.
Do not be concerned if the gears in your unit seem to roll
hard as long as they roll with consistency.
THE LEAK TEST (MAIN UNIT)

Table 3-2. Wheel Torque Chart - 10 Lug
The purpose of a leak test is to make sure the unit is air
TORQUE SEQUENCE
tight. You can tell if your unit has a leak if the pressure
1st Stage 2nd Stage 3rd Stage gauge reading on your leak checking fitting starts to fall
70 ft. lbs. 170 ft. lbs. 300 ft. lbs. after the unit has been pressurized and allowed to equal-
(95 Nm) (225 Nm) (405 Nm) ize. Leaks will most likely occur at the pipe plugs, the main
seal or wherever o-rings or gaskets are located. The exact
location of a leak can usually be detected by brushing a
4. Wheel nuts should be torqued after first 50 hours of soap and water solution around the main seal and where
operation and after each wheel removal. Check the o-rings or gaskets meet on the exterior of the unit, then
torque every 3 months or 150 hours of operation. checking for air bubbles. If a leak is detected in a seal, o-
ring or gasket, the part must be replaced, and the unit
rechecked. Leak test at 10 psi for 20 minutes.
THE BRAKE TEST
3-2 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Reference: Sample Model 7HBE01F0B30057. The under- 5. Using the same sequence, crisscross around the
lined letter is the brake option. Options are A, B, C, D, E, bolt circle and apply an equal torque to the remain-
or X. ing bolts.
2,200 in-lb (248 Nm) Static, 280 psi (19.3 bar) Full
A Input Brake
Release 3000 psi (207 bar) maximum o-ring check.
B Input Brake
C Input Brake
D Input Brake
E Input Brake
X – No Brake
If brake does not release at these pressure values, brake

has to be inspected, repaired or replaced.
NOTE: Failure to perform this test may result in damaged or

ineffective brake parts.
Tightening and Torquing Bolts Main Disassembly

If an air impact wrench is used to tighten bolts, extreme 1. Perform Roll Check, Leak Check and Brake Check if
care should be taken to ensure that the bolts are not tight- applicable prior to disassembling the unit.
ened beyond their specified torque.
2. Drain oil from unit. Note the condition and volume of
The following steps describe how to tighten and torque the oil.
bolts or socket head cap screws in a bolt circle.
3. Remove Retaining Ring (6G) by prying the open end
1. Tighten (but do not torque) bolt "A" until snug. of Retaining Ring out of the groove in the Ring Gear
2. Go to the opposite side of the bolt circle and tighten (1E) with a screwdriver, then grasp the loose end
bolt "B" until equally snug. with pliers and pull the Retaining Ring completely
out of the groove.
3. Crisscross around the bolt circle and tighten remain-
ing bolts. 4. Remove the Cover Subassembly (6) from the unit.
The unit can be carefully pressurized with air to pop
4. Now use a torque wrench to apply the specified the cover out of the unit.
torque to bolt "A".
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-3

6. Cover
6G. Retaining Ring
15. ID Plate
Figure 3-1. Main Disassembly
3-4 – JLG Lift – 3121202

5. Retaining Ring
1A. Spindle 4. Planet Gear
9. Input Shaft 18. O-ring
1D. Housing 4E. Planet Shaft
10. First Stage Sun Gear 19. Bolt
1E. Ring Gear 4G. Roll Pin
11. Second Stage Sun 20. Retaining Ring
3. Input Carrier 4H. Thrust Washer
Gear
Figure 3-2. Input Carrier
5. Remove the First Stage Sun Gear (10) if applicable. 11. Remove the O-ring (18) from between the Housing
(1D) and the Ring Gear (1E).
NOTE: On units with ratios greater than 36:1 numerically,
there will not be a separate First Stage Sun Gear 12. Using a 1/8” diameter punch, drive the Roll Pin (4G)
(10), as the gear teeth will be integral to the Input into the Planet Shaft (4E) until it bottoms against the
Shaft (9). Spindle (1A).
13. Grasp the Roll Pin (4G) using needle nosed pliers or
6. Remove the Input Carrier Subassembly (3).
some sort of hooked tool, and pull the Planet Shaft
7. Remove the Input Shaft (9). (4E) out of the Spindle (1A).
8. Remove the Second Stage Sun Gear (11). 14. Using a 1/8” diameter punch, drive the Roll Pin (4G)
out of the Planet Shaft (4E).
NOTE: On units with a ratio 48:1, the Sun Gear (11) and the
Input Shaft (9) will need to be removed together. NOTE: The Roll Pins (4G) should not be reused when reas-
sembling the unit.
9. Loosen and remove the three Flat Head Bolts (19)
that retain the Ring Gear (1E) to the Housing (1G).
10. Lift the Ring Gear (1E) off of the Housing (1D).
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-5

15. Slide the Planet Gear Subassembly (4) out of the 17. Repeat Steps 12 though 16 for the remaining two
Spindle (1A) being careful to not drop the Needle Planet Gears (4F).
Bearings (4C) in the process.
18. Remove the Thrust Washer (4H) from the counter-
16. Remove 4 Thrust Washers (4B), 28 Needle Rollers
bore in the Spindle (1A).
(4C) and the Thrust Spacer (4D) from the Second
Stage Planet Gear (4F).
4B. Thrust Washer 4D. Thrust Spacer

4C. Needle Roller 4F. Planet Gear
Figure 3-3. Planet Gear Sub Assembly
3-6 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Input Carrier Disassembly
3C. Needle Bearing

3F. Planet Gear
Figure 3-5. Planet Gear Subassembly
1. Using a 1/8” diameter punch, drive the Roll Pin (4G)

into the Planet Shaft (3E) until it bottoms against the
Carrier (3A).
2. Using a soft face hammer, tap the Planet Shaft (3E)
out of the Carrier (3A).
3A. Carrier
3F. Planet Gear 3. Using a 1/8” diameter punch, drive the Roll Pin (4G)
3B. Thrust Washer
4G. Roll Pin out of the Planet Shaft (3E).
3E. Planet Shaft
NOTE: The Roll Pins (4G) should not be reused when reas-
Figure 3-4. Input Carrier sembling the unit.
4. Slide the Planet Gear (3F) and the two Thrust Wash-
ers (3B) out of the Carrier (3A).
5. Remove the 14 needle Bearings (3C) from the bore
of the Planet Gear (3F).
6. Repeat steps 1 through 5 for each of the two remain-
ing planet gears.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-7

Hub-Spindle Disassembly
1A. Barrel 1F. Bearing Nut

1B. Seal 1G. Setscrew
1C. Bearing Cone 1H. Stud
1D. Hub 1Q. Boot Seal
Figure 3-6. Hub Spindle
1. Place unit on bench with Spindle (1A) end down. 6. If necessary, press 9 Studs (1H) out of Hub (1D).
Locate Hub (1D) on Seal (1B) end.
2. Remove 2 Set Screws (1G) and Bearing Nut (1F)
using T-206569. 7. Remove Seal (1B) from Hub (1D).
NOTE: The Seal (1B) should NOT be reused when reas-

NOTE: The holes in the Bearing Nut (1F) for the Set Screws sembling the unit.
(1G) were staked for retention of the Set Screws
(1G). The holes will need to be cleaned up prior to 8. Remove “B” position Bearing Cone (1C) from Bear-
removing the Set Screws. ing Cup (1C) in Hub (1D).
9. Remove “B” position Bearing Cone (1C) from Hub
3. Remove “A” position Bearing Cone (1C) from Bear- (1D).
ing Cup (1C) in Hub (1D).
10. Using a soft steel rod, knock both Bearing Cups
4. While supporting the unit on Hub (1D) flange, press (1C) out of Hub (1D).
Spindle (1A) out of Hub (1D).
5. Lift Hub (1D) off of Spindle (1A). Remove Boot Seal

(1Q) from Hub (1D) if applicable.
3-8 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Spindle-Brake Disassembly
8H. Backup Ring

1A. Spindle 8C. Retaining Ring
8J. Rotor 12. Plastic Plug
7. Coupling Subassembly 8D. O-Ring
8K. Stator 21. Pipe Plug
8A. Piston 8E. Backup Ring
8L. Compression 22. Flat Head Capscrew
8B. Pressure Plate 8F. O-Ring
Spring
Figure 3-7. Spindle Brake
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-9

2. Using retaining ring pliers, remove Retaining Ring

(8C) from the groove in the Spindle (1A).
3. Back Flat Head Cap Screws (22) incrementally out
of Piston (8A) until spring force is relieved from the
Pressure Plate (8B). Then, remove Flat Head Cap
Screws (22) and Pressure Plate (8B) from brake cav-
ity in Spindle (1A).
4. Remove Compression Springs (8L) from Piston (8A).
EYE PROTECTION MUST BE WORN WHILE PERFORMING THE

NEXT STEP IN THIS PROCEDURE.
5. Using an air hose, slowly and carefully pressurize

the brake port in the Spindle (1A) until the Piston
1K. Retaining Ring (8A) comes out of piston bore of Spindle (1A), Then
1L. Spring pull the Piston (8A) the rest of the way out of the
1M. Spacer Spindle (1A) by hand.
7. Coupling
6. Remove Backup Rings (8E) & (8H) and O-rings (8D)
Figure 3-8. Coupling Subassembly & (8F) from grooves in Piston (8A).
7. Remove Rotors (8J) and Stators (8K) from brake
NOTE: This procedure applies only to units with integral cavity in Spindle (1A).
Input Brake (8). 8. Remove Coupling Subassembly (7) from brake cav-
ity in Spindle (1A).
9. Remove Retaining Ring (1K) out of the internal
groove using appropriate tool.
EYE PROTECTION MUST BE WORN WHILE PERFORMING THE
STEPS 1-3 IN THIS PROCEDURE. 10. Remove the Spacer (1M) & Spring (1L) out of the
bore of Coupling (7).
1. Compress the Compression Springs (8L) by install- 11. Remove Plastic Plug (12) & Pipe Plug (21) from
ing two 1/4-20 x 5/8” Flat Head Cap Screws (22) Spindle (1A) if applicable.
through Pressure Plate (8B) and into Piston (8A) and
tightening incrementally until spring force has been
taken off of the Retaining Ring (8C).
NOTE: Flat Head Cap Screws (22) are removed prior to

shipping new units since they are for transit and ser-
vice only. They are included in most brake repair kits.
3-10 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Cover Disassembly
6D. Disengage
2. Thrust Washer
Rod
6A. Cover
6E. O-Ring
6B. Disengage Cap
6F. Pipe Plug
6C. Bolt
17. O-Ring
Figure 3-9. Cover
1. Remove O-Ring (17) from groove in Cover (6A). 5. Use appropriate tool to remove O-ring (6E) from
internal groove in Cover (6A).
2. Remove Thrust Washer (2) from Cover (6A) pockets.
6. Remove two O-Ring Pipe Plugs (6F) from Cover
3. Unscrew two Hex Head Bolts (6C) and remove Dis- (6A).
engage Cap (6B) from Cover (6A).
4. Pull Disengage Rod (6D) out from Cover (6A).
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-11

Input Carrier Sub-Assembly Output Planet Gear Sub-Assembly

1. Apply a liberal coat of grease to the bore of one 1. Apply a liberal coat of grease to the bore of one Out-
Input Planet Gear (3F). put Planet Gear (4F).
2. Line the inside of the Planet Gear (3F) with 14 Nee- 2. Line the inside of the Planet Gear (4F) with 14 Nee-
dle Rollers (3C). dle Rollers (4C).
NOTE: The last roller installed must be installed end wise. NOTE: The last roller installed must be installed end wise.
That is, the end of the last roller must be placed in That is, the end of the last roller must be placed in
between the ends of the two rollers which form the between the ends of the two rollers which form the
space, and then slid, parallel to the other rollers, into space, and then slid, parallel to the other rollers, into
place. place.
3. Set Carrier (3A) in an upright position. 3. Place Spacer (4D) into the bore of the Output Planet
(4F).
4. Insert a Planet Shaft (3E) into the planet shaft hole in
the end of the Carrier (3A) opposite the splined end. 4. Repeat Step 2 to put in second roll of Needle Rollers
The end of the planet shaft that does NOT have the (4C).
roll pin hole should be inserted into the carrier
FIRST. 5. Apply grease to hold two Thrust Washers (4B)
together and onto Output Planet Gear (4F) counter-
5. Place one Thrust Washer (3B) onto the end of Planet bore. Do the same to the other side.
Shaft (3E). Make sure the flat faces towards the
inside of the carrier and make sure the button fits in 6. Repeat Steps 1-5 to finish the assembly of the two
the pocket on the inside of the Carrier (3A) towards remaining Output Planet Gears (4F).
the OD.
Spindle - Brake Sub-Assembly
6. Following the thrust washer, place Planet Gear (3F)
with needle rollers, onto Planet Shaft (3E). 1. Place Spindle (1A) such that the flange side is up.
7. Following the planet gear, place one more Thrust 2. Place Stator (8K) into the Spindle (1A) scallop cuts.
Washer (3B) onto Planet Shaft (3E). Align the Thrust
3. Place Rotor (8J) on top of Stator (8K).
Washer (3B) in the same manner described in Step
5. 4. Repeat steps 2 & 3 until there are a total of 9 Stators
(8K) and 8 Rotors (8J) installed.
8. Now insert Planet Shaft (3E) through the opposite
planet shaft hole on Carrier (3A). Use an alignment 5. Place Piston (8A) such that the smaller O.D. end is
punch or similar tool to align the roll pin holes on facing upward. Grease the two O-Rings and the two
Carrier (3A) and Planet Shaft (3E). Backup Rings.
NOTE: Be sure not to hit the Planet Gears (3F) when driving 6. Install large Backup Ring (8E) in the large-diameter
in the Roll Pins (4G). groove at the bottom of the Piston (8A).
9. Drive Roll Pin (4G) down into the aligned roll pin 7. Install large O-Ring (8D) in the large-diameter
holes. Pin should be flush with the flat of carrier. groove at the bottom of the Piston (8A), on top of the
large Backup Ring (8E).
10. Repeat Steps 1-9 for the installation of the two
remaining Planet Gears (3F). 8. Install small O-Ring (8F) in the small-diameter
groove near the top of the Piston (8A). Make sure
NOTE: Some grease may need to be applied to the Thrust the O-Ring is seated on the bottom of the groove.
Washers (3B) to hold them in place while installing
the planet gears.
3-12 – JLG Lift – 3121202

9. Install small Backup Ring (8H) in the small-diameter 7. Install Bearing Cone of part (1C) into Bearing Cup,
groove near the top of the Piston (8A), on top of the position "A".
small O-Ring (8F).
8. Apply Loctite 243 on Bearing Nut (1F) thread. Screw
10. Insert Piston (8A) into Spindle (1A) until it contacts Nut (1F) on top of Bearing Cone of part (1C). Leave
the Stator (8K). 0.003-0.005 inches end play to check the initial roll-
11. Insert the appropriate number of Springs (8L), ing torque with the unit tied down. Then torque Bear-
based on the assembly print, into Piston (8A)coun- ing Nut (1F) until rolling torque is 40 to 50 in-lbs
terbore. greater than initial rolling torque. Using tool T-
206569 for the Bearing Nut.
12. Place Spring (1L) into Coupling (7) counterbore.
Place the Pressure plate (1M) on top of Spring (1L). NOTE: Final torque is initial rolling torque plus 40-50 in-lbs.
13. Use appropriate tool to install Retaining Ring (1K) E.g., if the initial rolling torque is 30 in-lbs, the final
into the retaining ring groove in the coupling (7) rolling torque is between 70-80 in-lbs. Be sure to
counterbore. rotate hub as the torque is applied to properly seat
the bearing. Be sure the torque wrench is tangent to
14. Insert Coupling sub-Assembly (7) through Rotors the Hub (1D) OD.
(8J).
15. Place Pressure Plate (8B) on top of Springs (8L). 9. Using appropriate tool, install two Set Screws (1G)
into Bearing Nut (1F) threaded holes. Make sure Set
16. Use two ¼ -20 x 0.625 flat head Cap Screws (22) by
Screw is driven into the spindle thread. Tighten the
bolting the Pressure Plate (8B) and Piston (8A)
set screws to damage the thread and stake the edge
together or some other appropriate tools to install
of the nut around the Set Screws (1G) so the nut will
Retaining Ring on top of Pressure Plate (8B) until
not loosen.
Retaining Ring (8C) is seated.
NOTE: Remove 2 Screws from units when done, otherwise 10. Place Thrust Washer (4H) into counterbore of Spin-
brake will not function. dle (1A).
17. Install Pipe Plug (21) if applicable 11. Place Planet Gear Sub-assembly (4) into Spindle
(1A) through gap between two Studs (1H). Align the
Hub-Spindle Sub-Assembly planet gear bore with one of the planet shaft holes
on the spindle (1A) assembly using T-209919.
NOTE: Spray a light film of oil on all component parts during
assembly. Spray a generous amount of oil on bear- 12. Insert a Planet Shaft (4E) into the planet shaft hole
ings during installation. described in Step (11) on Spindle (1A). The end of
the planet shaft that does NOT have the roll pin hole
1. Press Bearing Cup of part (1C), position "A", into should be inserted into the Spindle FIRST.
Hub using T-158422 pressing tool.
13. Now insert Planet Shaft (4E) through the first set of
2. Turn hub over and press Bearing Cup of part (1C), Thrust Washers (4B), Planet gear, then the second
position "B", into hub using T-158422 pressing set of Washers (4B). Use an alignment punch or sim-
tool.(T). ilar tool to align roll pin holes on Spindle (1A) and
Planet Shaft (4E).
3. Place Bearing Cone of part (1C), into Bearing Cup of
part (1C), position "B".
NOTE: Be sure not to hit the Planet Gears (4F) when driving
4. Grease Seal (1B) lip and press seal into Hub (1D) in Roll Pins (4G).
using appropriate tool until seal is flush with end of
hub.(T). 14. Drive Roll Pin (4G) down into the aligned roll pin
5. Place Hub (1D) into pressing base. Press nine Studs holes. Pin should be flush with OD of spindle.
(1H) into Hub.
15. Repeat Steps (11-14) for the installation of the two
NOTE: Use enough pressure to press in studs. Don t use remaining Planet Gears (4F).
excessively high pressure to press in studs or hub
may crack.
6. Set Spindle assembly (1A) on the bench with the

flange down. Turn Hub (1D) over and lower onto
Spindle (5). Install boot (21) if applicable.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-13

Cover Sub-Assembly 11. Install Cover Sub-Assembly (6) into Ring Gear (1E)
counterbore and install Retaining Ring (6G) into
1. Grease O-Ring (6E) and insert into internal groove in groove in Ring Gear (1E).
Cover (6A).
12. Attach ID Tag (15) onto unit using Drive Screws (16).
2. Assemble Disengage Cap (6B) onto Cover (6A) 13. Check disconnect, roll and air check unit, leak check
using two Hex Head Bolts (6C). Torque bolts to 70- brake, and record release pressure.
80 in-lbs.
14. Insert Plastic Plug (12) into place if applicable.
3. Insert Disengage Rod (6D) into hole in Cover (6A)
until it touches the inside of the Disengage Cap (6B). Integral Brake Check
NOTE: The Disengage Rod can be inserted either end first. 1. Using appropriate fittings, connect hydraulic line
from hand pump to brake port.
4. Grease Face of Thrust Washer (2) and place in
Cover (6A) making sure that tangs on washer seat 2. Check to see that brake is set by trying to rotate
into pockets in cover. Input Shaft (9). This can be accomplished by install-
ing an appropriate tool (any tool that can locate on
5. Install O-Ring Pipe Plugs (6F) into Cover (6A). The the splines of the Input Coupling (7), such as a mat-
plugs should be hand tight. ing splined shaft) into Input Coupling (7).
3. Bleed brake. Increase hydraulic pressure gradually
Main Assembly while trying to rotate the input until brake just starts
to release. Note this pressure. Make sure the pres-
NOTE: All components should receive a generous amount
sure falls into the appropriate range below.
of lubricant oil as they are being assembled.
1. Place Hub-Spindle Sub-Assembly on the bench. BRAKE JUST RELEASE

2. Grease O-Ring (18) and place it into groove of Hub CODE PRESSURE RANGE
(1D). PSI BAR
A 200-260 13.7-17.9
3. Place Ring Gear (1E) onto Hub (1D). Align the three B 170-220 11.7-15.1
shipping Cap Screw Holes on Hub (1D) and Ring C 140-185 9.6-12.7
Gear (1E). D 130-155 8.9-10.6
E 115-145 7.9-9.9
4. Install three shipping Cap Screws (19) into ring gear
and hub. Torque them to 15-20 ft-lbs. 4. Increase pressure to 1,000 psi and hold for 30 sec-
onds to check for leaks. Repair leaks if necessary.
5. Place External Retaining Ring (5) over 13T spline to
the retaining groove on Input Shaft (9). NOTE: Make sure that brake re-engages when pressure is
released.
NOTE: For ratio 48:1, assemble Output Sun Gear (11) over
Input Shaft (9) first, then install External Retaining NOTE: When done, make sure Input Coupling (7) is cen-
Ring (5). tered in Spindle (1A) to make installation of motor
possible without release of brake.
6. Using appropriate tool to install Retaining Ring (20)
into groove on Output Sun (11).
7. Place Input Shaft (9) spline end into mesh with Inter-
nal Coupling (7) splines.
8. With the modified spline end facing up, place the

Output Gear (11) into mesh with the planet gears
from the Hub-Spindle Sub-Assembly.
9. Place Input Carrier Sub-Assembly (3A) onto Output

Sun Gear (11) splines. Drop Input Sun (10) into
mesh with planet gears for specific ratios, if
required. (No timing required).
10. Grease O-Ring (17) and insert into groove in Cover

Sub-Assembly (6).
3-14 – JLG Lift – 3121202

1A. Spindle
1B. Lip Seal 1M. Thrust Washer 4C. Needle Bearing 6C. Bolt 8D. O-Ring 11. Sun Gear
1C. Tapered Bear- 1Q. Seal Boot 4D. Thrust Spacer 6D. Dowel Pin 8E. Backup Ring 12. Plastic Plug
ing 2. Thrust Spacer 4E. Planet Shaft 6E. O-Ring 8F. O-Ring 15. ID Plate
1D. Housing 3A. Carrier 4F. Planet Gear 6F. Pipe Plug 8H. Backup Ring 16. Drive Screw
1E. Ring Gear 3B. Thrust Washer 4G. Roll Pin 6G. Retaining Ring 8J. Brake Rotor 17. O-Ring
1F. Bearing Nut 3C. Needle Bearing 4H. Thrust Washer 7. Coupling 8K. Brake Stator 18. O-Ring
1G. Setscrew 3E. Planet Shaft 5. Retaining Ring 8A. Brake Piston 8L. Spring 19. Bolt
1H. Stud 3F. Planet Gear 6A. Cover 8B. Pressure Plate 9. Input Shaft 20. Retaining Ring
1K. Retaining Ring 4B. Thrust Washer 6B. Disengage Cap 8C. Retaining Ring 10. Sun Gear 21. O-Ring Plug
1L. Spring
Figure 3-10. Hub Assembly
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-15

Figure 3-11. Bearing Cup Pressing Tool
Figure 3-12. Seal Pressing Tool
3-16 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Figure 3-13. Bearing Cup Pressing Tool
Figure 3-14. Drift Pin for Lining Up Thrust Washers with Output Planet Gear
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-17

3.3 FREE WHEELING OPTION 3.4 DRIVE MOTOR (S/N 75606 TO PRESENT)
To Disengage Drive Motors and Brakes (Free Description

Wheel) for Towing, etc. The drive motors are low to medium power, two-position
axial piston motors incorporating an integral servo piston.
1. Chock wheels securely if not on flat level surface. They are designed for operation in both open and closed
circuit applications. The standard control is a direct acting
2. Disconnect both drive hubs by inverting disconnect single line hydraulic control. The integral servo piston con-
caps in center of hubs. trols motor displacement.
3. If equipped, move steer/tow selector valve to float The motors are spring biased to maximum displacement
(tow) position by pulling valve knob out. and hydraulically shifted to minimum displacement. Mini-
mum and maximum displacement can be set with fixed
To Engage Drive Motors and Brakes (Normal internal stops. The large diameter servo piston allows
smooth acceleration and deceleration with relatively large
Operation) circuit orificing.
1. If equipped, move steer/tow valve to steer position Bias spring

by pushing valve knob in. Servo piston
Minimum
Angle Swashplate
2. Connect both drive hubs by inverting disconnect Stop
cap in center of hub.
3. Remove chocks from wheels as required. Output

Cylinder Shaft
Block
DISCONNECT Shaft
CAP Seal
Piston
Endcap Slipper Bearing
Valve plate
Drive Hub Engaged Figure 3-16. Drive Motor Cross Section

DRIVE
HUB
DISCONNECT
CAP
(REVERSED)
DRIVE
HUB Drive Hub Disconnected
Figure 3-15. Disconnecting the Drive Hubs
3-18 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Shaft Seal Replacement INSPECT THE COMPONENTS

Inspect the new seal, the motor housing seal bore, and
REMOVAL the sealing area on the shaft for rust, wear, and contami-
nation. Polish the shaft and clean the housing if neces-
1. Remove the snap ring (1) retaining the shaft seal sary.
and support washer.
INSTALLATION
1
1. Cover the shaft splines with an installation sleeve to
protect the shaft seal during installation.
2
2. Install a new shaft seal with the cupped side facing
the motor. Press seal into housing until it bottoms
3 out. Press evenly to avoid binding and damaging
the seal.
3. Install seal support washer.
4. Install snap ring.
5. Remove the installation sleeve.
1. Snap Ring
2. Support Washer
3. Shaft Seal
Figure 3-17. Removing the Shaft Seal
2. Remove the support washer (2).

3. Carefully pry out the shaft seal (3).
To avoid damaging the shaft during removal, install

a large sheet metal screw into the chuck of a slide
hammer. Drive the screw into the seal surface and
use the slide hammer to pull the seal.
4. Discard the seal.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-19

Loop Flushing Valve INSPECT THE COMPONENTS

Inspect new O-rings and the sealing area for rust, wear, or
REMOVAL contamination. Also check springs and poppet for wear.
1. Using a 11/16 in internal hex wrench remove plug INSTALLATION

(1) and (2).
1. Install orifice poppet (13).
6
9
2. Install shift spool (12).
11
2 3. Install spring retaining washers onto springs (10 and
11/16 in 11).
27 ft.lbs.
(37 Nm) 4. Carefully install centering springs (7, 8, and 9).
5. Install new O-rings (6, 4, and 5).
6. Using a 1/4 in hex wrench torque plug (3) to 20 ft.
lbs. (27 Nm).
7. Using a 11/16 in internal hex, torque plugs (2 and 1)
12
10 to 27 ft.lbs. (37 Nm).
8
4
1 13
11/16 in
27 ft.lbs.
(37 Nm) 7
5/8 in
5 3 20 ft.lbs.
(27 Nm)
1. Plug 6. O-ring 11. Washer

2. Plug 7. Spring 12. Shift Spool
3. Plug 8. Spring 13. Orifice Poppet
4. O-ring 9. Spring
5. O-ring 10. Washer
Figure 3-18. Loop Flushing Spool
2. Using a 1/4 in hex wrench remove plug (3).
3. Remove O-rings (4, 5, and 6).
4. Using pliers, remove centering springs (7, 8, and 9).
5. Remove spring retaining washers (10 and 11).
6. Remove shift spool (12).
7. Remove orifice poppet (13).
3-20 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Troubleshooting
Table 3-3. Excessive Noise and/or Vibration
Item Description Action

Fill the reservoir to the proper level and ensure that oil supply
Check oil level in reservoir Insufficient hydraulic fluid could lead to cavitation that would
to the motor is adequate and the lines are unobstructed.
and oil supply to the motor. cause system noise.
Ensure that all of the system lines and components are

Air trapped within the system lines, or the motor itself, could
Check for air in the system. purged of air.
result in cavitation that would cause system noise.
Ensure that the correct coupling is used and that it fits prop-
Inspect the output shaft A loose or incorrect shaft coupling will produce vibrations
erly onto the shaft.
couplings. that could result in system noise.
Inspect the output shaft Misaligned shafts create excessive frictional vibration that Ensure that the shafts are properly aligned.
alignment. could result in system noise.
Hydraulic oil viscosity Viscosity above acceptable limits will result in cavitation that Replace hydraulic oil with appropriate fluid for operating
above limits. would lead to system noise. conditions.
Table 3-4. System Operating Hot

Check oil level in reservoir Insufficient amount of hydraulic fluid will not meet the cool- Fill the reservoir to the proper level.
and oil supply to the pump. ing demands of the system.
Ensure that heat exchanger is receiving adequate air flow
Inspect the heat exchanger, If the heat exchanger fails, or becomes obstructed, it may and that the heat exchanger is in good operating condition.
(if so equipped). not meet the cooling demands of the system. Repair or replace as necessary.
Repair or replace any malfunctioning relief valves as appli-

If a system relief valve becomes unseated for an extended
Check the system relief cable and verify that the loads on the machine are not exces-
period of time or fails for any other reason, the system could
valves. sive.
become overheated.
Table 3-5. Won’t Shift or Slow to Start

Obstructed or restricted flow through the servo control sig- Ensure that the signal lines are not obstructed or restricted
Check the signal line to the
nal lines could result in slow shift or no shift conditions and that signal pressure is adequate to shift the motor.
servo control port.
within the motor.
Check that the correct sup- Ensure that the proper control orifices are installed in the
Supply and drain orifices determine the shift rate of the
ply and drain orifices are motor and verify that they are not obstructed. Clean or
motor. The smaller the orifice, the longer the time it takes to
properly installed, and are replace as necessary.
shift the motor. Obstruction will also increase shift times.
not obstructed.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-21

Disassembly
17
NOTE: Removal of the endcap voids warranty.
19
During assembly, coat all moving parts with a film of

clean hydraulic oil. This assures that these parts will
be lubricated during start-up.
15
Replace all O-Rings and gaskets.
It is recommended that all O-rings be replaced. 14

Lightly lubricate all O-rings with clean petroleum jelly
prior to assembly.
6
21
9
5 11
2
7
13
18
3
10 12
8 16
4
16
1
20
14. Lock Nut 18. Cavity Plug

15. O-ring Plug 19. Drain Plug
16. Control Line Plug 20. Drain Plug
17. Control Line Plug 21. Work Port Plug
1. Plug 5. O-ring 9. Spring 12. Shift Spool Figure 3-20. Plugs, Fittings, and Speed Sen-
2. Plug 6. O-ring 10. Washer 13. Orifice Poppet sor
3. Plug 7. Spring 11. Washer 8. Remove all fittings from the unit. Discard any O-rings
4. O-ring 8. Spring on the fittings.
Figure 3-19. Loop Flushing Spool 9. Using an 11/16 inch hex wrench, loosen the speed
sensor lock nut (14) if equipped. Then remove the
1. Using a 11/16 in wrench remove plug (1) and (2). speed sensor using a Vi inch hex wrench. Units with-
out speed sensor have an O-ring plug (15) installed
2. Using a 5/8 in hex wrench remove plug (3).
in that location; remove it with a Va inch internal hex
3. Remove O-rings (4, 5, and 6). wrench.
4. Using pliers, remove centering springs (7, 8, and 9). 10. Using a 1/4 inch internal hex wrench, remove control
5. Remove spring retaining washers (10 and 11). line plugs (16, 17). Discard O-rings. Using a 3 mm
hex wrench, remove cavity plug (18, if equipped with
6. Remove shift spool (12). two-line control) from X2 cavity.
7. Remove orifice poppet (13). 11. Using a 5/16 inch internal hex wrench, remove drain
plugs (19, 20). Discard O-rings.
12. Using a 9/16 inch internal hex wrench, remove work

port plugs (21, if equipped with axial ports). Discard
O-rings.
3-22 – JLG Lift – 3121202

25
22
27
30
23 29
29
26
24
28
22. Screw
23. End Cap 25. Valve Plate
24. O-ring 26. End Cap
27. O-ring
Figure 3-21. End Cap 28. O-ring
29. Angle Stop
13. Using an 8 mm internal hex wrench, remove the 30. Servo Spring
endcap screws (22).
Figure 3-22. Valve Plate & Rear Shaft Bearing
14. Remove the endcap (23). Remove O-ring (24) from
the housing or endcap.
When the endcap screws are removed, pressure

TAKE CARE NOT TO SCRATCH THE SURFACE OF THE VALVE
from the servo spring will cause the endcap to bind
on the shaft. Press down on the portion of the end- PLATE.
cap covering the servo piston and hold the endcap
level while removing. 15. Remove the valve plate (25) and timing pin (26) from
the endcap.
Each displacement has a unique valve plate. For

identification, the last two digits of the valve plate
part number are stamped on its surface.
16. Remove and discard the O-rings (27, 28).
17. Remove the rear shaft bearing (29) from the endcap
with a bearing puller.
The bearing may be difficult to remove with a puller.

Try this as an alternative: Pack the bearing cavity
with heavy grease. After the shaft is removed, insert
it into the bearing cavity and tap lightly with a soft
mallet on the splined end. The grease will force the
bearing out. Use caution not to drive the bearing
past the rear shaft journal as the bearing may
become trapped on the shaft and damaged.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-23

18. Remove minimum angle stop (29) and servo spring 20. Turn the housing over and remove the snap ring (32)
(30) from the housing. retaining the shaft seal and support washer. Remove
the support washer (33) and carefully pry out the
shaft seal (34). Discard the seal.
To avoid damaging the shaft during seal removal.

Install a large sheet metal screw into the chuck of a
slide hammer. Drive the screw into the seal surface
31 and use the slide hammer to pull the seal.
36
35
37
31. Cylinder Kit Assembly
Figure 3-23. Cylinder Kit

38
19. Turn the housing on its side and remove the cylinder
kit assembly (31). Set the assembly aside, being
careful not to scratch the running surface.
NOTE: Grooves on the surface of the cylinder kit identify its

displacement: 35. Inner Snap Ring
36. Snap Ring
Table 3-6. Displacement Identifiers 37. Bearing
38. Shaft
# of Grooves Frame L Frame K
Figure 3-25. Shaft & Front Bearing
1 25 38
2 30 45
21. Remove the inner snap ring (35) and the shaft /
3 35 -- bearing assembly.
22. Remove the snap-ring (36) retaining the shaft front
bearing. Pull the bearing (37) off of the shaft (38).
32
33
34
32. Snap Ring

33. Support Washer
34. Shaft Seal
Figure 3-24. Shaft Seal
3-24 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Lift here
44
39
45
47
40
48
43
42
49
41
46
53
52
39. Swashplate 50
40. Servo Piston
41. Piston Seal 51
42. O-ring
43. Journal Bearings
Figure 3-26. Swash Plate & Servo Piston

44. Piston 49. Retaining Ring
45. Slipper Retainer 50. Block Spring Washer
23. Turn housing over and remove the swashplate (39) 46. Cylinder Block 51. Spiral Retaining Ring
by lifting on the end opposite the servo lever. 47. Ball Guide 52. Block Spring
24. Remove the servo piston (40). Remove the piston 48. Holddown Pins 53. Inner Block Spring Washer
seal (41) and O-ring (42) from the servo piston. Dis- Figure 3-27. Cylinder Kit Disassembly
card the seal and O-ring.
25. Remove the journal bearings (43) from the housing. 26. Remove pistons (44) and slipper retainer (45) from
If the bearings are to be reused, note the location the cylinder block (46).
and orientation of each bearing for reassembly.
The pistons are not selectively fitted, however units
with high hourly usage may develop wear patterns.
Number the pistons and bores for reassembly if they
are to be reused.
27. Remove the ball guide (47), hold-down pins (48),

and retaining ring (49) from the cylinder block.
NOTE: Most repairs do not require block spring removal.

Perform this procedure only if you suspect problems
with the block spring.
RISK OF PERSONAL INJURY: COMPRESSING THE BLOCK SPRING

REQUIRES FORCE OF ABOUT 80 TO 90 LBF (350 TO 400 N). USE
A PRESS SUFFICIENT TO MAINTAIN THIS FORCE WITH REASON-
ABLE EFFOR T. ENSURE THE SPRING IS SECURE BEFORE
ATTEMPTING TO REMOVE THE SPIRAL RETAINING RING.
RELEASE THE PRESSURE SLOWLY AFTER THE RETAINING RING
IS REMOVED.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-25

28. Turn the block over. Using a press, apply pressure SLIPPERS
on the block spring washer (50) to compress the Inspect the running surface of the slippers. Replace any
block spring. Compress the spring enough to safely piston assemblies with scored or excessively rounded
remove the spiral retaining ring (51). While maintain- slipper edges. Measure the slipper foot thickness.
ing pressure, unwind the spiral retaining ring (51). Replace any piston assemblies with excessively worn slip-
Carefully release the pressure and remove the outer pers. Check the slipper axial end-play. Replace any piston
block spring washer (50), block spring (52), and assemblies with excessive end-play.
inner block spring washer (53) from the cylinder
block. Minimum slipper foot thickness and maximum axial end-
play are given in the table below.
Inspection Table 3-7. Slipper Foot Thickness & End Play
After disassembly, wash all parts (including the end-cap
and housing) thoroughly with clean solvent and allow to Measurement L Frame K Frame
air dry. Blow out oil passages in the housing and endcap mm 2.71 4.07
Slipper Foot Thickness
with compressed air. Conduct inspection in a clean area (in.) (0.11) (0.16)
and keep all parts free from contamination. Clean and dry 0.15
parts again after any rework or resurfacing. Piston/Slipper End Play
(0.006)
PISTON
Inspect the pistons for damage and discoloration. Discol- CYLINDER BLOCK
ored pistons may indicate excessive heat; do not reuse. Measure the cylinder block height. Replace blocks worn
beyond the minimum height specification. Inspect the run-
ning surface of the cylinder block. Replace or resurface
Maximum end play
worn or scratched blocks. Blocks may be resurfaced to
the specifications shown in the drawing, provided resur-
facing will not reduce the block height below the minimum
Minimum Slipper specification. Table 3-8, Cylinder Block Measurements.
slipper foot
thickness
Table 3-8. Cylinder Block Measurements
Measurement L25 L30 L35 K38 K45

Minimum Cylinder Block Height 50.8 (2.00) 50.8 (2.00) 50.8 (2.00) 54.4 (2.14) 54.4 (2.14)
(A)
0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002
Cylinder Block Surface Flatness
(0.0000079) (0.0000079) (0.0000079) (0.0000079) (0.0000079)
3-26 – JLG Lift – 3121202

BALL GUIDE AND SLIPPER RETAINER Replace swashplate if the difference in thickness from one
Inspect the ball guide and slipper retainer for damage, side to the other exceeds specification.
discoloration, or excessive wear. A discolored ball guide
or slipper retainer indicates excessive heat. Do not reuse.
0.0025 mm
[0.0001 in]
Slipper retainer
25.8 mm
LV [1.015 in]
Ball guide KV 24.6 mm

[0.969 in]
Thickness equality
side to side:
0.05 mm [0.002 in]
VALVE PLATE
The condition of the valve plate is critical to the efficiency
of the motor. Inspect the valve plate surfaces carefully for
excessive wear, grooves, or scratches. Replace or resur-
face grooved or scratched valve plates. Measure the valve
plate thickness and replace if worn beyond the minimum
Inspect the journal bearings for damage or excessive
specification. Valve plates may be resurfaced to the speci-
wear. Replace journal bearings if scratched, warped, or
fications shown in the drawing, provided resurfacing will
excessively worn. The polymer wear layer must be
not reduce the thickness below the minimum specifica-
smooth and intact.
tion.
3.83 mm [0.151 in] min.
SHAFT BEARINGS
0.025 mm
Inspect bearings for excessive wear or contamination.
[0.001 in] Rotate the bearings while feeling for uneven movement.
Bearings should spin smoothly and freely. Replace bear-
ings that appear worn or do not rotate smoothly.
0.0076 mm
[0.00030 in]
convex max
SWASHPLATE AND JOURNAL BEARINGS

Inspect the running face, servo ball-joint, and swashplate SHAFT
journal surfaces for damage or excessive wear. Some Inspect the motor shaft. Look for damage or excessive
material transfer may appear on these surfaces and is wear on the output and block splines. Inspect the bearing
acceptable providing the surface condition meets specifi- surfaces and sealing surface. Replace shafts with dam-
cations shown. Measure the swashplate thickness from aged or excessively worn splines, bearing surfaces, or
the journals to the running face. Replace swashplate if sealing surfaces.
damaged or worn beyond minimum specification.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-27

SERVO PISTON AND MINIMUM ANGLE STOP Assembly

Inspect the minimum angle stop, servo piston head, and
servo piston ball-socket for damage or excessive wear. 1. Install new O-ring (1) and piston seal (2) to the servo
Replace if necessary. piston (3). Install the piston seal over the O-ring.
Installing the piston seal stretches it, making it diffi-

cult to install the servo piston in its bore. Allow 30
minutes for the seal to relax after installation. To
speed up seal relaxation, compress the seal by
installing the piston head into the servo cavity in the
end-cap and let it stand for at least five minutes.
2
3
LOOP FLUSHING SPOOL

Inspect the loop flushing spool. Check for cracks or dam-
age. Replace if necessary.
1. O-ring
2. Piston Seal
3. Servo Piston
Figure 3-28. Servo Piston
2. After piston seal has relaxed, lubricate and install

servo piston into the housing bore. Align the piston
with the ball socket facing the inside of the housing.
RISK OF PERSONAL INJURY: COMPRESSING THE BLOCK SPRING

REQUIRES ABOUT 80 TO 90 LBF (350 TO 400 N) OF FORCE. USE
A PRESS SUFFICIENT TO MAINTAIN THIS FORCE WITH REASON-
ABLE EFFOR T. ENSURE THE SPRING IS SECURE BEFORE
ATTEMPTING TO INSTALL THE SPIRAL RETAINING RING.
RELEASE THE PRESSURE SLOWLY AFTER THE RETAINING RING
IS INSTALLED.
3. Install the inner block spring washer (4), block

spring (5), and outer washer (6) into the cylinder
3-28 – JLG Lift – 3121202

block. Using a press, compress the block spring 6. Install the journal bearings (13) into the housing
enough to expose the retaining ring groove. Wind seats. Use assembly grease to keep the bearings
the spiral retaining ring (7) into the groove in the cyl- seated during assembly. Ensure the locating nubs
inder block. drop into the cavities in the seats. If you're reusing
the bearings, install them in the original location and
orientation. Lubricate the journal bearings.
11
12 14
13
10
9
8
13
6
13. Journal Bearings
7 14. Swash Plate
Figure 3-30. Swash Plate and Journal Bearing
4. Block Spring Washer 9. Holddown Pins 7. Install the swashplate (14) into the housing. Tilt the
5. Block Spring 10. Ball Guide swashplate and guide the servo lever ball into its
6. Outer Washer 11. Piston socket in the servo piston rod. Ensure the swash-
7. Spiral Retaining Ring 12. Slipper Retainer plate seats into the journal bearings and moves
8. Retaining Ring freely. Lubricate the running surface of the swash-
Figure 3-29. Cylinder Kit Assembly plate.
4. Turn the block over and install the retaining ring (8),
hold-down pins (9), and ball guide (10) to the cylin-
der block.
5. Install the pistons (11) to the slipper retainer (12).
Install the piston/retainer assembly into the cylinder
block. Ensure the concave surface of the retainer
seats on the ball guide. If you're reusing the pistons,
install them to the original block bores. Lubricate the
pistons, slippers, retainer, and ball guide before
assembly. Set the cylinder kit aside on a clean sur-
face until needed.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-29

8. Press front shaft bearing (15) onto shaft (16). Press 10. Verify swashplate and bearings are properly seated.
bearing onto shaft with lettering facing out. Lubricate Install the cylinder kit (19) onto the shaft. Install with
bearing rollers. Install snap-ring (17) onto shaft. the slippers facing the swashplate. Rock the shaft to
align the block splines and slide the cylinder kit into
place. Orient the motor with the shaft pointing down-
ward and verify the cylinder kit, swashplate, journal
bearings, and servo piston are all secure and prop-
erly installed.
19
15
16
19. Cylinder Kit

17
Figure 3-32. Cylinder Kit Installation
18
11. Lubricate and install the servo spring (20), and mini-
15. Front Shaft Bearing
16. Shaft mum angle stop (21) into the housing bore.
17. Snap Ring
18. Snap Ring
Figure 3-31. Shaft and Front Bearing

21
9. While holding the swashplate in place, turn the

housing on its side. Install the install shaft/bearing 20
assembly into housing from the flange end. Install
the snap-ring (18).
20. Servo Spring

21. Minimum Angle Stop
Figure 3-33. Servo Spring and Minimum

Angle Stop
3-30 – JLG Lift – 3121202

12. Press the rear shaft bearing (22) into the endcap. 15. Install the endcap (25) onto the housing with the
Install the bearing with letters facing out. Press until endcap screws (26). Check to ensure the endcap
bearing surface is 0.08 ±0.01 in (2 ±0.25 mm) will properly seat onto the housing without interfer-
above endcap surface. ence. Improper assembly of the internal compo-
nents may prevent the endcap from seating
22
23
3 mm
[0.12 in]
properly. Ensure the O-rings seat properly when
2 mm
[0.08 in]
installing the endcap.
26
8 mm
23 35-45 ft.lbs.
(47-61 Nm)
22
24
25
23
22. Rear Shaft Bearing 25. End Cap

23. Timing Pin 26. Screw
24. Valve Plate
Figure 3-35. End Cap
Figure 3-34. Valve Plate and Rear Bearing
16. Using an 8 mm internal hex wrench, tighten the end-
13. Install timing pin (23) into its bore in the endcap. cap screws. Tighten the screws in opposite corners
Install the pin with its groove facing toward or away slowly and evenly to compress the servo spring and
from the shaft. Press the pin until the end protrudes properly seat the endcap. Torque endcap screws
0.12 ±0.01 in (3 ±0.25 mm) above endcap surface. 35-45 ft.lbs. (47-61 Nm).
17. Before installing the shaft seal, ensure the shaft

14. Install the valve plate (24) onto the endcap. Install
turns smoothly with less than 120 in.lbs. (13.5 Nm)
the valve plate with the yellow surface toward the
of force. If the shaft does not turn smoothly within
cylinder block. Align the slot in the valve plate with
the specified maximum force, disassemble and
the timing pin. Apply a liberal coat of assembly
check the unit.
grease to the endcap side of the valve plate to keep
it in place during installation.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-31

18. Cover shaft splines with an installation sleeve. Install 19. Install remaining plugs and fittings to the housing.
a new shaft seal (27) with the cup side facing the Refer to the drawing below for wrench sizes and
motor. Press seal into housing until it bottoms out. installation torques.
Press evenly to avoid binding and damaging the 1/4 in
5/16 in
seal. Install seal support washer (28) and snap ring 63 ft.lbs. 33 ft.lbs.
(29). (85 Nm) (45 Nm)
29
28
27
9/16 in
125 ft.lbs.
(170 Nm)
3 mm
27. Shaft Seal 1.5 to 2.5 ft.lbs.
(2.03 to 3.39 Nm)
28. Seal Support Washer
29. Snap Ring
Figure 3-36. Shaft Seal

1/4 in
33 ft.lbs.
(45 Nm)
5/16in
63 ft.lbs.
(85 Nm)
Figure 3-37. Plugs and Fittings Installation
3-32 – JLG Lift – 3121202

20. Install orifice poppet (30). Initial Start-up Procedures

37
Follow this procedure when starting-up a new motor or
36
33
when installing a motor that has been removed.
39 41
34
30 11/16 in Prior to installing the motor, inspect for damage incurred
40 27 ft.lbs. during shipping. Make certain all system components
(37 Nm)
5/8 in (reservoir, hoses, valves, fittings, heat exchanger, etc.) are
20 ft.lbs. clean prior to filling with fluid.
(27 Nm)
1. Fill the reservoir with recommended hydraulic fluid.
32
31
Always filter fluid through a 10 micron filter when
35 pouring into the reservoir. Never reuse hydraulic
38
fluid.
42
11/16 in
2. Fill the inlet line leading from the pump to the reser-
27 ft.lbs. voir. Check the inlet line for properly tightened fit-
(37 Nm) tings and be certain it is free of restrictions and air
leaks.
3. Fill the pump and motor housing with clean hydrau-
lic fluid. Pour filtered oil directly into the upper most
case drain port.
30. Orifice Poppet 34. Spring 37. O-ring 40. Plug
31. Shift Spool 35. Spring 38. O-ring 41. Plug 4. To ensure the pump and motor stay filled with oil,
32. Spring 36. Spring 39. O-ring 42. Plug install case drain lines into the upper most case
33. Spring drain ports.
Figure 3-38. Loop Flushing Spool 5. Install a 0 to 500 psi (0 to 35 bar) gauge in the
charge pressure gauge port of the pump to monitor
21. Install shift spool (31). system pressure during start up.
22. Install spring retaining washers onto springs (32 and 6. While watching the pressure gauge, run the engine
33). at the lowest possible speed until system pressure
builds to normal levels (minimum 160 psi [11 bar]).
23. Carefully install centering springs (34, 35, and 36). Once system pressure is established, increase to full
operating speed. If system pressure is not main-
24. Install new O-rings (37, 38, and 39). tained, shut down the prime mover, determine
25. Using a 5/8 in wrench torque plug (40) to 20 ft.lbs. cause, and take corrective action.
(27 Nm). 7. Operate the hydraulic system for at least fifteen min-
utes under light load conditions.
26. Using a 11/16 in wrench, torque plugs (41 and 42) to
27 ft.lbs. (37 Nm). 8. Check and adjust control settings as necessary after
installation.
9. Shut down the prime mover and remove the pres-
sure gauge. Replace plug at the charge pressure
gauge port.
10. Check the fluid level in the reservoir; add clean fil-
tered fluid if necessary. The motor is now ready for
operation.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-33

3.5 OSCILLATING AXLE BLEEDING 5. Open both bleeder screws (one on each lockout cyl-
inder).
PROCEDURE AND LOCKOUT TEST
Lockout Cylinder Bleeding
ENSURE PLATFORM IS FULLY LOWERED AND BOOM IS CEN-

TERED OVER REAR AXLE PRIOR TO BEGINNING BLEEDING PRO-
CEDURE.
ENSURE MACHINE IS ON A LEVEL SURFACE AND REAR WHEELS

ARE BLOCKED, BRAKE WIRE IS DISCONNECTED.
1. Making sure machine is on a level surface and rear

wheels are blocked, brake wire is disconnected.
2. Center boom over rear axle to make sure that the
oscillation valve in the rotary coupling is activated. 6. Start the engine, position drive control lever to for-
3. Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove screw from ward or reverse.
connection on the brake valve and disconnect the
7. Close bleeder screws when there is no more air in
solenoid from the valve
the hydraulic oil coming out of the bleeder valve.
8. Perform oscillating axle lockout test.
9. If necessary, repeat steps 1 thru 8.
Oscillating Axle Lockout Test
LOCKOUT SYSTEM TEST MUST BE PERFORMED QUARTERLY,

ANY TIME A SYSTEM COMPONENT IS REPLACED, OR WHEN
IMPROPER SYSTEM OPERATION IS SUSPECTED.
NOTE: Ensure boom is fully retracted, lowered, and cen-

tered between drive wheels prior to beginning lock-
out cylinder test.
4. Place suitable containers under each lockout cylin- 1. Place a 6 inch (15.2 cm) high block with ascension
der to catch any residual hydraulic fluid. ramp in front of left front wheel.
2. From platform control station, activate machine

hydraulic system.
3. Place FUNCTION SPEED CONTROL and DRIVE

SPEED/TORQUE SELECT control switches to their
respective LOW positions.
4. Place DRIVE control lever to FORWARD position

and carefully drive machine up ascension ramp until
left front wheel is on top of block.
5. Carefully activate SWING control lever and position

boom over right side of machine.
6. With boom over right side of machine, place DRIVE

control lever to REVERSE and drive machine off of
block and ramp.
3-34 – JLG Lift – 3121202

7. Have an assistant check to see that left front wheel #2 to contact axle. Steer full right and adjust LH item
remains locked in position off of ground. #2 to contact axle. (2WS/4WD)
8. Carefully activate SWING control lever and return
boom to stowed position (centered between drive
wheels). When boom reaches center, stowed posi-
tion, lockout cylinders should release and allow
wheel to rest on ground, it may be necessary acti-
vate DRIVE to release cylinders.
9. Place the 6 inch (15.2 cm) high block with ascension
ramp in front of right front wheel.
10. Place DRIVE control lever to FORWARD and care-
fully drive machine up ascension ramp until right
front wheel is on top of block.
11. Carefully activate SWING control lever and position
boom over left side of machine.
12. With boom over left side of machine, place DRIVE
control lever to REVERSE and drive machine off of
block and ramp.
13. Have an assistant check to see that right front wheel
remains locked in position off of ground.
14. Carefully activate SWING control lever and return
boom to stowed position (centered between drive
wheels). When boom reaches center, stowed posi-
tion, lockout cylinders should release and allow
wheel to rest on ground, it may be necessary acti-
vate DRIVE to release cylinders.
15. If lockout cylinders do not function properly, have
qualified personnel correct the malfunction prior to
any further operation.
3.6 STEER ADJUSTMENTS

NOTE: Spindles do not stop on cylinder stroke. Adjust steer-
ing stops as follows: Adjust item #1 to achieve 44°
inside turn angles. Steer full left and adjust RH item
#2 to contact axle. Steer full right and adjust LH item Figure 3-39. Steer Adjustments
#2 to contact axle. (2WS/2WD)
Spindles do not stop on cylinder stroke. Adjust steer-

ing stops as follows: Adjust item #1 to achieve 39°
inside turn angles. Steer full left and adjust RH item
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-35

Figure 3-40. Swing Torque Hub Adjustment
3.7 SWING HUB 7. Remove the retaining ring (1I) from the output shaft
(1A) and discard.
Adjustment Procedures
NOTE: The swing bearing high spot is usually marked with a
colored paint. EYE PROTECTION SHOULD BE WORN DURING RETAINING RING
(1I) REMOVAL.
1. Ensure swing drive is located on bearing gear max
eccentric tooth (high spot). 8. Remove bearing shim (1H) from the output shaft
2. With mounting free to slide, shim between pinion (1A).
and bearing gear teeth to achieve 0.008 - 0.012 in.
9. The output shaft (1A) may now be pressed out of the
(0.20 - 0.30 mm) backlash.
hub (1G).
3. Install a pry bar into hole in turntable base plate and
pry swing hub back tight against shim and bearing. 10. THe bearing cups (1C)&(1E) will remain in hub (1G)
as will bearing cone (1F). Bearing cone (1D) will
4. Torque bolts according to the torque chart in Section
remain on the same output shaft (1A). The seal (1B)
1.
will be automatically removed during this procedure.
Disassembly
NOTE: If bearing replacement is necessary, the bearing
1. Loosen all 12 cover bolts (12)&(13) and drain the oil cups can be removed with a slide hammer puller
from the unit. driven out with a punch.
2. Remove the 12 cover bolts (12)& (13) and lift off the
cover (6). Remove and discard the O-ring (5) from 11. To remove the cluster gears (3F) from the carrier
the counterbore of the cover (6). (3A), drive the anti-roll pin (3G) into the planet shaft
(3E) may now be tapped out of the carrier. After
3. Remove the input gear (8) and thrust washer (10).
planet shaft (3E) has been removed the roll pin (3G)
4. Lift out the carrier assembly (3) and top thrust can be driven out.
washer (11). The thrust washer (11) may stick to the
inside of the carrier (3). 12. The cluster gear (3F) can now be removed from the
carrier (3A). THe thrust washers (3B) will be
5. Remove the input thrust spacer (9).
removed with the cluster gear (3F).
6. Lift out the internal gear (2) and thrust washer (11).
The thrust washer (11) may stick to the under side of 13. The needle rollers (3C) and spacer (3D) are now
the carrier (3). removed from the cluster gear (3F).
3-36 – JLG Lift – 3121202

3. Place O-ring (5) into hub counterbore. Use petro-

leum jelly to hold O-ring in place. Also at this time
WHEN REBUILDING OR REPAIRING THE UNIT, THE RETAINING locate and mark the 4 counter beamed holes in the
RING (1I), O-RINGS (5) AND SEAL (1B) SHOULD ALWAYS BE face of the hub (1G). This is for identification later in
REPLACED. the assembly.
Main Assembly Procedure
1. With the hub shaft sub-assembly resting on the shaft

(1A) install internal gear (2). The spline of the inter-
nal gear (2) bore will mesh the spline of the output
shaft (1A).
4. Thrust spacer (9) is installed into the bore of the out-

put shaft (1A). This should be a slip fit and thrust
spaces should rotate in this location.
2. Thrust washer (11) is installed on the face of the out-

put shaft (1A). Sufficient grease or petroleum jelly
should be used to hold thrust washer in place.
5. Place carrier assembly (3) on a flat surface with the

large gears (3F) up and positioned as shown. Find
the punch marked tooth on each large gear (3F) and
locate at 12 0’clock (straight-up) from each planet
pin. Marked tooth will be located just under the car-
rier (3A) on upper two gears (3F).
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-37

6. With shoulder side of ring gear (4) facing down, 8. Input gear (8) is installed, meshing with teeth of the
place ring gear over (into mesh with) large gears. Be large diameter cluster gear (3F). The counterbore on
sure that punch marks remain in correct location the input gear (8) locates on the shoulder of the
during ring gear installation. The side of the ring thrust spacer (9). This is to be a slip fit and operate
gear with an x stamped on it should be up. freely.
7. While holding ring gear (4) and cluster gears (3F) in 9. Thrust washer (10) is installed onto the input gear
mesh, place small side of cluster gears (3F) into (8) and should locate on the gear teeth shoulder.
mesh with the internal gear (2) and input gear (13).
On the ring gear locate the hole marked “x” over one
of the marked counterbore holes (step 3) in hub
(1G).
10. Thrust washer (11) is installed into the counterbore

of the carrier (3).
NOTE: If gears do not mesh easily or carrier assembly does

not rotate freely, then remove the carrier and ring
gear and check the cluster gear timing.
11. Place O-ring (5) into cover (6) counterbore. Use

petroleum jelly to hold O-ring in place.
3-38 – JLG Lift – 3121202

14. Pipe plugs (20) are to be installed into cover (6)

using a lubricant of some sort.
BEWARE OF SHARP EDGES OF THE COUNTERBORE WHILE SEAT-
ING THIS O-RING.
15. Torque shoulder bolts (13) to 23-27 ft./lbs. and regu-

lar grade 8 bolts (12) to 23-27 ft./lbs,
12. THe cover (6) is now installed on this assembly. Tak-
ing care to correctly align pipe plug hole (20) with
those in the hub (1J), usually 90° to one another.
Locate the 4 counterbore holes in hub (1G) (marked
in step 3) and install 4 shoulder bolts (13). A slight
tap with a hammer may be necessary to align shoul-
der bolt with hub (1G) counterbore.
This completes the assembly. THe unit must be filled one-

half full of EP 90 lubricant before operation if the unit is
mounted horizontally, and completely filled if mounted
vertically. In vertical mounting application case oil circula-
tion is recommended.
13. Install regular grade 8 bolts (12) into remaining

holes.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-39

Hub Shaft Sub-Assembly 4. Returning the hub (1G) to locate on the large diame-
ter end, the output shaft (1A) is carefully installed
1. Press bearing cone (1D) onto shaft (1A). into the hub (1G).
5. The shaft seal (1B) is installed over the output shaft

2. Press bearing cup (1C) into hub (1G) taking care to
(1A) and into the counterbore of the hub (1G). Care
insure cup start square with the bore of the hub.
should be taken to insure the seal (1B) is being cor-
rectly installed (smooth face up and located just
flush with the counterbore face).
3. Invert hub (1G) and press bearing cup (1E) into inter
counterbore of hub (1G).
6. The bearing cone (1F) is an interference fit and has
to be pressed or tapped on.
3-40 – JLG Lift – 3121202

7. Pipe plugs (1J & 1K) should be checked and/ or 10. A soft metal punch should be used to insure that this
installed at this time in the assembly. retaining ring (1I) is completely seated in the groove
of the output shaft (1A).
EYE PROTECTION SHOULD BE WORN DURING THIS PROCEDURE.
8. Bearing spacer (1H) is installed around the output

shaft (1A) and locates on bearing cone (1F).
11. Upon completion of step 10, rap the internal end of

the output shaft (1A) twice with a piece of soft metal
rod. This will release the preload which was on the
bearings.
9. Retaining ring (1I) installed into groove provided in

the output shaft (1A). This retaining ring (1I) should
never be reused in a repair or rebuild.
EYE PROTECTION SHOULD BE WORN DURING THIS PROCEDURE.
This completes the hub shaft sub-assembly —items (1A)

through (1J). If this assembly is not going to be used right
away, it should be oiled and covered to help prevent rust-
ing,
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-41

Carrier Sub-Assembly 4. Place second set of sixteen needle rollers into clus-
ter gear.
1. Apply a coat of grease or petroleum jelly to cluster
gear bore.
5. Apply grease or petroleum jelly to the tang side of

two thrust washers. Place thrust washers against
2. Place sixteen needle rollers into cluster gear bore.
bosses in carrier with washer tang fitting into slot in
carrier outside diameter.
NOTE: Some old style carriers will not have slots and tangs
should be located inside boss relief.
3. Place spacer washer into opposite side of cluster

gear and against needle rollers.
3-42 – JLG Lift – 3121202

6. While keeping thrust washers in place, slide cluster 8. Drive anti-roll pin flush into carrier hole, thereby lock-
gear into carrier with the larger gear on the side with ing planet shaft into place.
the small pin hole. Repeat these steps for remaining two cluster gears
to complete carrier assembly.
7. Line up cluster gear and thrust washer with hole in

carrier and slide planet shaft through. Line up cham-
fered side of hole in planet shaft with pin hole in car-
rier.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-43

Figure 3-41. Swing Drive Hub (Fairfield)
3-44 – JLG Lift – 3121202

3.8 SWING BEARING head and hardened washer at the arrow indi-
cated position.
Turntable Bearing Mounting Bolt Condition
Check
NOTE: This check is designed to replace the existing bear-
ing bolt torque checks on JLG Lifts in service. This
check must be performed after the first 50 hours of
machine operation and every 600 hours of machine
operation thereafter. If during this check any bolts
are found to be missing or loose, replace missing or
loose bolts with new bolts and torque to the value
specified in the torque chart, after lubricating the bolt
threads with loctite #271. After replacing and .0015" Feeler Gauge
retorquing bolt or bolts recheck all existing bolts for
looseness. Figure 3-42. Swing Bearing Bolt Feeler Gauge Check
1. Check the frame to bearing. Attach bolts as follows:

Wear Tolerance
a. Elevate the fully retracted boom to 70 degrees
(full elevation). 1. From the underside of the machine, at rear center,
with the boom fully elevated and fully retracted, as
b. At the positions indicated on Figure 3-42. try and shown in Figure 3-43., Swing Bearing Tolerance
insert the 0.0015" feeler gauge between the bolt Boom Placement - Swing Bearing Tolerance Boom
head and hardened washer at the arrow indi- Placement) A, using a magnetic base dial indicator,
cated position. measure and record the distance between the swing
c. Assure that the 0.0015" feeler gauge will not bearing and turntable. (Figure 3-44., Swing Bearing
penetrate under the bolt head to the bolt shank. Tolerance Measuring Point)
d. Swing the turntable 90 degrees, and check 2. At the same point, with the boom at horizontal and
some selected bolts at the new position. fully extended, and the tower boom fully elevated as
e. Continue rotating the turntable at 90 degrees shown in - Swing Bearing Tolerance Boom Place-
intervals until a sampling of bolts have been ment) B, using a magnetic base dial indicator, mea-
checked in all quadrants. sure and record the distance between the swing
bearing and turntable. (Figure 3-44., Swing Bearing
2. Check the turntable to bearing. Attach bolts as fol-
Tolerance Measuring Point)
lows:
3. If a difference greater than 0.079 in. (2.00 mm) is
a. Elevate the fully retracted boom to 70 degrees
determined, the swing bearing should be replaced.
(full elevation).
b. At the positions indicated on Figure 3-42. try and 4. If a difference less than 0.079 in. (2.00 mm) is deter-
insert the 0.0015" feeler gauge between the bolt mined, and any of the following conditions exist, the
head and hardened washer at the arrow indi- bearing should be removed, disassembled, and
cated position. inspected for the following:
c. Lower the boom to horizontal and fully extend a. Metal particles in the grease.
the boom. b. Increased drive power required.
d. At the position indicated on Figure 3-42. try and c. Noise.
insert the 0.0015" feeler gauge between the bolt
d. Rough rotation.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-45

Figure 3-43. Swing Bearing Tolerance Boom Placement
3-46 – JLG Lift – 3121202

5. If bearing inspection shows no defects, reassemble e. Attach suitable overhead lifting equipment to the
and return to service. base of the turntable weldment.
f. Use a suitable tool to scribe a line on the inner
race of the swing bearing and on the underside
THE SWING BEARING IS ONE OF THE MOST CRITICAL POINTS ON of the turntable. This will aid in aligning the bear-
AN AERIAL LIFT. IT IS HERE THAT THE STRESSES OF LIFTING ing upon installation. Remove the bolts and
ARE CONCENTRATED, AT THE CENTER OF ROTATION. BECAUSE washers which attach the turntable to the bear-
OF THIS, PROPER MAINTENANCE OF THE SWING BEARING ing inner race. Discard the bolts.
BOLTS IS A MUST FOR SAFE OPERATION.
g. Use the lifting equipment to carefully lift the com-
plete turntable assembly from the bearing.
TURNTABLE REF. Ensure that no damage occurs to the turntable,
bearing or frame-mounted components.
h. Carefully place the turntable on a suitably sup-
ported trestle.
MEASURING SWING
BEARING i. Use a suitable tool to scribe a line on the outer
POINT
race of the swing bearing and the frame. This
line will aid in aligning the bearing upon installa-
tion. Remove the bolts and washers which
attach the outer race of the bearing to the frame.
FRAME REF. Discard the bolts. Use suitable lifting equipment
to remove the bearing from the frame, then
Figure 3-44. Swing Bearing Tolerance Measuring move the bearing to a clean, suitably supported
Point work area.
2. Installation.
Swing Bearing Replacement
a. Using suitable lifting equipment, carefully lower
1. Removal. the swing bearing into position on the frame.
a. From Ground Control station, operate the boom Ensure the scribed line of the outer race of the
adequately to provide access to frame opening bearing aligns with the scribed line on the frame.
or, if equipped, to rotary coupling. If a new swing bearing is used, ensure that the
filler plug fitting is at 90 degrees from the fore
and aft center line of the frame.
NEVER WORK BENEATH THE BOOM WITHOUT FIRST ENGAGING

BOOM SAFETY PROP OR PROVIDING ADEQUATE OVERHEAD
SLING SUPPORT AND/OR BLOCKING. JLG INDUSTRIES RECOMMENDS THAT ALL REMOVED BEARING
BOLTS BE DISCARDED AND REPLACED WITH NEW BOLTS. SINCE
b. Attach an adequate support sling to the boom THE SWING BEARING IS THE ONLY STRUCTURAL LINK BETWEEN
and draw all slack from sling. Prop or block the THE FRAME AND TURNTABLE, IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT SUCH
boom if feasible. REPLACEMENT HARDWARE MEETS JLG SPECIFICATIONS. USE
c. From inside turntable, remove mounting hard- OF GENUINE JLG HARDWARE IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED.
ware which attach rotary coupling retaining yoke
brackets to turntable. b. Apply a light coating of Loctite #271 to the new
bearing bolts, and loosely install the bolts and
washers through the frame and outer race of
bearing.
HYDRAULIC LINES AND PORTS SHOULD BE CAPPED IMMEDI-
ATELY AFTER DISCONNECTING LINES TO AVOID THE ENTRY OF
CONTAMINANTS INTO THE SYSTEM.
IF COMPRESSED AIR OR ELECTRICALLY OPERATED IMPACT
d. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines from the WRENCH IS USED FOR TIGHTENING THE BEARING ATTACHMENT
fittings on the top of the rotary coupling. Use a BOLTS, THE TORQUE SETTING ACCURACY OF THE TOOL SHOULD
suitable container to retain any residual hydrau- BE CHECKED PRIOR TO USE.
lic fluid. Immediately cap lines and ports.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-47

Figure 3-45. Swing Bearing Torque Sequence
c. Refer to the Torque Sequence diagram as attaching bolts and secure the yoke to the turn-
shown in Figure 3-45., Swing Bearing Torque table with the mounting hardware.
Sequence. Clean any residue off the new bear-
ing bolts, then apply a light coating of Loctite k. Connect the hydraulic lines to the rotary cou-
#271 and install the bolts and washers through pling as tagged prior to removal.
the frame and outer race of the bearing. Tighten l. At ground control station, use boom lift control
the bolts to a torque of190 ft. lbs. (258 Nm) w/ to lower boom to stowed position.
Loctite.
m. Using all applicable safety precautions, activate
d. Remove the lifting equipment from the bearing.
the hydraulic system and check the swing sys-
e. Using suitable lifting equipment, carefully posi- tem for proper and safe operation.
tion the turntable assembly above the machine
frame. Swing Bearing Torque Values
f. Carefully lower the turntable onto the swing
bearing, ensuring that the scribed line of the 1. Outer Race - 190 ft. lbs. (258 Nm) w/Loctite.
inner race of the bearing aligns with scribed line
on the turntable. If a new swing bearing is used, 2. Inner Race - 190 ft. lbs. (258 Nm) w/Loctite.
ensure that the filler plug fitting is at 90 degrees
from the fore and aft center line of the turntable. 3. See Swing Bearing Torquing Sequence.
g. Clean any residue off the new bearing bolts,
then apply a light coating of Loctite #271 and
install the bolts and washers through the turnta- CHECK THE INNER AND OUTER SWING BEARING BOLTS FOR
ble and inner race of the bearing. MISSING OR LOOSENESS AFTER FIRST 50 HOURS OF OPERA-
h. Following the Torque Sequence diagram shown TION, AND EVERY 600 HOURS THEREAFTER.
i n F i g u r e 2 - 4 9 . S w i n g B e a r i n g To r q u i n g
Sequence, tighten the bolts to a torque of 190 ft.
lbs. (258 Nm) w/Loctite.
i. Remove the lifting equipment.
j. Install the rotary coupling retaining yoke brack-
ets, apply a light coating of Loctite #242 to the
3-48 – JLG Lift – 3121202

3.9 SWING BRAKE - MICO Assembly

Disassembly NOTE: Lubricate all seals and o-rings with clean hydraulic
oil prior to assembly.
1. With shaft protrusion downward, remove end cover
(13) by removing capscrews (12). 1. Press new rotary seal (1) into housing (52). Note the
direction of seal.
2. Install new bearing (2) on shaft (51).
END COVER IS UNDER SPRING TENSION OF APPROXIMATELY 3. Install shaft assembly and retaining ring (3) into
2000 POUNDS (681 KG). THE FOUR CAPSCREWS SHOULD BE housing (52).
LOOSENED EVENLY TO RELIEVE THIS FORCE. IF A HYDRAULIC
PRESS IS AVAILABLE (3000 LBS (1362 KG) MAXIMUM), THE 4. Install dowel pins (15), spring retainer (55), and
COVER CAN BE HELD IN POSITION WHILE REMOVING THE CAP- springs (5 & 6) into housing (52).
SCREWS AND LOCKWASHERS. NOTE: Be sure to use the same number of springs and
spring pattern as recorded during disassembly.
2. Remove case seal (11) from housing (7) then
remove bleeder screw (14) from end cover (52). 5. Position new large diameter return plate (8) in hous-
3. Remove piston (22) from end cover (13). ing with tabs guided by dowel pins (15) until disc
rests on springs (5 & 6).
4. Remove o-ring (17), back-up ring (16), o-ring (19)
and back-up ring (18) from piston (22). NOTE: Discs (21 & 8) and friction discs (20) should remain
dry during installation. Oil will contaminate disc sur-
5. Remove separators (10) from housing (52). faces.
6. Remove stack assembly, consisting of discs (21), 6. Place new disc (20) on shaft (51) until it contacts
return plate (8) and friction discs (20) from housing
return plate (8).
(52).
7. Add additional discs (21) as required to complete
7. Remove dowel pins (15), springs (5 & 6) from hous- assembly.
ing (52).
8. Insert separators (10) in holes of return plate (8).
8. Remove retaining ring (3) from housing (52).
9. Install new o-ring (17), new back-up ring (16), new o-
9. Remove shaft by pressing or using a soft mallet on ring (19) and new back-up ring (18) on piston (22).
male end of shaft (51). Insert piston (22) into end cover (13), being careful
not to shear o-rings or back-up rings.
10. Remove retaining ring (54) bearing (2) from shaft
(51). 10. Install new case seal (11) in housing (52), then
install bleeder screw (14) in end cover.
11. Press rotary seal (1) from housing (51).
11. Position end cover (13) on housing (52), aligning
Inspection dowel pins (15) with holes in end cover.
1. Clean all parts thoroughly. 12. Insert capscrews (12) and tighten evenly to draw
end cover (13) to housing (52). Torque capscrews to
2. Closely inspect all parts for excessive wear, cracks 55 ft. lbs. (75 Nm).
and chips. Replace parts as necessary.
3. Discard seals and o-rings.
4. Closely inspect bearings and bearing contact sur-
faces. Replace as necessary.
NOTE: Bearings may be reused if, after thorough inspection,

they are found to be in good condition.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-49

Figure 3-46. Swing Brake Assembly (Mico)
3-50 – JLG Lift – 3121202

3.10 ROTARY COUPLING

Use the following procedure to install the seal kit.
NOTE: Step 1 applies to machines S/N 75606 to Present.
1. If not already removed, remove the axle oscillation

valve from the cylinder barrel. The spool of the valve
protrudes into the barrel and will damage the spool
and seals if left in place.
2. Remove snap ring (12) from end.
3. Remove thrust ring (13) from the same end.
4. Remove center body (10) from housing (11).
5. Cut off old seals (14,15,17,18).
6. Assemble lip seals (14) in direction shown in Figure
3-48., Rotary Coupling - Sheet 2 of 2.
7. Reassemble O-ring (18).
8. Heat cap seals (17) in hydraulic oil for 5 minutes at
300° F (149° C).
9. Assemble cap seals over O-rings
10. Reinsert center body into housing (lube with hydrau-
lic oil).
11. Replace thrust ring and snap ring.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-51

1. Rotary Coupling
5. Bolt
2. Torque Lug
6. Nut
3. Locknut
7. Bracket
4. Flatwasher
Figure 3-47. Rotary Coupling - Sheet 1 of 2
3-52 – JLG Lift – 3121202

6. Spring
1. O-ring 11. Housing
7. Valve Block
2. Plug 12. Retaining Ring 16. Bearing
Plunger
3. Check Valve 13. Ring 17. Cap Seal
8. Valve Block
4. Screw 14. Oil Seal 18. O-ring
9. O-ring
5. Plug 15. O-ring
10. Body
Figure 3-48. Rotary Coupling - Sheet 2 of 2
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-53

Figure 3-49. Rotary Coupling Port Location - 2WS
3-54 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Figure 3-50. Rotary Coupling Port Location - 4WS
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-55

Table 3-9. Coupling Port Information Table - 2WS 3.11 GENERATOR

Port Port
Operating Proof Every 250 hours
Outlet Description Pressure Pressure
No. Size
PSI (Bar) PSI (Bar) Every 250 hours of operation, check the drive belt for
1 1 -8 Brake 450 (31) 675 (47) proper tension.
2 2 -6 2 Speed 4500 (310) 6750 (465)

3 1 -6 Steer 2500 (172) 3750 (259)
4 1 -6 Steer 2500 (172) 3750 (259)
5 2 -6, -16 Drive Reverse 4500 (310) 6750 (465) 1/2 in.
6 1 -16 Drive Forward 4500 (310) 6750 (465)
(13 mm)
7 3 -8, -6 Case Drain 250 (17) 375 (26)
Table 3-10. Coupling Port Information Table - 4WS
Operating Proof
Port Port
Outlet Description Pressure Pressure
No. Size
PSI (Bar) PSI (Bar)
1 1 -8 Brake 450 (31) 675 (47) Every 500 hours
2 2 -6 2 Speed 4500 (310) 6750 (465)
Every 500 hours of operation, service the generator
3 1 -6 Steer 2500 (172) 3750 (259) brushes and slip rings. Hostile environments may require
4 1 -6 Steer 2500 (172) 3750 (259) more frequent service.
5 2 -6, -16 Drive Reverse 4500 (310) 6750 (465)
6 1 -16 Drive Forward 4500 (310) 6750 (465)
7 3 -8, -6 Case Drain 250 (17) 375 (26)
8 1 -6 Steer 2500 (172) 3750 (259)
9 1 -6 Steer 2500 (172) 3750 (259)
Every 500 hours of service, blow out the inside of the gen-
erator. If operating in a hostile environment, clean
monthly.
3-56 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Overload Protection Inspecting Brushes, Replacing Brushes, and

Cleaning Slip Rings
Refer to Figure 3-51., Inspecting Generator Brushes,
STOP THE ENGINE WHENEVER CHECKING OR INSPECTING THE Replacing Brushes, and Cleaning Slip Rings.
CIRCUIT BREAKER.
INSPECTING BRUSH POSITION
The circuit breaker protects the generator windings from
Inspect brush alignment with slip rings. View alignment
overload. If the circuit breaker opens, generator output
through the air vents in the stator barrel. The brushes
stops. If the circuit breaker continues to open, check for
must ride completely on the slip rings.
faulty equipment connected to the platform receptacles.
INSPECTING BRUSHES
Remove the end panel. Inspect the wires. Remove the
brush holder assembly. Pull the brushes from the holders.
Replace the brushes if damaged, or if the brush is at or

near minimum length.
CLEANING SLIP RINGS

CIRCUIT Visually inspect the slip rings. Under normal use, the rings
BREAKER
turn dark brown.
If the slip rings are corroded or their surface is uneven,

remove the belt to turn the shaft by hand for cleaning.
Clean the rings with 220 grit emery paper. Remove as little
material as possible. If the rings are deeply pitted and do
not clean up, consult generator factory service.
Reinstall the belt, brush holder assembly, and end panel.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-57

Brush Position On Slip Rings
2
3
Acceptable Unacceptable
Brushes must ride
completely on slip
rings
1/4 in (6 mm)
Or Less - Replace
7/16 in - 1/2 in
2 (11 - 12 mm) New
1. Brush Holder Assembly

2. Brushes
3. Slip Rings
Figure 3-51. Inspecting Generator Brushes, Replacing Brushes, and Cleaning Slip Rings
3-58 – JLG Lift – 3121202

3.12 SPARK ARRESTER CLEANING 3.14 FORD EFI ENGINE

INSTRUCTIONS
Performing Diagnostics
1. Remove the cleanout plug in the bottom of spark 1. Verify the complaint and determine if it is a deviation
arrester (muffler). from normal operation.
2. Without causing deformation (or any type of dam- 2. Once the complaint has been verified, preliminary
age to the spark arrester) repeatedly tap on the checks can be done. Conduct a thorough visual
arrester near the cleanout plug. This may be enough inspection, be alert for unusual sounds or odors,
to begin drainage of the spark trap. and gather diagnostic trouble code information.
3. An industrial vacuum cleaner can do a complete job 3. Perform a system check that will verify the proper
at this point. operation of the system in question and check for
recent information updates.
a. Or, IN A SAFE AREA, start the engine. Then 4. If a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is stored, contact
alternate between low idle and high idle for two a JLG distributor to make an effective repair.
to three minutes.
5. If no DTC is stored, select the symptom from the
b. Or, operate the engine as required by the appli- symptom tables and follow the diagnostic path or
cation for two to three minutes. suggestions to complete the repair.
4. Install the cleanout plug. 6. After the repair has been made and validated for
proper operation, the old part should be momen-
tarily re-installed to verify that it was indeed the
3.13 GLOW PLUGS source of the problem.
If the glow plug option is enabled in the JLG Control Sys- If no matching symptom is available, analyze the com-
tem, the glow plug and indicator lamp will be energized plaint and develop a plan for diagnostics utilizing the wir-
when the Power/Emergency Stop switch is pulled on if the ing diagrams, technical assistance, and repair history.
ambient air temperature is less than 50° F (10° C) and the
Intermittent conditions may be resolved by using a check
engine coolant temperature is less than 140° F (60° C).
sheet to pinpoint the circuit or electrical system compo-
This determination will occur one second after the Power/
nent. Some diagnostic charts contain Diagnostic Aids
Emergency Stop switch has been pulled on. The lamp
which give additional information about a system. Be sure
and glow plugs will remain energized for the period of
to use all of the information that is available to you.
time specified by the setting in the JLG Control System.
Engine start shall be disabled during this period. On Deutz
engines, the glow plugs will continue (post glow) after the
engine has started for three times the machine digit set-
ting.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-59

VISUAL/PHYSICAL ENGINE INSPECTION ECM/EPM and Sensors

CHECK
Perform a careful visual and physical engine inspection CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR
before performing any diagnostic procedure. Perform all The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor provides a signal
necessary repairs before proceeding with additional diag- used by the engine control module (ECM) to calculate the
nosis, this can often lead to repairing a problem without ignition sequence. The CKP sensor initiates the reference
performing unnecessary steps. Use the following guide- pulses which the ECM uses to calculate RPM and crank-
lines when performing a visual/physical inspection check: shaft position.
• Inspect engine for modifications or aftermarket equip- CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR AND
ment that can contribute to the symptom; verify that all
SIGNAL
electrical and mechanical loads or accessory equip-
The camshaft position (CMP) sensor sends a CMP signal
ment is "OFF" or disconnected before performing diag-
to the ECM. The ECM uses this signal as a "sync pulse" to
nosis.
trigger the injectors in the proper sequence. The ECM
• Inspect engine fluids for correct levels and evidence of uses the CMP signal to indicate the position of the #1 pis-
leaks. ton during its power stroke. The CMP uses a Hall Effect
sensor to measure piston position. This allows the ECM to
• Inspect vacuum hoses for damage, leaks, cracks, calculate true sequential fuel injection (SFI) mode of oper-
kinks and improper routing, inspect intake manifold ation. If the ECM detects an incorrect CMP signal while
sealing surface for a possible vacuum leak. the engine is running, DTC 53 will set. If the CMP signal is
• Inspect PCV valve for proper installation and operation. lost while the engine is running, the fuel injection system
will shift to a calculated sequential fuel injection mode
• Inspect all wires and harnesses for proper connections based on the last fuel injection pulse, and the engine will
and routing; bent or broken connector pins; burned, continue to nun. As long as the fault is present, the engine
chafed, or pinched wires; and corrosion. Verify that can be restarted. It will run in the previously established
harness grounds are clean and tight. injection sequence.
• Inspect engine control module (ECM), sensors, and
actuators for physical damage.
• Inspect ECM grounds for cleanliness, tightness, and
proper location.
• Inspect fuel system for adequate fuel level, and fuel
quality (concerns such as proper octane, contamina-
tion, winter/summer blend).
• Inspect intake air system and air filter for restrictions.
• Inspect battery condition and starter current draw.
If no evidence of a problem is found after visual/physical
engine check has been performed, proceed to MIL DTC
retrieval procedure.
3-60 – JLG Lift – 3121202

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR

SENSOR The heated oxygen sensor is mounted in the exhaust
stream where it can monitor the oxygen content of the
The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor is a g
exhaust gas. The oxygen present in the exhaust gas
thermistor (a resistor which changes value based on tem-
reacts with the sensor to produce a voltage output. This
perature) mounted in the engine coolant stream. Low
voltage should constantly fluctuate from approximately
coolant temperature produces a high resistance of
100 mV to 900 mV. The heated oxygen sensor voltage can
100,000 ohms at -40°C (-40°F). High temperature causes
be monitored on an IBM PC-compatible computer with
a low resistance of 70 ohms at 130°C (266°F). The ECM
diagnostic software. By monitoring the voltage out-put of
supplies a 5-volt signal to the ECT sensor through resis-
the oxygen sensor, the ECM calculates the pulse width
tors in the ECM and measures the voltage. The signal volt-
command for the injectors to produce the proper combus-
age will be high when the engine is cold and low when the
tion chamber mixture.
engine is hot. By measuring the voltage, the ECM calcu-
lates the engine coolant temperature. Engine coolant tem-
Low HO2S voltage indicates a lean mixture which will
perature affects most of the systems that the ECM
result in a rich command to compensate.
controls.
High HO2S voltage indicates a rich mixture which will
After engine start-up, the temperature should rise steadily
result in a lean command to compensate.
to about 85°C (185°F). it then stabilizes when the thermo-
stat opens. If the engine has not been run for several
A constant voltage below 200 mV for 10 consecutive sec-
hours (overnight), the engine coolant temperature and
onds will set OTC 32. A constant voltage above 650 mV
intake air temperature displays should be close to each
for 10 consecutive seconds will set OTC 42.
other. A fault in the engine coolant sensor circuit will set
DTC 33 or DTC 43.
ELECTRICALLY ERASABLE PROGRAMMABLE

READ ONLY MEMORY (EEPROM)
The electrically erasable programmable read only mem-
ory (EEPROM) is a permanent memory chip that is
located within the ECM. The EEPROM contains the pro-
gram and the calibration information that the ECM needs
to control engine operations.
If the ECM is replaced, the new ECM will need to be pro-
grammed. An IBM-compatible computer and software
containing the correct program and calibration for the
application are required to program the ECM.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-61

Figure 3-52. EFI Component Location
3-62 – JLG Lift – 3121202

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR If the ECM detects a voltage that is significantly lower than
The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor is a thermistor the estimated MAP value for 2 or more consecutive sec-
which changes its resistance based on the temperature of onds, DTC 14 will be set. A signal voltage significantly
air entering the engine. Low temperature produces a high higher than the estimated MAP value for 2 or more con-
resistance of 100,000 ohms at -40°C (-40°F). High temper- secutive seconds will set DTC 24.
ature causes a low resistance of 70 ohms at 130°C
(266°F). The ECM supplies a 5-volt signal to the sensor
through a resistor in the ECM and monitors the signal volt-
age. The signal voltage will be high when the incoming air
is cold and low when the incoming air is hot. By measur-
ing the voltage, the ECM calculates the incoming air tem-
perature. The IAT sensor signal is used to adjust spark
timing according to the incoming air density. An IBM PC-
compatible computer with diagnostic soft-ware can be
used to display the temperature of the air entering the
engine. The temperature should read close to the ambient
air temperature when the engine is cold, and rise as
engine compartment temperature increases. If the engine
has not been run for several hours (overnight), the IAT
sensor temperature and engine coolant temperature
should read close to each other. A failure in the IAT sensor
circuit will set DTC 35 or DTC 45.
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE/ENGINE
PERFORMANCE MODULE (ECM/EPM)
The ECM controls the following:
• Fuel metering system

• Ignition timing
• On-board diagnostics for engine functions
The ECM/EPM constantly observes the information from
various sensors. The ECM controls the systems that affect
engine performance. The ECM performs the diagnostic
function of the system. It can recognize operational prob-
lems, alert the operator through the Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL), and store diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs).
DTCs identify the problem areas to aid the technician in
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) making repairs.
SENSOR The ECM/EPM supplies either 5 or 12 volts to power vari-
The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor responds ous sensors or switches. The power is supplied through
to changes in intake manifold pressure (vacuum). The resistances in the ECM/EPM which are so huh in value
MAP sensor signal voltage to the ECM varies from below 2 that a test light will not light when connected to the circuit.
volts at idle (high vacuum) to above 4 volts with the igni- In some cases, even an ordinary shop voltmeter will not
tion ON, engine not running or at wide-open throttle (low give an accurate reading because its resistance is too low.
vacuum). Therefore, a digital voltmeter with at least 10 meg ohms
input impedance is required to ensure accurate voltage
The MAP sensor is used to determine the following: readings. The ECM/EPM controls output circuits such as
the fuel injectors, electronic governor, etc., by control ling
• Engine vacuum level for engine control purposes.
the ground or the power feed circuit through transistors or
• Barometric pressure (BARO) other solid state devices.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-63

The ECM/EPM is designed to maintain exhaust emission • When measuring voltages, use only a digital voltmeter
levels to government mandated standards while providing with an input impedance of at least 10 megohms.
excellent operation and fuel efficiency. The ECM/EPM
monitors numerous engine functions via electronic sen- • Do not jump start with more than 12 volts. This could
sors such as the throttle position (TP) sensor and the cause damage to the electronic components.
heated oxygen sensor (HO2S).
• Do not employ any non-standard practices such as
charging the battery with an arc welder.
• Take proper precautions to avoid static damage to the

ECM/EPM. Refer to "Electrostatic Discharge Damage"
for more information.
THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR

The throttle position (TP) sensor is a potentiometer con-
nected to the throttle shaft on the throttle body which is
built into the electronic governor. The ECM/EPM monitors
the voltage on the signal line and calculates throttle posi-
tion. As the throttle valve angle is changed, the TP sensor
signal also changes. At a closed throttle position, the out-
ECM/EPM INPUTS/OUTPUTS
put of the TP sensor is low. As the throttle valve opens, the
Inputs—Operating Conditions
output increases so that at wide open throttle (WOT), the
• Engine Coolant Temperature output voltage should be above 4 volts.
• Crankshaft Position The ECM/EPM calculates fuel delivery based on throttle

• Exhaust Oxygen Content valve angle (operator demand). A broken or loose TP sen-
sor may cause intermittent bursts of fuel from an injector
• Manifold Absolute Pressure and unstable idle because the ECM/EPM thinks the throt-
• Battery Voltage tle is moving. A hard failure in the TP sensor 5-Volt refer-
ence or signal circuits for greater than 2 consecutive
• Throttle Position seconds will set either a DTC 12 or DTC 22. A hard failure
• Fuel Pump Voltage with the TP sensor ground circuit for more than two con-
secutive seconds may set DTC 22. If either DTC 12 or DTC
• Intake Air Temperature 22 are set, the throttle will be forced to a 6% (idle) posi-
• Camshaft Position tion.
Outputs - System Controlled

• Fuel Control
• Idle Air Control
• Electric Fuel Pump
• Diagnostics:
- Malfunction Indicator Lamp
- Data Link Connector (DLC)
ECM/EPM SERVICE PRECAUTIONS

The ECM/EPM is designed to withstand normal current
draws associated with engine operation. When servicing
the ECM/EPM, observe the following guidelines:
• Do not overload any circuit.
USE OF CIRCUIT TESTING TOOLS
• Do not probe wires for testing. This can cause a volt-
Do not use a test light to diagnose the engine electrical
age drop that would be critical to the operation of the
systems unless specifically instructed by the diagnostic
ECM/EPM.
procedures. A test light can put an excessive load on an
• When testing for opens and shorts, do not ground or ECM circuit and result in component damage. For volt-
apply voltage to any of the ECM/EPM's circuits unless age measurements, use only a digital voltmeter with an
instructed to do so. input impedance of at least 10 megohms.
3-64 – JLG Lift – 3121202

ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE DAMAGE A fuel injector which is stuck partly open will cause a loss
Electronic components used in the ECM are often of fuel pressure after the engine is shut down, causing
designed to carry very low voltage. Electronic compo- long crank times.
nents are susceptible to damage caused by electrostatic
discharge. Less than 100 volts of static electricity can
cause damage to some electronic components. By com-
parison, It takes as much as 4000 volts for a person to feel
the spark of a static discharge.
There are several ways for a person to become statically

charged. The most common methods of charging are by
friction and induction.
FUEL METERING SYSTEM COMPONENTS
An example of charging by friction is a person sliding The fuel metering system is made up of the following
across a seat. parts:
Charge by induction occurs when a person with well-insu- • The fuel injectors
lated shoes stands near a highly charged object and
• The fuel rail
momentarily touches ground. Charges of the same polar-
ity are drained off, leaving the person highly charged with • The fuel pressure regulator/filter assembly
the opposite polarity. Static charges can cause damage,
therefore it is important to-use care when handling and • The electronic governor
testing electronic components.
• The ECM/EPM
To prevent possible electrostatic discharge damage, fol- • The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor
low these guidelines:
• The camshaft position (CMP) sensor
• Do not touch the ECM connector pins or soldered
components on the ECM board. • The fuel pump
• Do not open the replacement part package until the • The fuel pump relay
part is ready to be installed.
BASIC SYSTEM OPERATION
• Before removing the part from the package, ground
the package to a known good ground on the equip- The fuel metering system starts with the fuel in the fuel
ment. tank. The fuel is drawn up to the fuel pump through a pre-
filter. The electric fuel pump then delivers the fuel to the
• If the part has been handled while sliding across a fuel rail through an inane fuel filter. The pump is designed
seat, while sitting down from a standing position, or to provide fuel at a pressure above the pressure needed
while walking a distance, touch a known good ground by the injectors. A fuel pressure regulator in the fuel filter
before installing the part. assembly keeps fuel available to the fuel injectors at a
constant pressure. A return line delivers unused fuel back
Fuel System to the tank.
FUEL INJECTOR
The Electronic Fuel Injection (EFI) fuel injector is a sole-
noid-operated device controlled by the ECM/EPM. The
ECM/EPM energizes the solenoid, which opens a valve to
allow fuel delivery.
The fuel is injected under pressure in a conical spray pat-

tern at the opening of the intake valve. Excess fuel not
used by the injectors passes through the fuel pressure
regulator before being returned to the fuel tank.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-65

HIGH PRESSURE CIRCUIT - OPERATING PRESSURE 65 PSI.
Figure 3-53. Typical Fuel System
FUEL METERING SYSTEM PURPOSE The ECM/EPM monitors signals from several sensors in
The basic function of the air/fuel metering system is to order to determine the fuel needs of the engine. Fuel is
control the air/fuel delivery to the engine. Fuel is delivered delivered under one of several conditions called "modes."
to the engine by individual fuel injectors mounted in the All modes are controlled by the ECM/EPM. Refer to "Open
intake manifold near each intake valve. Loop and Closed Loop Operation" for more information.
The main control sensor is the heated oxygen sensor

(H02S) located in the exhaust system. The H02S tells the
ECM/EPM how much oxygen is in the exhaust gas. The
ECM/EPM changes the air/fuel ratio to the engine by con-
trol-ling the amount of time that the fuel injector is "ON."
The best mixture to minimize exhaust emissions is 14.7
parts of air to 1 part of gasoline by weight, which provides
the most efficient combustion. Because of the constant
measuring and adjusting of the air/fuel ratio, the fuel injec-
tion system is called a "closed loop" system.
3-66 – JLG Lift – 3121202

FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR ELECTRONIC GOVERNOR AND THROTTLE

The fuel pressure regulator is a relief valve mounted in the BODY
fuel filter. It provides a constant fuel pressure of 441 kPa
In the 2.5L EFI industrial engine, throttle control is
(64 psi).
achieved by using an electronic governor which is con-
trolled by the engine control module (ECM).
If the pressure is too low, poor performance and a DTC 32
will set. If the pressure is too high, excessive odor and/or a
DTC 42 will result.
When replacing the fuel filter, be sure to use an identical

filter/regulator assembly. A standard fuel filter does not
regulate pressure and could cause engine problems or
component damage.
The electronic governor consists of a throttle body, an

electronically-actuated throttle plate, and a built-in throttle
position (TP) sensor. There are two pigtails that exit the
governor body. The 3-wire pigtail connects the TP sensor
to the ECM/EPM. Refer to "Throttle Position (TP) Sensor"
for more information.
FUEL PUMP ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT The 2-wire pigtail carries the throttle signal from the ECM
When the key is first turned "ON," the ECM energizes the to the governor. Desired engine speeds are stored in the
fuel pump relay for two seconds to build up the fuel pres- configuration program for each specific application, and
sure quickly. If the engine is not started within two sec- can be changed with the ECM/EPM calibration software.
onds, the ECM/EPM shuts the fuel pump off and waits When an engine speed is selected with the toggle switch,
until the engine is cranked. When the engine is cranked the ECM/EPM sends the appropriate signal to the gover-
and crankshaft position signal has been detected by the nor. This is a pulse-width modulated (PWM) signal which
SECM, the ECM/EPM supplies 12 volts to the fuel pump cannot be read with conventional diagnostic tools such as
relay to energize the electric fuel pump. a voltmeter. A 12-volt signal is pulsed on and off at a high
rate of speed. The width of the "on" pulse determines the
An inoperative fuel pump will cause a "no-start" condition. amount of throttle opening. The ECM sends a signal with
A fuel pump which does not provide enough pressure will the appropriate pulse width to the governor based on the
result in poor performance. operator's choice of switch settings.
FUEL RAIL The electronic governor also acts as an idle air control
The fuel rail is mounted to the top of the engine and dis- (IAC) valve. Changes in engine load are detected by the
tributes fuel to the individual injectors. Fuel is delivered to ECM/EPM by comparing manifold absolute pressure
the fuel inlet tube of the fuel rail by the fuel lines. (MAP) with throttle position. When the ECM/EPM detects
a change in engine load, it can adjust idle speed by
changing the PWM signal to the governor.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-67

OPEN LOOP AND CLOSED LOOP OPERATION CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR
The ECM will operate in the following two modes: The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor provides a signal
used by the engine control module (ECM) to calculate the
• Open loop ignition sequence. The sensor initiates the reference
pulses which the ECM uses to calculate RPM and crank-
• Closed loop shaft position.
When the engine is first started, the system is in "open
loop" operation. In open loop, the ECM ignores the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor (HO2S). it uses a pre-pro-
grammed routine to calculate the air/fuel ratio based on
inputs from the TP, ECT, and MAP sensors.
The system remains in open loop until the following condi-

tions are met:
• The HO2S has a varying voltage output showing that it

is hot enough to operate properly (this depends on
temperature).
• The ECT has reached 160°F (71°C).
• Seven minutes has elapsed since starting the engine.
After these conditions are met, the engine is said to be

operating in "closed loop." In closed loop, The ECM con-
tinuously adjusts the air/fuel ratio by responding to signals ELECTRONIC IGNITION
from the HO2S (except at wide-open throttle). When the The electronic ignition system controls fuel combustion by
HO2S reports a lean condition (low sensor signal voltage), providing a spark to ignite the compressed air/fuel w mix-
the ECM responds by increasing the "on" time of the fuel ture at the correct time. To provide optimum engine perfor-
injectors, thus enriching the mixture. When the HO2S mance, fuel economy, and control of exhaust emissions,
reports a rich condition (high sensor signal Voltages the the ECM controls the spark advance of the ignition sys-
ECM responds by reducing the "on" time of the fuel injec- tem. Electronic ignition has the following advantages over
tors, thus leaning out the mixture. a mechanical distributor system:
CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR • No moving parts

The CMP sensor uses a variable reactor sensor to detect
• Less maintenance
camshaft position. The CMP signal is created as piston #1
is a predetermined number of degrees after top dead cen- • Remote mounting capability
ter on the power stroke.
• No mechanical load on the engine
• More coil cooldown time between firing events
• Elimination of mechanical timing adjustments
• Increased available ignition coil saturation time
3-68 – JLG Lift – 3121202

IGNITION COIL ENGINE CONTROL MODULE/ENGINE

The electronic ignition system uses a coil pack with one PERFORMANCE MODULE (ECM/EPM)
ignition coil for each two cylinders in the engine. Each cyl- The ECM/EPM is responsible for maintaining proper spark
inder is paired with its opposing cylinder in the firing order, and fuel injection timing for all operating conditions. To
so that one cylinder on compression fires simultaneously provide optimum operation and emissions, the ECM mon-
with the opposing cylinder on exhaust. The spark that itors the input signals from the following components in
occurs in the cylinder on the exhaust stroke is referred to order to calculate spark timing:
as a "waste spark." • Engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor
The primary coils in the coil pack are triggered by the • Intake air temperature (IAT) sensor
"Ignition Coil Feed #1" and "Ignition Coil Feed #2" Signals • Throttle position sensor
from the ECM/EPM.
• Crankshaft position sensor
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-69

3.15 FORD LPG SYSTEM Mixer

The mixer accepts LPG vapor at the megajector outlet
NOTE: +20° F (-6.6° C) is the low temperature limit for LP
pressure (-1.00 to -5.00 inches [-2.5 to -12.7 cm] of H2O)
gas, for both starting and operation. This applies to
and mixes it with clean air. This mixture is then sucked into
all LP gas powered engines.
the engine via the actuator.
Description Lockoff Solenoid

The lockoff solenoid is used to reduce the possibility of
The LPG system starts at the tank. The liquid propane
backfires. The EPM controls the opening and closing of
exits the tank, flows through the fuel lockoff solenoid,
the lockoff so that as a shutdown is commanded, the lock-
flows through the regulator (regulator converts the liquid
off is closed, but the ignition system continues to operate
to a vapor), flows through the megajector, flows through
to burn off unburned fuel in the manifold. This will cause
the mixer and into the engine.
longer than usual start times, because the manifold must
fill up with fuel again before the engine will fire. This will
Regulator also cause the engine to run for one to two seconds after
ignition is turned off.
The regulator accepts LPG liquid at tank pressure (min =
30 psi; max = 312 psi [min = 207 kPa; max = 2151 kPa])
and reduces it to a regulator outlet pressure of 1.5 to 2.5
inches (3.8 to 6.3 cm) of H 2O at idle flow (approx. 750
RPM / no load). This regulator must have engine coolant
flowing through it whenever the engine is running.
Megajector
The megajector is an electronic pressure regulator. This
electronic regulator outputs a specific pressure needed at
the mixer to maintain the desired air to fuel ratio. The
megajector accepts LPG vapor at the regulator outlet
pressure (1.5 to 2.5 inches [3.8 to 6.3 cm] of H2O) and
reduces it to a pressure value commanded by the EPM.
The pressure command is sent by the EPM over the CAN
link via the megajector harness. The megajector outlet
pressure has units of inches of H2O. The megajector out-
let pressure is defined as the difference between the
megajector outlet gas pressure and the balance line pres-
sure (usually at or near barometric pressure depending on
air intake restriction). The megajector outlet pressure can
vary between -1.00 to -5.00 inches (-2.5 to -12.7 cm) of
H2O depending on the speed and load of the engine. The
megajector must be mounted per the 2.5L 2004 Emission
Installation Instructions. Torque mounting bolts to a maxi-
mum of 60 in.lbs. (7 Nm).
3-70 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Megajector
Mixer
Regulator Lockoff Solenoid
Figure 3-54. Ford LPG System
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-71

Megajector Diagnostic Code Descriptions DTC 354 - Megajector delivery pressure lower than
expected. This code will set if the difference between the
The following diagnostic codes are specific to the mega- Megajector actual pressure and the Megajector com-
jector. They will be displayed on the analyzer if the JLG manded pressure is less than -4.00 inches (10.1 cm) of
Control System senses a fault dealing with the megajec- H2O.
tor. Refer to Section 6 - JLG Control System for more infor-
mation concerning the Control System. a. Fuel Supply - Check fuel supply pressure at the
megajector inlet fitting. Fuel supply pressure on
DTC 353 - Megajector delivery pressure higher than LPG applications should be between 3-5" (7.6-
expected. This code will set if the difference between the 12.7 cm) H2O.
Megajector actual pressure and the Megajector com-
b. Fuel System Hoses - Make sure all fuel system
manded pressure is greater than 4.00 inches (10.1 cm) of
hoses are in good condition. They should be
H2O.
clamped tight, free from kinks with no cuts,
a. Fuel Supply - Check fuel supply pressure at the pinches, etc.
megajector inlet fitting. Fuel supply pressure on c. Lockoff Solenoid - Check the lock off to make
LPG applications should be between 3-5" (7.6- sure it is opening properly. If it is not opening
12.7 cm) H2O. completely, it could cause low fuel pressure.
b. Lockoff Solenoid - Check the lockoff to make d. Reference Line - Make sure the reference line is
sure it is sealing when closed. If it is not com- in place between the Megajector and the carbu-
pletely sealing, it could allow pressure creep in retor balance port. Make sure the hose is not
the fuel system. kinked or restricted in any way and has no holes
in it.
c. Reference Line - Make sure the reference line is
in place between the Megajector and the carbu- e. Regulator - Observe the regulator with the
retor balance port. Make sure the hose is not engine running to see if it is icing up. If it’s icing
kinked or restricted in any way and has no holes up, refer to Engine Cooling System below.
in it. f. Engine Cooling System - Make sure the engine
d. Regulator - Observe the regulator with the cooling system is operating properly and there
engine running to see if it is icing up. If it’s icing are no air locks in the system. Make sure the
up, refer to Engine Cooling System below. engine is operating at the proper temperature.
Check the coolant hoses at the regulator and
e. Engine Cooling System - Make sure the engine
make sure they are both warm to verify proper
cooling system is operating properly and there
coolant circulation.
are no air locks in the system. Make sure the
engine is operating at the proper temperature. If the fuel system is operating properly, the Megajector
Check the coolant hoses at the regulator and has an internal failure and must be replaced.
make sure they are both warm to verify proper DTC 355 - Megajector comm. lost. This codes will set if
coolant circulation. the communication (CAN link) between the Megajector
If the fuel system is operating properly, the Megajector and the EPM is not present.
has an internal failure and must be replaced.
a. CAN Circuits - Check CAN circuits for continuity
and shorts to power or ground and for proper
connections.
If the CAN circuits are ok and all wiring connections are
good, the Megajector has an internal failure and must be
replaced.
DTC 361 - Megajector voltage supply high.
a. Voltage - Check battery voltage. If the voltage at
the battery is greater than 18 volts, either the
charging system or the megajector is faulty.
3-72 – JLG Lift – 3121202

DTC 362 - Megajector voltage supply low. Changing from Gasoline to LP Gas
a. Voltage - Check battery voltage. If the voltage at
the battery is less than 9.5 volts:
The battery is faulty
IT IS POSSIBLE TO SWITCH FROM ONE FUEL SOURCE TO THE
or OTHER WITHOUT ALLOWING THE ENGINE TO STOP. EXTREME
The charging system is faulty CARE MUST BE TAKEN AND THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS
or MUST BE FOLLOWED.
The Megajector is faulty.

1. Start the engine from the ground control station.
DTC 363 - Megajector Internal Actuator Fault Detection.
a. Connections - Check power, ground, and CAN 2. Open the hand valve on the LP gas supply tank by
circuits at the Megajector in addition to all elec- turning counterclockwise.
trical connections. Repair as necessary and
retest.
b. Megajector - Megajector has an internal failure. BE SURE ALL GASOLINE IS EXHAUSTED BEFORE SWITCHING TO
Contact JLG Industries for further assistance. LP GAS.
DTC 364 - Megajector Internal Circuitry Fault Detection.
a. Connections - Check power, ground, and CAN 3. While the engine is operating, place the three posi-
circuits at the Megajector in addition to all elec- tion LPG/Gasoline switch at the ground control sta-
trical connections. Repair as necessary and tion to the center “off” position. Allow the engine to
retest. operate without load, until the engine begins to
“stumble” from lack of gasoline.
b. Megajector - Megajector has an internal failure.
Contact JLG Industries for further assistance. 4. As the engine begins to “stumble”, place the switch
DTC 365 - Megajector Internal Comm Fault Detection. to the LPG position, allowing the LP fuel to be sent
to the fuel regulator.
a. Connections - Check power, ground, and CAN
circuits at the Megajector in addition to all elec-
trical connections. Repair as necessary and Changing from LP Gas to Gasoline
retest.
1. With engine operating on LP under a no load condi-
Megajector - Megajector has an internal failure. Contact tion, throw the LPG/Gasoline switch at the ground
JLG Industries for further assistance. control station to the “Gasoline” position.
2. If engine “stumbles” because of lack of gasoline,

place the switch to the LPG position until engine
regains smoothness, then return the switch to the
Gasoline position. Repeat as necessary until engine
runs smoothly on gasoline.
3. Close the hand valve on the LP gas supply tank by

turning clockwise.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-73

Figure 3-55. Deutz Sensors for JLG Control System
3-74 – JLG Lift – 3121202

1. Battery 5. Air Cleaner 9. Front Right Engine Mounting Plate 13. Starter Relay
2. Battery Holddown 6. Fan 10. Front Bottom Engine Mounting Plate 14. Aux Pump Relay
3. Gear Pump 7. Motor Mount 11. Rear Engine Mounting Plate 15. Restriction Indicator
4. Piston Pump 8. Muffler 12. Radiator 16. Oil Drain Valve
Figure 3-56. Deutz Engine Installation - Sheet 1 of 2
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-75

17. Engine Tray 22. Filler Cap 26. Fuel Filter 30. Temperature Sender
18. Engine Mounting Plate 23. Oil Lube Pump 27. Fuel Supply Pump 31. Oil Pressure Sensor
19. Hayes Coupling 24. Oil Filter 28. Alternator 32. Speed Sensor
20. Pump Adapter Plate 25. Injector Pump 29. Starter 33. Throttle Actuator
21. Dipstick
Figure 3-57. Deutz Engine Installation - Sheet 2 of 2
3-76 – JLG Lift – 3121202

1. Battery Hold-down 8. Muffler

2. Battery 9. Radiator
3. Air Cleaner 10. Starter Relay
4. Coolant Overflow Container 11. Glow Plug Relay
5. Pump Coupling 12. Aux Power Relay
6. Fan 13. Restriction Indicator
7. Engine Mount 14. Oil Drain Valve
Figure 3-58. Caterpillar Engine Installation - Sheet 1 of 2
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-77

15. Engine Tray 22. Starter

16. Piston Pump 23. Dipstick
17. Gear Pump 24. Engine Temperature Sender
18. Fuel Filter 25. Throttle Actuator
19. Alternator 26. Fuel Supply Pump
20. Oil Pressure Switch 27. Water Pump
21. Oil Filter
Figure 3-59. Caterpillar Engine Installation - Sheet 2 of 2
3-78 – JLG Lift – 3121202

1. Battery Hold-down 5. Air Cleaner 9. Aux Power Relay 13. Fuel Pump & Isolator
2. Battery 6. Fan 10. Restriction Indicator 14. Fuel Filter
3. Piston Pump 7. Engine Mount 11. Oil Drain Valve 15. Starter
4. Load-Sensing Pump 8. Radiator 12. Engine Tray 16. Alternator w/Regulator
Figure 3-60. Ford Engine Installation - Sheet 1 of 2
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-79

17. Throttle Actuator 21. Dipstick 25. Pressure Regulator 29. EGR Sensor
18. Air Temperature Sensor 22. Mixer Assembly 26. EPM Module 30. Overflow Bottle
19. MAP Sensor 23. Oil Filter 27. Muffler 31. Starter
20. EGR Sensor 24. Pump Coupling 28. LP Regulator
Figure 3-61. Ford Engine Installation - Sheet 2 of 2
3-80 – JLG Lift – 3121202

3.16 DEUTZ EMR 2 (S/N 84827 TO PRESENT) The EMR2 is equipped with safety devices and measures
in the hardware and software in order to ensure emer-
The EMR2 consists of the sensors, the control unit and the gency running (Limp home) functions.
actuator. Engine-side controls as well as the JLG Control In order to switch the engine off, the EMR2 is switched in a
System are connected by means of separate cable har- de-energized fashion over the ignition switch. A strong
nesses to the EMR control unit. spring in the actuator presses the control rod in the de-
energized condition into the zero position. As a redun-
The sensors attached to the engine provide the electron- dancy measure, an additional solenoid serves for switch-
ics in the control unit with all the relevant physical parame- ing off and this, independently of the actuator, also moves
ters In accordance with the information of the current the control rod in the de-energized condition into the zero
condition of the engine and the preconditions (throttle position.
position etc.), the EMR2 controls an actuator that operates
the control rod of the injection pump and thus doses the After the programming, that is carried out over the
fuel quantity in accordance with the performance require- ISO9141 interface, the EMR2 is possesses a motor-spe-
ments. cific data set and this is then fixedly assigned to the
engine. Included in this are the various application cases
The exact position of the regulating rod is reported back as well as the customer’s wishes regarding a particular
and, if necessary, is corrected, by means of the control scope of function.
rod travel sensor, situated together with the rotation mag- Each EMR2 module is matched by serial number to the
nets in a housing of the actuator. engine. Modules cannot be swapped between engines.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-81

CONTROL ROD POSITION

SENSOR/ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY
COOLANT TEMPERATURE CAMSHAFT SPEED

SENSOR SENSOR
JLG SYSTEM HANDLES ENGINE START/

STOP; EMR2 TAKES CONTROL OF THE
ENGINE AT 700RPM
GLOW PLUG
JLG SYSTEM USES JLG ANALYZER TO

REPORT FAULTS
DIAGNOSIS INTERFACE/CAN-BUS; JLG SYS-

OIL PRESSURE TEM USES THIS TO CONTROL THE ENGINE &
SENSOR FAULT REPORTING.
Figure 3-62. EMR 2 Engine Side Equipment
3-82 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Figure 3-63. Deutz EMR 2 Troubleshooting Flow Chart
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-83

3-84
– JLG Lift –
Figure 3-64. Deutz EMR 2 Vehicle Side Connection Diagram
3121202
3121202
– JLG Lift –
Figure 3-65. Deutz EMR 2 Engine Side Connection Diagram - Sheet 1 of 2
3-85
3-86
– JLG Lift –
Figure 3-66. Deutz EMR 2 Engine Side Connection Diagram - Sheet 2 of 2
3121202
Figure 3-67. EMR 2 Engine Plug Pin Identification
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-87

Figure 3-68. EMR 2 Vehicle Plug Pin Identification
3-88 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Figure 3-69. EMR2 Fault Codes - Sheet 1 of 5
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-89

3-90 – JLG Lift – 3121202

3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-91

3-92 – JLG Lift – 3121202

3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-93

3.17 BIO FUEL IN DEUTZ ENGINES Bio Fuel
General PERMITTED BIO-DIESEL FUELS

Originally only rape seed oil methylester (RME) was sold
Use of bio fuels is permitted for the compact engines made as a bio-diesel fuel in Europe but fatty acid methylester
by DEUTZ. (FAME) based on other oils have come onto the market
increasingly in recent years. However, with the latter there is
Distillate fuels with residue oil percentages or mixed fuels a risk that the limit values of EN 14214 are not kept in the
may not be used in DEUTZ compact engines. field. Anyone who uses bio-diesel fuel in DEUTZ engines
must therefore choose his supplier very carefully and have
The DEUTZ vehicle engines are designed for diesel fuels him guarantee compliance with the EN 14214 limit values.
in accordance with EN 590 with a cetane number of at Since experience has shown that rape seed oil methylester
least 51. DEUTZ engines for mobile machinery are (RME) exceeds the limit values less often that other esters,
designed for a cetane number of at least 45. When using it is expressly recommended to use only rape seed oil
fuels of a low cetane number, disturbing white smoke and methyester. DEUTZ customers in Germany can addition-
ignition misfires are to be expected under some circum- ally ensure the quality by buying bio-diesel fuel with an
stances. AGQM certificate (Arbeitsgemeinschaft Qualitäts-Manage-
ment Biodiesel e.V.).
A cetane number of at least 40 is permissible for the US
The use of US bio-diesel based on soy oil methylester is
market, therefore special engine models have been devel-
only permissible in mixtures with diesel fuel with a bio-die-
oped to avoid starting difficulties, extreme white smoke or
sel part of a max. 20 weight-%. The US bio-diesel used for
increased hydrocarbon emissions (EPA specification - the mixture must comply with the ASTM D6751-07a (B100)
US EPA REGULATIONS FOR LARGE NONROAD COM- standard.
PRESSION-IGNITION ENGINES).
APPROVED ENGINES
If the white smoke behavior is unacceptable when using a
The 912, 913, 914, 1011, 2011, 1012, 2012, 1013, 2013,
very low cetane number, the use of ignition improvers is to
413 and 513 series are approved for bio-diesel from year
be recommended as a later remedial measure.
of manufacture 1993 under compliance with the basic
conditions specified below.
The certification measurements for compliance with the
legal emission limits are carried out with the test fuels pre-
scribed by law. These correspond to the diesel fuels in
accordance with EN 590 and ASTM D 975. No emission
values are guaranteed with the other fuels described. It is
the obligation of the owner to check the permission for use
of the fuels in accordance with regional regulations.
3-94 – JLG Lift – 3121202

BASIC CONDITIONS TO BE OBSERVED Biological Contamination In Fuels

• A power loss of 5-9 % in relation to diesel fuel in accor-
dance with EN 590 is possible due to the lower heating SYMPTOMS
value. Blocking of the fuel injector is not allowed. The following symptoms may indicate that a fuel tank is
• The lubricating oil quality must correspond to TR contaminated by micro-organisms:
0199-99-3002. The lubricating oil change interval must
• Internal tank corrosion,
be halved in relation to operation with diesel fuel in
accordance with EN 590. • Filter blockage and the associated loss of power due to
gel-like deposits on the fuel filter (especially after long
• Standstills of longer than 4 to 6 weeks must be avoided
standstills)
with bio-diesel. Otherwise the engine must be started
and stopped with diesel fuel.
CAUSE
• Bio-diesels can be mixed with normal diesel fuel but the Micro-organisms (bacteria, yeasts, funguses) can form bio-
basic conditions described in this subsection apply for sludge under unfavorable conditions (favoured particularly
mixtures. Mixtures with up to 5 % (m/m) bio-diesel (B5) by heat and water).
which have recently been on sale at European fuel sta-
tions are excepted. These fuels must be treated like Penetration by water is usually caused by condensation of
normal diesel fuels because EN 590 expressly permits the water in the air. Water does not dissolve in fuel so that
adding up to 5 % (m/m) bio-diesel in accordance with the penetrating water collects at the bottom of the tank. The
EN 14214. bacteria and funguses grow in the watery phase, at the
phase boundary to the fuel phase, from which they draw
• Approx. 30-50 hours after changing over from diesel fuel their nutrition. There is an increased risk especially with bio-
to bio-diesel, the fuel filter should be changed as a pre- diesel (FAME).
ventive measure to avoid a drop in performance due to
clogged fuel filters. Deposited fuel ageing products are PREVENTIVE MEASURES
dissolved by bio-diesel and transported into the fuel fil- • Keep the storage tank clean, regular cleaning of the
ter. They should not be changed immediately but after tank by specialist companies
approx. 30 to 50 hours because the dissolving of dirt
takes a certain amount of time. • Installation of fuel pre-filters with water traps, especially
in countries with frequently fluctuating fuel qualities and
PLANT OIL high percentage of water.
If the fuel system and storage tank have already been
attacked by micro-organisms. The biocide must be dosed
PURE PLANT OILS (E.G. RAPE SEED OIL, SOY OIL, PALM OIL) ARE according to the manufacturer's specifications.
NOT CLASSIFIED AS BIO-DIESEL AND EXHIBIT PROBLEMATICAL
• Avoid direct exposure of the storage tank to sunlight
PROPERTIES FOR DIESEL ENGINE OPERATION (STRONG TENDENCY
TO COKE, RISK OF PISTON SEIZURE, EXTREMELY HIGH VISCOSITY, • Use smaller storage tanks with corresponding low
POOR EVAPORATION BEHAVIOR. dwell times of the stored fuel
The conversion of DEUTZ engines to rape seed oil fuel FUEL ADDITIVES
operation with conversion kits and modified tanks systems The use of fuel additives is not permitted. The flow improv-
of various manufacturers is not allowed and leads to loss ers mentioned above are an exception. Use of unsuitable
of warranty rights. additives will result in loss of warranty.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-95

3.18 GM ENGINE GENERAL MAINTENANCE • Check ignition coil and spark plug cables for harden-
ing, cracking, chafing, separation, split boot covers
and proper fit
Maintenance of the Drive Belt
• Replace spark plugs at the proper intervals as pre-
The serpentine drive belt utilizes a spring loaded tensioner scribed in the engine manufacturer’s manual
which keeps the belt properly adjusted. The drive belt is
• Check to make sure all electrical components are fitted
an integral part of the cooling and charging systems and
securely
should be inspected frequently.
• Check the ground and platform control stations to
When inspecting the belts check for:
insure all warning indicator lights are functioning
• Cracks or breaks
• Chunking of the belt Checking/Filling Engine Oil Level
• Splits
• Material hanging from the belt
AN OVERFILLED CRANKCASE (OIL LEVEL OVER THE SPECIFIED
• Glazing and hardening FULL MARK) CAN CAUSE AN OIL LEAK, A FLUCTUATION OR
DROP IN THE OIL PRESSURE, AND ROCKER ARM "CLATTER" IN
• Damaged or improperly aligned pulleys
THE ENGINE.
• Improperly performing tensioner
Check the belt tensioner by pressing down on the midway
point of the longest stretch between pulleys. The belt
CARE MUST BE TAKEN WHEN CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL.
should not depress beyond 1/2 inch (13mm). If the
OIL LEVEL MUST BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN THE "ADD" MARK
depression is more than allowable adjust the tension.
AND "FULL" MARK ON THE DIPSTICK.
To ensure that you are not getting a false reading, make

THE ENGINE MANUFACTURER DOES NOT RECOMMEND THE USE sure the following steps are taken to before check the oil
OF "BELT DRESSING" OR "ANTI SLIPPING AGENTS" ON THE level.
DRIVE BELT.
1. Stop the engine if in use.
Engine Electrical System Maintenance 2. Allow sufficient time (approximately 5 minutes) for
the oil to drain back into the oil pan.
The engine electrical system incorporates computers and
microprocessors to control the engine ignition, fuel con- 3. Remove the dipstick. Wipe with a clean cloth or
trol, and emissions. Due to the sensitivity of the computers paper towel and reinstall. Push the dipstick all the
to good electrical connections periodic inspection of the way into the dipstick tube.
electrical wiring is necessary. When inspecting the electri-
4. Remove the dipstick and note the oil level.
cal system use the following:
5. Oil level must be between the "FULL" and "ADD"
• Check and clean the battery terminal connections and
marks.
insure the connections are tight
• Check the battery for any cracks or damage to the
case
• Check the Positive and Negative battery cables for any
corrosion build up, rubbing or chafing, check connec-
tion on the chassis to insure they are tight
• Check the entire engine wire harness for rubbing chaf-
ing, cuts or damaged connections, repair if necessary
Figure 3-74. Engine Oil Dip Stick
• Check all wire harness connectors to insure they are
fully seated and locked
3-96 – JLG Lift – 3121202

6. If the oil level is below the "ADD" mark, proceed to Coolant Fill Procedure - Dual Fuel Engine
Step 7 and 8 and reinstall the dipstick into the dip-
stick tube.
7. Remove the oil filter cap from the valve rocker arm DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE COULD OCCUR IF NOT PROPERLY
cover. FILLED WITH COOLANT. LPG FUELED ENGINES ARE MOST
8. Add the required amount of oil to bring the level up PRONE TO CREATING AN AIR LOCK DURING A COOLANT FILL
to but not over "FULL" mark on the dipstick. OPERATION DUE TO THE ELECTRONIC PRESSURE REGULATOR
(EPR) BEING THE HIGHEST POINT IN THE COOLING SYSTEM. AN
9. Reinstall the oil fill cap to the valve rocker cover and EPR THAT APPEARS TO HAVE FROST FORMING ON IT IS A SIGN
wipe away any excess oil. THAT THE ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM CONTAINS AIR. THE
APPEARANCE AND TEMPERATURE OF THE EPR SHOULD BE
Changing The Engine Oil MONITORED DURING THE COOLANT FILL OPERATION. A WARM
EPR IS AN INDICATION THAT THE COOLING SYSTEM IS PROP-
ERLY FILLED AND FUNCTIONING.
WHEN CHANGING THE OIL, ALWAYS CHANGE THE OIL FILTER.

CHANGE OIL WHEN THE ENGINE IS WARM FROM OPERATION AS
THE OILS WILL FLOW FREELY AND CARRY AWAY MORE IMPU- MAKE SURE ENGINE IS COOL BEFORE PERFORMING ANY MAIN-
RITIES. TENANCE WORK.
To change the oil use the following steps: 1. Loosen the worm gear clamp on the coolant line
running into the EPR as shown below and remove
1. Start the engine and run until it reaches normal the hose from the EPR. Place a rag under the hose
operating temperature. to prevent coolant from running onto the engine/
machine.
2. Stop the engine.
3. Remove the drain plug and allow the oil to drain.
4. Remove and discard the oil filter and its sealing ring.
5. Coat the sealing ring on the filter with clean engine

oil and wipe the sealing surface on the filter
mounting surface to remove any dust, dirt and
debris. Tighten the filter securely (follow the filter
manufacturers instructions). Do not over tighten.
6. Check the sealing ring on drain plug for any dam-

age, replace if necessary, wipe the plug with a clean
rag, and wipe the sealing surface on the pan and
reinstall the pan plug. Do not over tighten.
7. Fill the crankcase with oil.
8. Start the engine and check for oil leaks.
9. Stop the engine and check the oil level to insure the
oil level is at "FULL".
10. Dispose of the oil and filter in a safe manner.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-97

2. Remove the radiator cap. Fill the radiator with cool- 6. Fill radiator with coolant as needed and install the
ant until coolant starts to appear from the previously radiator cap. Next, remove the cap off the coolant
removed hose at the EPR. Reinstall the hose back recovery bottle and fill just below the HOT FULL line
onto the EPR and continue to fill radiator with cool- and reinstall the caps.
ant.
3.19 GM ENGINE DUAL FUEL SYSTEM

3. With the radiator cap still removed, start the engine
and run until the thermostat opens. The thermostat The Dual Fuel system allows the operator to operate the
opens at 170° F (77° C), which can be checked vehicle on either gasoline or LPG by positioning a selector
using the JLG handheld analyzer. switch in the operator's platform. When the operator
places the selector switch in the gasoline mode the gaso-
line fuel pump is energized. While in the gasoline mode
the LPG fuel lock-off is isolated and will not energize. In
WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING, AIR AND/OR STEAM MAY BE PRES- addition the gasoline injector circuit is enabled and injec-
ENT COMING FROM THE RADIATOR. THIS IS NORMAL. tor pulses are provided to each injector and the ECM cali-
bration for gasoline is also enabled. When the operator
4. After running the engine for 5 minutes after it has selects the LPG mode the Low Pressure LPG lock-off is
reached operating temperature, shut the engine off energized and fuel from the LPG tank flows to the Elec-
and continue to step 5. tronic Pressure Regulator (EPR). The EPR receives an
electronic signal to position the secondary lever for the
start or run positions and when the engine begins to crank
the mixer air valve will rise and fuel will begin flowing to
WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING OR WHEN SHUTTING OFF THE engine. During this mode the gasoline fuel pump is iso-
ENGINE, SOME HEATED COOLANT MAY SPILL OUT DUE TO AIR lated and will not be activated. The primary components
"BURPING" OUT OF THE SYSTEM WITH THE RADIATOR CAP OFF. of the gasoline dual fuel system are the gasoline tank,
electric fuel pump and filter, fuel supply line, injector rail
5. Next, verify that the 2 coolant hoses on the EPR are and injectors and the fuel pressure regulator. The primary
warm. If they are not warm repeat step 3 and 4, oth- components of the LPG dual fuel system are the LPG fuel
erwise continue to step 6. tank, in-fuel filter, LPG Low Pressure lock-off, Electronic
Pressure Regulator (EPR) and the fuel mixer module. The
LPG fuel system operates at pressures which range from
14.0 inches (355.60 mm) of water column up to 312 psi
A PROPERLY PURGED COOLING SYSTEM WILL YIELD A WARM
(21.5 BAR).
UPPER RADIATOR HOSE AND A WARM EPR HOSE. IF THE UPPER
RADIATOR HOSE AND/OR EPR HOSE ARE NOT WARM TO THE Components which are shared by both systems include
TOUCH AFTER THE ENGINE HAS RUN FOR 5-8 MINUTES AFTER the Electronic Throttle Control and the ECM. The ECM
REACHING OPERATING TEMPERATURE, THE SYSTEM MAY STILL contains a dual calibration; one controls the gasoline fuel
CONTAIN AIR. IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO REPEAT THE ABOVE system during gasoline operation and one controls the
STEPS. LPG fuel system during LPG operation.
3-98 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Fuel Filter EPR Assembly

Propane fuel like all other motor fuels is subject to con- The EPR assembly is a combination Low Pressure Regu-
lator and a Voice Coil Assembly. The Voice coil is an elec-
tamination from outside sources. Refueling of the equip-
tronic actuator which is controlled by an internal
ment’s tank and removal of the tank from the equipment
microprocessor. The microprocessor provides output data
can inadvertently introduce dirt and other foreign matter to the ECM and receives input data over a CAN BUS con-
into the fuel system. It is therefore necessary to filter the nection. The internal microprocessor receives electrical
fuel prior to entering the fuel system components down- signals from the Fuel Pressure Sensor FPS and the Fuel
stream of the tank. An inline fuel filter has been installed in Temperature Pressure FTP and communicates the data to
the fuel system to remove the dirt and foreign matter from the ECM. The ECM uses the FPS and FTP data to calcu-
the fuel. The inline filter is replaceable as a unit only. Main- late the location of the secondary lever in the LPR and
tenance of the filter is critical to proper operation of the sends that data back to the EPR via the CAN BUS. The
fuel system and should be replaced as Section 1. In internal microprocessor in the EPR will then output a sig-
severe operating condition more frequent replacement of nal, which causes the voice coil to move and position the
the filter may be necessary. secondary lever to the correct location.
Electric Lock Off

The Electric Lock Off device is an integrated assembly.
When energized the solenoid opens the valve and allows
the Propane fuel to flow through the device. The valve
opens during cranking and run cycles of the engine. The
lock off supply voltage is controlled by the engine control
module (ECM).
1. Pressure Regulator Section 4. Primary Test Port

2. Fuel Inlet 5. Secondary Test Port
Figure 3-75. Electric Fuel Lock Off 3. Coolant Passage 6. Voice Coil Section
Figure 3-76. EPR Assembly
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-99

Low Pressure Regulator (LPR) Air Fuel Mixer

The LPR is a combination vaporizer, pressure regulating The air valve mixer is an air-fuel metering device and is
device. The LPR is a negative pressure, two stage regula- completely self-contained. The mixer is an air valve
tor that is normally closed when the engine is not running. design, utilizing a relatively constant pressure drop to
When the engine is cranking or running, a partial vacuum draw fuel into the mixer from cranking to full load. The
is created in the fuel line which connects the regulator to mixer is mounted in the air stream ahead of the throttle
the mixer. This partial vacuum opens the regulator permit- control device.
ting fuel to flow to the mixer.
When the engine begins to crank, it draws in air with the
Propane fuel enters the primary port of the LPR and air valve covering the inlet, negative pressure begins to
passes through the primary jet and into the primary/ build. This negative pressure signal is communicated to
exchanger chamber. As the propane passes through the the top of the air valve chamber through 4 vacuum ports in
heat exchanger the fuel expands and creates pressure the air valve assembly. A pressure/force imbalance begins
inside the chamber. The pressure rises as the fuel to build across the air valve diaphragm between the air
expands when the pressure rises above 1.5 psi (10.34 valve vacuum chamber and the atmospheric pressure
kpa), sufficient pressure is exerted on the primary dia- below the diaphragm. The air valve vacuum spring is cali-
phragm to cause the diaphragm plate to pivot and press brated to generate from 4.0 inches (101.6 mm) of water
against the primary valve pin thus closing off the flow of column at start to as high as 14.0 inches (355.60 mm) of
fuel. This action causes the flow of fuel into the regulator water column at full throttle. The vacuum being created is
to be regulated. referred to as Air Valve Vacuum (AVV). As the air valve
vacuum reaches 4.0 inches (101.6mm) of water column,
When the engine is cranking, sufficient vacuum will be
the air valve begins to lift against the air valve spring. The
introduced into the secondary chamber from the mixer
amount of AVV generated is a direct result of the throttle
drawing the secondary diaphragm down onto the spring
position. At low engine speed the air valve vacuum is low
loaded lever and opening the secondary valve allowing
and the air valve position is low thus creating a small ven-
vaporized fuel to pass to the mixer. This mechanical action
turi for the fuel to flow. As the engine speed increase the
in conjunction with the EPR reactions causes the down-
AVV increases and the air valve is lifted higher thus creat-
ward action on the secondary lever causing it to open
ing a much larger venturi. This air valve vacuum is com-
wider allowing more fuel to flow to the mixer.
municated from the mixer venture to the LPR secondary
chamber via the low pressure fuel supply hose. As the
AVV increases in the secondary chamber the secondary
THE VOICE COIL SECTION OF THE EPR ASSEMBLY IS AN EMIS- diaphragm is drawn further down forcing the secondary
SIONS CONTROL DEVICE AND CANNOT BE REBUILT. IF THE COIL valve lever to open wider.
ASSEMBLY FAILS TO OPERATE PROPERLY, REPLACE IT WITH AN
OEM REPLACEMENT PART ONLY.
Figure 3-77. Low Pressure Regulators Figure 3-78. Air Fuel Mixer
3-100 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Electronic Throttle Control (ETC) Engine Control Module

Engine speed and load control is maintained by an ETC To obtain maximum effect from the catalyst and accurate
device. Speed and load control are determined by the
control of the air fuel ratio the emission certified engine is
ECM. Defaults programmed into the ECM software and
throttle position sensors allow the ECM to maintain safe equipped with an onboard computer or Engine Control
operating control over the engine. The Electronic Throttle Unit (ECM). The ECM is a 32 bit controller which receives
Control device or "throttle body assembly" is connected to input data from sensors fitted to the engine and fuel sys-
the intake manifold of the engine. The electronic throttle tem and then outputs various signals to control engine
control device utilizes an electric motor connected to the operation.
throttle shaft. When the engine is running electrical signals
are sent from the equipment controls to the engine ECM One specific function of the controller is to maintain
when the operator depresses an equipment function "closed loop fuel control". Closed loop fuel control is
switch. The ECM then sends an electrical signal to the accomplished when the exhaust gas oxygen sensor
motor on the electronic throttle control to increase or (HEGO) mounted in the exhaust system sends a voltage
decrease the angle of the throttle blade thus increasing or
signal to the controller. The controller then calculates any
decreasing the air/fuel flow to the engine.
correction that may need to be made to the air fuel ratio.
The electronic throttle control device also incorporates The controller then outputs signals to the EPR to correct
two internal Throttle Position Sensors (TPS) which provide the amount of fuel being supplied to the mixer. At the
output signals to the ECM as to the location of the throttle same time the ECM may correct the throttle blade position
shaft and blade. The TPS information is used by the ECM
to correct speed and load of the engine.
to correct speed and load control as well as emission con-
trol.
The controller also performs diagnostic functions on the
fuel system and notifies the operator of malfunctions by
turning on a Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) mounted in
the Ground Control Station and the Platform Control Sta-
tion. Malfunctions in the system are identified by a Diag-
nostic Code number. In addition to notifying the operator
of the malfunction in the system the controller also stores
the information about the malfunction in its memory.
Figure 3-79. ETC throttle control device
Figure 3-80. LPG Engine Control Unit (ECM)
Figure 3-81. ECM Assembly
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-101

Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor Gasoline Fuel Pump

There are two Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensors The Gasoline is stored as a liquid in the fuel tank and in
(HEGO). The first HEGO is mounted in the exhaust system drawn into the fuel system by an electric fuel pump. The
downstream of the engine. It is used to measure the fuel pump will receive a signal from the ECM to prime the
amount of oxygen present in the exhaust stream and com- fuel system for approximately 2 seconds prior to start.
municate that to the ECM via an electrical signal. The Priming of the fuel system provides for a quicker start,
amount of oxygen present in the exhaust stream indicates when the engine begins to crank.
whether the fuel/air ratio is too rich or too lean. If the
HEGO sensor signal indicates that the exhaust stream is Gasoline Pressure And Temperature Sensor
too rich the ECM will decrease or lean the fuel mixture dur-
ing engine operation, if the mixture is too lean the ECM Manifold
will richen the mixture. The ECM continuously monitors
This engine is equipped with a fuel injector rail that does
the HEGO sensor output. If a rich or lean condition is pres-
not have a pressure regulator or a return circuit to the fuel
ent for an extended period of time, and the ECM cannot
tank. Fuel pressure for this engine is regulated by the
correct the condition, the ECM will set a diagnostic code
engine’s ECM. The ECM receive fuel pressure and tem-
and turn on the MIL light in control box.
perature feedback from the gasoline fuel sensor manifold
The second HEGO is mounted in the exhaust system after and uses this information to control the ground side of the
the muffler. It measures the amount of oxygen in the fuel pump. Fuel pressure is regulated by the ECM pulse
exhaust system after the catalyst treatment has been com- width modulating (PWM) the fuel pump. The fuel pressure
pleted in the muffler. If the ECM detects that the catalytic and temperature sensor manifold has a return or "bleed"
action in the muffler is not sufficient and fuel correction circuit that connects back to the fuel tank. This circuit is
cannot correct the malfunction the MIL light is illuminated used to bleed off any vapor that develops in the line and
in the control box and a DTC code will stored in the com- return a small amount of fuel to the tank. The fuel comes
puter. from the fuel tank and passes through the fuel pump. Fuel
exits the fuel pump, passes through the filter and then
enters the fuel pressure and temperature manifold assem-
bly. Fuel flows through the feed circuit and is delivered to
THE HEATED EXHAUST GAS OXYGEN SENSOR IS AN EMISSION the fuel injector rail. Fuel that enters the bleed circuits
CONTROL DEVICE. IF THE HEGO FAILS TO OPERATE, REPLACE IT through they bypass valve in the manifold is returned to
WITH AN OEM REPLACEMENT PART. THE HEGO SENSOR IS SEN- the fuel tank.
SITIVE TO SILICONE OR SILICONE BASED PRODUCTS AND CAN
BECOME CONTAMINATED. AVOID USING SILICONE SEALERS OR
HOSES TREATED WITH SILICONE LUBRICANTS IN THE AIR
STREAM OR FUEL LINES.
Figure 3-82. Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor

(HEGO)
Gasoline Multi Point Fuel Injection System

(MPFI)
The primary components of the Gasoline Multi Point Fuel
Injection (MPFI) fuel system are the fuel tank, electric fuel Figure 3-83. Gasoline Fuel Pressure and Temperature
pump, fuel pressure and temperature sensor manifold, Manifold Assembly
fuel filter and fuel rail.
3-102 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Fuel Filter 3.20 GM ENGINE FUEL SYSTEM REPAIR

After the fuel is drawn into the fuel pump, the fuel flows
through the gasoline fuel filter. The fuel filter will trap small
Propane Fuel System Pressure Relief
particles as the fuel passes through the filter to remove
debris and prevents the fuel pressure and temperature
manifold and fuel injectors from becoming damaged. THE PROPANE FUEL SYSTEM OPERATES AT PRESSURES UP TO
Maintenance of the fuel filter is required as indicated in 312 PSI (21.5 BAR). TO MINIMIZE THE RISK OF FIRE AND PER-
Section 1. SONAL INJURY, RELIEVE THE PROPANE FUEL SYSTEM PRES-
SURE (WHERE APPLICABLE) BEFORE SERVICING THE PROPANE
Fuel Injector Rail FUEL SYSTEM COMPONENTS.
Fuel flows from the fuel pressure and temperature mani- To relieve propane fuel system pressure:
fold assembly to the fuel rails where the fuel is delivered to 1.Close the manual shut-off valve on the propane fuel
the fuel injectors. The fuel rail also contains a Schrader tank.
valve which is utilized to test the regulated pressure of the
fuel system. 2.Start and run the vehicle until the engine stalls.
3.Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Fuel Injector
The fuel supply is maintained on the top of the injector RESIDUAL VAPOR PRESSURE WILL BE PRESENT IN THE FUEL
from the injector rail. The injector is fed a "pulse" signal SYSTEM. ENSURE THE WORK AREA IS WELL VENTILATED
through the wire harness which causes the injector to BEFORE DISCONNECTING ANY FUEL LINE.
open. During regular operating conditions the ECM con-
trols the opening and duration of opening of the injector.
During lower RPM operation the injector signals or
Propane Fuel System Leak Test
"pulses" are less frequent then when the engine is operat-
ing at higher RPMs. The engine has been calibrated to
deliver the precise amount of fuel for optimum perfor- NEVER USE AN OPEN FLAME OF ANY TYPE TO CHECK FOR PRO-
mance and emission control. PANE FUEL SYSTEM LEAKS.
Always inspect the propane fuel system for leaks after per-
forming service. Check for leaks at the fittings of the ser-
viced or replaced component. Use a commercially
available liquid leak detector or an electronic leak detec-
tor. When using both methods, use the electronic leak
detector first to avoid contamination by the liquid leak
detector.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-103

Propane Fuel Filter Replacement 4. Drop the magnet into the bottom of the filter hous-
ing.
5. Install the filter into the housing.
6. Install the retaining bolt into the filter housing.
7. Install the filter up to the bottom of the electric lock
off.
8. Tighten the filter retaining bolt to 106 in lbs (12 Nm).
9. Open manual shut-off valve. Start the vehicle and
leak check the propane fuel system at each serviced
fitting Refer to Propane Fuel System Leak Test.
Electronic Pressure Regulator (EPR)

Assembly Replacement
1. Electric Lock Off Solenoid 7. Electrical Connector

2. Mounting Plate 8. Fuel Outlet
3. Housing Seal 9. O-ring
4. Filter Magnet 10. Filter
5. Filter Housing 11. Fuel Inlet
6. Seal 12. Retaining Bolt
Figure 3-84. Filter Lock Assembly
REMOVAL
1. Relieve the propane fuel system pressure. Refer to
Propane Fuel System Pressure Relief.
3. Slowly loosen the Filter housing retaining bolt and
remove it. 1. Pressure Regulator Section 4. Primary Test Port
4. Pull the filter housing from the Electric lock off 2. Fuel Inlet 5. Secondary Test Port
assembly. 3. Coolant Passage 6. Voice Coil Section
5. Locate Filter magnet and remove it.
6. Remove the filter from the housing. The EPR assembly is a made up of two separate compo-
nents. The Voice Coil Section is not serviceable and can
7. Remove and discard the housing seal. only be replaced as an assembly. The pressure regulator
section is serviceable and will be detailed in this section.
8. Remove and discard the retaining bolt seal.
REMOVAL
9. Remove and discard mounting plate to lock off O-
ring seal. 1. Relieve the propane fuel system pressure. Refer to
INSTALLATION Propane Fuel System Pressure Relief.
3. Slowly remove the fuel inlet fitting at the Electric
BE SURE TO REINSTALL THE FILTER MAGNET INTO THE HOUS- Lock Off.
ING BEFORE INSTALLING NEW SEAL.
NOTE: Residual vapor pressure will be present in the fuel
1. Install the mounting plate to lock off O-ring seal. system.
2. Install the retaining bolt seal.
4.Disconnect the electrical connector to the Electric Lock
3. Install the housing seal. off.
3-104 – JLG Lift – 3121202

5. Remove the Electric Lock Off from the regulator. 8.Connect the EPR electrical connector.
6. Remove the lock pin from the vapor fitting on the 9.Open the manual valve.
regulator housing and remove the fitting and hose
10.Start the vehicle and leak check the propane fuel sys-
and retain the pin.
tem at each serviced fitting Refer to Propane Fuel
7. Remove the lock pin from the pressure sensor on System Leak Test.
the regulator housing and remove the Sensor and
retain the pin.
8. Using a clamp pliers pinch off the hoses on the cool-
ant lines to the regulator
9. Remove the lock pin from both the water fittings on
the regulator housing and remove the fittings and
hoses and retain the pin
10. Disconnect the EPR electrical connector
11. Remove the (3) three nuts from the EPR isolators
and the EPR mounting bracket
Figure 3-86. Pressure Regulator Section
12. Remove the EPR from the bracket
13. Remove the (3) three mounting isolators PRESSURE REGULATOR SECTION REMOVAL
INSTALLATION 1. Remove the EPR refer to EPR Removal Procedure.
2. Remove the six (6) regulator to voice coil screws
using the special tool and separate the regulator
DO NOT USE TEFLON TAPE ON ANY FUEL FITTING. USE A LIQUID from the actuator.
PIPE THREAD SEALANT WHEN INSTALLING FITTINGS.
CHECK ALL THE O-RINGS ON THE VAPOR AND WATER FITTINGS

DO NOT REMOVE THE SECONDARY DIAPHRAGM RETAINING
FOR ANY DAMAGE REPLACE IF NECESSARY.
PLATE AND DIAPHRAGM THIS WILL VOID THE WARRANTY OF
THE ACTUATOR SECTION.
LUBE ALL THE O -RINGS WITH AN O -RING LUBE BEFORE
INSTALLING.
PRESSURE REGULATOR SECTION
1. Install the three (3) rubber isolators to the bottom of INSTALLATION
the EPR 1. Install the regulator to the actuator section using the
2. Install the EPR assembly to the bracket and tighten six (6) retaining screws and tighten 70 in lbs (8 Nm).
the retaining nuts. 2. Install the EPR refer to EPR Installation.
NOTE: Do not over tighten the isolators and cause a separa-
tion of the isolators.
3. Install the fuel temperature sensor into the regulator

opening and lock in place with the locking pin, con-
nect the electrical connector.
4. Insert the fuel vapor line and fitting into the regulator
port and lock in place with the locking pin.
5. Install both the water hoses and fittings into the reg-
ulator and lock in place with the locking pin remove
the clamp pliers from the hoses.
6. Install the electric lock off into the regulator inlet and
tighten into proper location, connect the electrical
connector.
7. Connect the fuel supply line and tighten until fully
seated.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-105

Temperature Manifold Absolute Pressure Electronic Throttle Control Replacement

(TMAP) Sensor See Figure 3-87.
REMOVAL
2. Remove the air intake duct.
3. Release the hose clamp on the vapor fuel line and
remove the vapor hose.
4. Disconnect the TMAP electrical connector.
5. Disconnect the electronic throttle control connector.
6. Remove the manifold to throttle body adapter bolts
and remove the throttle body mixer assembly.
7. Pull the throttle body assembly from the adapter.
Figure 3-87. (TMAP) Sensor & Electronic Throttle 8. Remove electronic throttle control device.
Control (ETC)
9. Remove the O-rings gasket and discard.
REMOVAL INSTALLATION
1. Disconnect the TMAP electrical connector.
2.Remove the two retaining bolts. LIGHTLY LUBRICATE BOTH THROTTLE CONTROL DEVICE TO
ADAPTER O-RINGS.
3.Remove the TMAP.
1. Install the O-ring on throttle body. Press it down to
INSTALLATION the bottom of the surface.
NOTE: Apply a small amount of O-ring lubricant before
installation.
1. Install in the TMAP.
2. Tighten retaining bolts to 62 lb-in (7 Nm).
3. Start the vehicle and check for proper operation.
3-106 – JLG Lift – 3121202

2. Install the two quad seals. Install one seal at a time 4. Place gasket on intake manifold and attach mixer/
to insure the seal does not roll. The seal must sit flat throttle assembly to manifold.
on the throttle body.
Figure 3-88. Mixer Assembly
MIXER REPLACEMENT
3. Attach mixer and throttle body together. The two
parts do not bolt together; they will be secured when See Figure 3-88.
you mount it on the intake. Notice the orientation of
the air inlet and throttle body cover. REMOVAL
1. Remove the Throttle control device Refer to Elec-

tronic Throttle Body Replacement.
2. Remove the four (4) bolts to the throttle control

device to mixer adapter bolts.
3. Remove and discard the mixer to adapter gasket.
INSTALLATION
COVER THROTTLE BODY ADAPTER OPENING TO PREVENT

DEBRIS FROM ENTERING ENGINE UNTIL REASSEMBLY.
1. Install Mixer to adapter gasket onto the mixer.
2. Install the mixer to the throttle control device to

mixer adapter and secure with the 4 retaining
screws. Tighten 80 lb-in (9 Nm)
3. Install Throttle body. Refer to Electronic Throttle

Control Device Replacement.
4. Start the engine and leak check all fittings and con-
nections.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-107

Coolant Hose Replacement Engine Control Module Replacement

REMOVAL REMOVAL
1. Drain the coolant. 1. Disconnect Negative battery cable.
2. Using hose clamp pliers, disconnect both hose
2. Remove controller from mounting bracket.
clamps on each hose.
3. Remove the hose from each of the fittings. 3. Push connector lock back to unlock connector.
4. Unplug controller and remove.

INSTALLATION
NOTE: Use hose material and lengths specified by JLG. INSTALLATION
1. Install the hose clamps to each hose and set the

clamp back on each hose to make installation eas-
THE CONTROLLER IS CALIBRATED FOR EACH ENGINE VERIFY
ier.
YOU HAVE THE CORRECT CONTROLLER
2. Fit the hose to the fittings.
3. Secure by positioning each of the clamps. 1. Plug connector into controller.
2. Push lock into place.

Vapor Hose Replacement
3. Mount controller into mounting bracket.
REMOVAL 4. Reconnect the battery cable.
1. Using hose clamp pliers disconnect both hose
5. Start engine.
clamps.
2. Remove the vapor hose from each fitting. 6. Check for any DTC codes and clear.
7. Verify engine is in closed loop and no warning lights

INSTALLATION
are illuminated.
THE VAPOR SUPPLY HOSE IS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED, DO NOT

Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor
USE HOSE MATERIAL OR LENGTH OTHER THAN JLG SPECIFIED Replacement
PARTS.
REMOVAL
1. Install hose clamps and set back on each hose.
1. Disconnect Negative battery cable.
2. Reinstall the vapor hose to each fitting.
2. Disconnect the O2 sensor electrical connector.
3. Reset clamps.
3. Using an O2 Sensor socket, remove the O2 Sensor
4. Start engine and check for leaks. and discard.
INSTALLATION
BEFORE INSTALL THE O2 SENSOR LUBRICATE THREADS WITH

ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND GM P/N 5613695 OR EQUIVALENT.
AVOID GETTING COMPOUND ON THE SENSOR TIP.
1. Install O2 sensor. Tighten to 30 lb-ft (41 Nm).
2. Start engine.
3. Check for any DTC codes and clear.
4. Verify engine is in closed loop and no warning lights

are illuminated.
3-108 – JLG Lift – 3121202

3.21 GM ENGINE LPG FUEL SYSTEM Diagnostic Aids

DIAGNOSIS This procedure is intended to diagnose a vehicle operat-
ing on LPG. If the vehicle will not continue to run on LPG,
refer to Hard Start for preliminary checks. Before proceed-
Fuel System Description ing with this procedure, verify that the vehicle has a suffi-
cient quantity of fuel and that liquid fuel is being delivered
to the LPR. Also, ensure that the manual shut off valve on
the LPG tank is fully opened and that the excess flow valve
has not been activated.
Tools Required:
• 7/16 Open end wrench (for test port plugs)
• DVOM (GM J 39200, Fluke 88 or equivalent).
• 12 volt test light
Diagnostic Scan Tool
• Diagnostic Display tool.
Pressure Gauges
• IMPCO ITK-2 Test kit
To maintain fuel and emission control on the LPG fuel sys-
• Water Column Gauge / Manometer (GM 7333-6 or
tem the Engine Control Units (ECM) relies on numerous
equivalent).
engine sensor and output data from the Electronic Pres-
sure Regulator (EPR). The ECM will then determine the • 0-10 PSI Gauge
target fuel calibration and command the EPR to reposition Test Description
the voice coil to the proper position which, subsequently
reposition the secondary lever in the pressure regulator to The numbers below refer to step numbers on the diagnos-
maintain proper control. The EPR and ECM will continue tic table.
to communicate back and forth during normal operation. 5. This step determines if the LPR requires replacement
In the event that the EPR fails to communicate or the Com- 6. This step determines if the problems are in the mechan-
munications Area Network (CAN) cable fails to transmit ical side of the Pressure Regulator or the Electronic Voice
data the regulator will operate in an open loop configura- Coil
tion. As the air valve vacuum in the mixer venturi is com-
10. This step determines if the Mixer requires replacement
municated to the secondary chamber of the regulator the
secondary diaphragm will be drawn in a downwards 14. This step determines if the Lock Off requires replace-
motion. This downward motion will cause the secondary ment
lever to open thus allowing more fuel to enter the mixer.
17. This step determines if the Fuel Filter requires replace-
ment.
In the (LPR) the fuel is vaporized and the pressure
reduced in two stages. The first stage reduces the pres-
sure to approximately 1.0 to 3.0 psi (6.8 to 20.6 kPa). The
second stage reduces the pressure to approximately neg-
ative 1.5" of water column.
The fuel is then drawn from the secondary chamber of the

LPR by the vacuum generated by air flowing through the
mixer. This vacuum signal is also used to generate lift for
the mixer air valve. This vacuum signal is most commonly
referred to as air valve vacuum. In the mixer, the fuel mixes
with the air entering the engine. This air/ fuel mixture is
then drawn into the engine for combustion.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-109

Table 3-11. LPF Fuel System Diagnosis
STEP ACTION VALUE(S) YES NO

1 Were you referred to this procedure by a DTC diagnostic chart? -- Go to Step 3 Go to Step 2
Perform the On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check. Go to the
2 -- Go to Step 3
Are any DTCs present in the ECM? applicable DTC Table
Verify that the LPG fuel tank has a minimum of 1/4 tank of fuel, that the manual
3 valve is open and the tank quick connect is fully engaged -- Go to Step 4 --
Does the vehicle have fuel?
1. Connect a water column gauge or a manometer to the secondary test port
of the low pressure regulator (LPR).
4 -- Go to Step 5 Go to Step 8
2. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
Does the engine start and run?
With the engine idling, observe the pressure reading for the LPR secondary
-1.0" to
5 pressure. Go to Step 25 Go to Step 6
-2.0" w.c
Does the fuel pressure fluctuate rhythmically OUTSIDE the specified range?
1. Disconnect the EPR electrical connectors. NOTE: This action will cause a
DTC to be set by the ECM
-1.0" to Go to Fuel Control
6 2. With the engine idling observe the pressure reading on the secondary test Go to Step 7
-2.0" w.c System Diagnosis
port.
Is the fuel pressure WITHIN the specified range?
1. Inspect the air intake stream between the mixer assembly and the throttle
body for leaks.
2. Inspect the fuel hose connection between the LPR and mixer assembly for
damage or leakage.
3. Inspect any vacuum hoses for leaks
Was a problem found and corrected?
1. Connect a water column gauge or a manometer to the secondary test port
of the low pressure regulator (LPR).
8 2. Crank the engine and observe the pressure reading for the LPR secondary -- Go to Step 12 Go to Step 9
pressure.
Does the fuel pressure indicate a vacuum is present?
1. Remove Air induction hose to the mixer
2. Observe the air valve for movement while the engine is cranking. Note:
Movement of the air valve will be minimal at cranking speeds.
Does the air valve move when the engine is cranked?
1. Inspect the air intake stream to the mixer assembly and the throttle body for
vacuum leaks.
10 2. Inspect the vacuum hoses from the mixer for proper connection and condi- -- Go to Step 26 Go to Step 24
tion.
Was a problem found and repaired?
Inspect the fuel hose connection between the LPR and the mixer assembly for
11 damage or leakage. -- Go to Step 26 Go to Step 12
Was a problem found and repaired?
1. Connect a 0-10 psi gauge to the primary test port of the low pressure regu-
lator (LPR).
12 2. Crank the engine and observe the pressure reading for the LPR primary 1- 3 PSI Go to Step 22 Go to Step 13
pressure.
Is the fuel pressure ABOVE the specified value?
3-110 – JLG Lift – 3121202


1. Turn OFF the ignition.
2. Disconnect the LPL connector.
13 3. Install a test light between the pins of the LPL connector. -- Go to Step 14 Go to Step 16
4. Crank the engine. The test light should illuminate.
Does the test light illuminate?
Using a DVOM, check the resistance of the low pressure lock-off (LPL).
14 12W - 16W Go to Step 15 Go to Step 23
Is the resistance within the specified range?
1. Turn the ignition OFF.
2. Close the manual shut-off valve on the LPG tank.
CAUTION: When disconnecting LPG fuel lines, liquid LPG may be present.
Perform this step in a well ventilated area.
3. Loosen the fuel inlet hose fitting at the inlet of the LPL.
Was fuel present when the fitting was loosened?
1. Turn OFF the ignition.
2. Connect the test light to chassis ground and probe pin A of the LPL connec-
16 tor. -- Go to Step 20 Go to Step 21
3. Crank the engine. The test light should illuminate.
Does the test light illuminate?
1. Remove the LPG fuel filter / LPL.
2. Remove the filter from the LPL.
3. Empty the contents of the inlet side of the LPG fuel filter onto a clean sur-
face.
17 4. Inspect the contents of the LPG fuel filter for an excessive amount of for- -- Go to Step 19 Go to Step 18
eign material or water. If necessary, locate and repair the source of contami-
nation.
5. Verify the LPG fuel filter is not restricted or plugged.
Was a problem found?
The fuel supply system or hoses are plugged or restricted, locate and repair
18 the problem. -- Go to Step 26 --
Is the action complete?
Replace the fuel filter. Refer to Fuel Filter Replacement.
19 -- Go to Step 26 --
Repair the open in the lock-off ground circuit.
20 -- Go to Step 26 --
Repair the open in the lock-off power circuit.
21 -- Go to Step 26 --
Replace the low pressure regulator (LPR). Refer to Low Pressure Regulator
22 Replacement. -- Go to Step 26 --
Replace the lock-off. Refer to Lock-off Replacement.
23 -- Go to Step 26 --
Replace the mixer assembly. Refer to Fuel Mixer Replacement.
24 -- Go to Step 26 --
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-111


The fuel supply system is operating normally, if a failure of the control sole-
noids is suspected. Refer to Fuel Control System Diagnosis.
25 1. Install the test plug in the LPR secondary chamber. -- System OK --

2. If you were sent to this routine by another diagnostic chart, return to the
previous diagnostic procedure.
1. Disconnect all test equipment
2. Install the primary and secondary test port plugs.
26 3. Start the engine. -- System OK --
4. Using SNOOP or equivalent, leak check the test port plugs.
3-112 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Table 3-12. Symptom Diagnosis
Checks Action
Important Preliminary Checks
Before using this section, you should have performed On Board Diagnostic Check and determined that:
1. The Control Module and MIL (Malfunction Indicator Lamp) are operating correctly.
2. There are no Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) stored, or a DTC exists but without a MIL.
Before Using This Section
Several of the following symptom procedures call for a careful visual and physical check. The visual and physical
checks are very important. The checks can lead to correcting a problem without further checks that may save valu-
able time.
1. Verify the customer complaint.
2. Locate the correct symptom table.
3. Check the items indicated under that symptom.
LPG Fuel System Check 4. Operate the vehicle under the conditions the symptom occurs. Verify HEGO switching between lean and rich.
IMPORTANT! Normal HEGO switching indicates the LPG fuel system is in closed loop and operating correctly at
that time.
² Check all ECM system fuses and circuit breakers.
² Check the ECM ground for being clean, tight and in its proper location.
² Check the vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and proper connections.
² Check thoroughly for any type of leak or restriction.
² Check for air leaks at all the mounting areas of the intake manifold sealing surfaces.
² Check for proper installation of the mixer module assembly.
² Check for air leaks at the mixer assembly.
² Check the ignition wires for the following conditions:
Visual and Physical Checks - Cracking
- Hardness
- Proper routing
- Carbon tracking
² Check the wiring for the following items:
- Proper connections, pinches or cuts.
² The following symptom tables contain groups of possible causes for each symptom. The order of these proce-
dures is not important. If the scan tool readings do not indicate the problems, then proceed in a logical order, easiest
to check or most likely to cause first.
Intermittent
DEFINITION: The problem may or may not turn ON the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) or store a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).
² Refer to Important Preliminary Checks.
Preliminary Checks ² Do not use the DTC tables. If a fault is an intermittent, the use of the DTC tables may result in the replacement of
good parts.
² Faulty electrical connections or wiring can cause most intermittent problems.
² Check the suspected circuit for the following conditions:
- Faulty fuse or circuit breaker
- Connectors poorly mated
- Terminals not fully seated in the connector (backed out)
Faulty Electrical Connections or
- Terminals not properly formed or damaged
Wiring
- Terminal to wires poorly connected
- Terminal tension insufficient.
² Carefully remove all the connector terminals in the problem circuit in order to ensure the proper contact tension. If
necessary, replace all the connector terminals in the problem circuit in order to ensure the proper contact tension.
² Checking for poor terminal to wire connections requires removing the terminal from the connector body.
If a visual and physical check does not locate the cause of the problem, drive the vehicle with a scan tool. When the
Operational Test
problem occurs, an abnormal voltage or scan reading indicates the problem may be in that circuit.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-113

Checks Action
The following components can cause intermittent MIL and no DTC(s):
² A defective relay, Control Module driven solenoid, or a switch that can cause electrical system interference. Nor-
mally, the problem will occur when the faulty component is operating.
Intermittent Malfunction Indicator
² The improper installation of electrical devices, such as lights, 2-way radios, electric motors, etc.
Lamp (MIL)
² The ignition secondary voltage shorted to a ground.
² The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) circuit or the Diagnostic Test Terminal intermittently shorted to ground.
² The Control Module grounds.
To check for the loss of the DTC Memory:
1. Disconnect the TMAP sensor.
2. Idle the engine until the Malfunction Indicator Lamp illuminates.
Loss of DTC Memory
The ECM should store a TMAP DTC. The TMAP DTC should remain in the memory when the ignition is turned OFF. If
the TMAP DTC does not store and remain, the ECM is faulty
Additional Checks
No Start
DEFINITION: The engine cranks OK²²but does not start.
Preliminary Checks Refer to Important Preliminary Checks.
If a scan tool is available:
² Check for proper communication with both the ECM
Control Module Checks ² Check the fuse in the ECM battery power circuit. Refer to Engine Controls Schematics.
² Check battery power, ignition power and ground circuits to the ECM. Refer to Engine Control Schematics. Verify
voltage and/or continuity for each circuit.
² Check the TMAP sensor.
Sensor Checks
² Check the Magnetic pickup sensor (RPM).
Important: A closed LPG manual fuel shut off valve will create a no start condition.
² Check for air intake system leakage between the mixer and the throttle body.
Fuel System Checks ² Verify proper operation of the low pressure lock-off solenoids.
² Check the fuel system pressures. Refer to the LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
² Check for proper mixer air valve operation.
Note: LPG being a gaseous fuel requires higher secondary ignition system voltages for the equivalent gasoline oper-
ating conditions.
² Check for the proper ignition voltage output with J 26792 or the equivalent.
² Verify that the spark plugs are correct for use with LPG (R42LTS)
² Check the spark plugs for the following conditions:
- Wet plugs
Ignition System Checks - Cracks
- Wear
- Improper gap
- Burned electrodes
- Heavy deposits
² Check for bare or shorted ignition wires.
² Check for loose ignition coil connections at the coil.
Important: The LPG Fuel system works on a fumigation principle of fuel introduction and is more sensitive to intake
manifold leakage than the gasoline fuel supply system.
² Check for the following:
- Vacuum leaks
- Improper valve timing
Engine Mechanical Checks
- Low compression
- Bent pushrods
- Worn rocker arms
- Broken or weak valve springs
- Worn camshaft lobes.
3-114 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Checks Action
² Check the exhaust system for a possible restriction:
- Inspect the exhaust system for damaged or collapsed pipes
Exhaust System Checks
- Inspect the muffler for signs of heat distress or for possible internal failure.
² Check for possible plugged catalytic converter. Refer to Restricted Exhaust System Diagnosis
Hard Start
DEFINITION: The engine cranks OK, but does not start for a long time. The engine does eventually run, or may start but immediately dies.
Preliminary Checks
² Make sure the vehicle's operator is using the correct starting procedure.
²Check the Engine Coolant Temperature sensor with the scan tool. Compare the engine coolant temperature with the
ambient air temperature on a cold engine. IF the coolant temperature reading is more than 5 degrees greater or less
than the ambient air temperature on a cold engine, check for high resistance in the coolant sensor circuit. Refer to
Sensor Checks
DTC 111
² Check the Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor.
²Check the Throttle position (TPS) sensor.
Important: A closed LPG manual fuel shut off valve will create an extended crank OR no start condition.
² Verify the excess flow valve in the LPG manual shut-off valve is not tripped.
² Check mixer module assembly for proper installation and leakage.
Fuel System Checks ² Verify proper operation of the low pressure lock-off solenoids.
² Verify proper operation of the EPR
² Check for air intake system leakage between the mixer and the throttle body.
² Check the fuel system pressures. Refer to the Fuel System Diagnosis.
ating conditions.
² Check for the proper ignition voltage output with J 26792 or the equivalent.
² Check the spark plugs for the following conditions:
- Wet plugs
- Cracks
- Wear
Ignition System Checks - Improper gap
- Burned electrodes
- Heavy deposits
² Check for bare or shorted ignition wires.
² Check for moisture in the distributor cap if applicable.
² Check for loose ignition coil connections.
Important:
1. If the engine starts but then immediately stalls, Check the Crankshaft Position (CKP).
2. Check for improper gap, debris or faulty connections.
² Check for the following:
- Vacuum leaks
Engine Mechanical Checks - Low compression
- Bent pushrods
- Worn rocker arms
² Check the intake and exhaust manifolds for casting flash.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-115

Checks Action
Exhaust System Checks - Inspect the muffler for signs of heat distress or for possible internal failure.
² Check for possible plugged catalytic converter. Refer to Restricted Exhaust System Diagnosis or Exhaust System
in the GM Base Engine Service Manual
Additional Checks ²
Cuts Out, Misses
DEFINITION: A surging or jerking that follows engine speed, usually more pronounced as the engine load increases which is not normally felt above 1500
RPM. The exhaust has a steady spitting sound at idle, low speed, or hard acceleration for the fuel starvation that can cause the engine to cut-out.
Preliminary Checks ² Refer to Important Preliminary Checks.
² Start the engine.
² Wet down the secondary ignition system with water from a spray bottle, and look/listen for arcing or misfiring as
you apply water.
² Check for proper ignition output voltage with spark tester J 26792.
² Check for a cylinder misfire.
² Remove the spark plugs in these cylinders and check for the following conditions:
Ignition System Checks ² Insulation cracks
² Wear
² Improper gap
² Burned electrodes
² Heavy deposits
² Visually/Physically inspect the secondary ignition for the following:
² Ignition wires for arcing, cross-firing and proper routing
² Ignition coils for cracks or carbon tracking
² Perform a cylinder compression check.
² Check the engine for the following:
- Bent pushrods
Engine Mechanical Checks
- Worn rocker arms
- Broken or weak valve springs.
² Check the intake and exhaust manifold passages for casting flash.
² Check the fuel system - plugged fuel filter, low fuel pressure, etc. Refer to LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
Fuel System Checks
² Check the condition of the wiring to the low pressure lock-off solenoid.
Check for Electromagnetic Interference (EMI).
² EMI on the reference circuit can cause a missing condition.
Additional Check ² Monitoring the engine RPM with a scan tool can detect an EMI.
² A sudden increase in the RPM with little change in the actual engine RPM, indicates EMI is present.
² If the problem exists, check the routing of the secondary wires and the ground circuit.
3-116 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Checks Action
Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
DEFINITION: The vehicle has a momentary lack of response when depressing the accelerator. The condition can occur at any vehicle speed. The condi-
tion may cause the engine to stall if it's severe enough.
² Check the fuel pressure. Refer to LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
² Check for low fuel pressure during a moderate or full throttle acceleration. If the fuel pressure drops below specifi-
cation, there is possibly a faulty low pressure regulator or a restriction in the fuel system.
² Check the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor response and accuracy.
Fuel System Checks
² Check LPL electrical connection
² Check the mixer air valve for sticking or binding.
² Check the mixer module assembly for proper installation and leakage.
² Check the EPR electrical connections.
ating conditions. If a problem is reported on LPG and not gasoline, do not discount the possibility of a LPG only igni-
tion system failure and test the system accordingly.
Ignition System Checks ² Check for the proper ignition voltage output with J 26792 or the equivalent.
² Check for faulty spark plug wires
² Check for fouled spark plugs.
² Check for manifold vacuum or air induction system leaks
Additional Check
² Check the generator output voltage.
Backfire
DEFINITION: The fuel ignites in the intake manifold, or in the exhaust system, making a loud popping noise.
Preliminary Check ² Refer to Important Preliminary Checks.
Important! LPG, being a gaseous fuel, requires higher secondary ignition system voltages for the equivalent
gasoline operating conditions. The ignition system must be maintained in peak condition to prevent backfire.
² Check for the proper ignition coil output voltage using the spark tester J26792 or the equivalent.
² Check the spark plug wires by connecting an ohmmeter to the ends of each wire in question. If the meter reads over
30,000 ohms, replace the wires.
² Check the connection at each ignition coil.
² Check for deteriorated spark plug wire insulation.
Ignition System Checks ² Check the spark plugs. The correct spark plugs for LPG are (R42LTS)
² Remove the plugs and inspect them for the following conditions:
- Wet plugs
- Cracks
- Wear
- Improper gap
- Burned electrodes
- Heavy deposits
Important! The LPG Fuel system works on a fumigation principle of fuel introduction and is more sensitive to intake
manifold leakage than a gasoline fuel supply system.
- Engine compression
Engine Mechanical Check
- Manifold vacuum leaks
- Intake manifold gaskets
- Sticking or leaking valves
- Exhaust system leakage
² Check the intake and exhaust system for casting flash or other restrictions.
Fuel System Checks ² Perform a fuel system diagnosis. Refer to LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-117

Checks Action
Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
DEFINITION: The engine delivers less than expected power. There is little or no increase in speed when partially applying the accelerator pedal.
² Refer to the LPG Fuel system OBD System Check
² Compare the customer's vehicle with a similar unit. Make sure the customer has an actual problem. Do not com-
Preliminary Checks pare the power output of the vehicle operating on LPG to a vehicle operating on gasoline as the fuels do have different
drive feel characteristics
² Remove the air filter and check for dirt or restriction.
² Check the vehicle transmission Refer to the OEM transmission diagnostics.
² Check for a restricted fuel filter, contaminated fuel, or improper fuel pressure. Refer to LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
² Check for the proper ignition output voltage with the spark tester J 26792 or the equivalent.
² Check for proper installation of the mixer module assembly.
Fuel System Checks ² Check all air inlet ducts for condition and proper installation.
² Check for fuel leaks between the LPR and the mixer.
² Verify that the LPG tank manual shut-off valve is fully open.
² Verify that liquid fuel (not vapor) is being delivered to the LPR.
² Check the Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor (HEGO) for contamination and performance. Check for proper
Sensor Checks operation of the MAP sensor.
² Check for proper operation of the TPS sensor.
Exhaust System Checks
- Inspect the muffler for signs of heat distress or for possible internal failure.
- Check for possible plugged catalytic converter.
Check the engine for the following:
² Engine compression
² Valve timing
² Improper or worn camshaft. Refer to Engine Mechanical in the Service Manual.
² Check the ECM grounds for being clean, tight, and in their proper locations.
Additional Check ² If all procedures have been completed and no malfunction has been found, review and inspect the following items:
² Visually and physically, inspect all electrical connections within the suspected circuit and/or systems.
² Check the scan tool data.
Poor Fuel Economy
DEFINITION: Fuel economy, as measured by refueling records, is noticeably lower than expected. Also, the economy is noticeably lower than it was on
this vehicle at one time, as previously shown by an by refueling records.
² Check the air cleaner element (filter) for dirt or being plugged.
² Visually (Physically) check the vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, and proper connections.
² Check the operators driving habits for the following items:
- Is there excessive idling or stop and go driving?
Preliminary Checks
- Are the tires at the correct air pressure?
- Are excessively heavy loads being carried?
- Is their often rapid acceleration?
² Suggest to the owner to fill the fuel tank and to recheck the fuel economy.
² Suggest that a different operator use the equipment and record the results.
² Check the LPR fuel pressure. Refer to LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
Fuel System Checks
² Check the fuel system for leakage.
Sensor Checks ² Check the Temperature Manifold Absolute Pressure (TMAP) sensor.
3-118 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Checks Action
² Check the spark plugs. Remove the plugs and inspect them for the following conditions:
- Wet plugs
- Cracks
- Wear
- Improper gap
Ignition System Checks
- Burned electrodes
- Heavy deposits
² Check the ignition wires for the following items:
- Cracking
- Hardness
- Proper connections
Cooling System Checks ² Check the engine thermostat for always being open or for the wrong heat range
² Check the transmission shift pattern. Refer to the OEM Transmission Controls section the Service Manual.
Additional Check
² Check for dragging brakes.
Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle, Stalling
DEFINITION: The engine runs unevenly at idle. If severe enough, the engine or vehicle may shake. The engine idle speed may vary in RPM. Either condition
may be severe enough to stall the engine.
Preliminary Check Refer to Important Preliminary Checks.
²Check for silicon contamination from fuel or improperly used sealant. The sensor will have a white powdery coat-
ing. The sensor will result in a high but false signal voltage (rich exhaust indication). The ECM will reduce the amount
Sensor Checks of fuel delivered to the engine causing a severe driveability problem.
²Check the Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor (HEGO) performance:
²Check the Temperature Manifold Absolute Pressure (TMAP) sensor response and accuracy.
²Check for rich or lean symptom that causes the condition. Drive the vehicle at the speed of the complaint. Monitor-
ing the oxygen sensors will help identify the problem.
²Check for a sticking mixer air valve.
Fuel System Checks ²Verify proper operation of the EPR.
²Perform a cylinder compression test. Refer to Engine Mechanical in the Service Manual.
²Check the LPR fuel pressure. Refer to the LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
²Check mixer module assembly for proper installation and connection.
²Check for the proper ignition output voltage using the spark tester J26792 or the equivalent.
²Check the spark plugs. Remove the plugs and inspect them for the following conditions:
- Wet plugs
- Cracks
- Wear
- Improper gap
- Burned electrodes
- Blistered insulators
- Heavy deposits
²Check the spark plug wires by connecting an ohmmeter to the ends of each wire in question. If the meter reads over
30,000 ohms, replace the wires.
²Check for vacuum leaks. Vacuum leaks can cause a higher than normal idle and low throttle angle control com-
Additional Checks mand.
²Check the ECM grounds for being clean, tight, and in their proper locations.
²Check the battery cables and ground straps. They should be clean and secure. Erratic voltage may cause all sensor
readings to be skewed resulting in poor idle quality.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-119

Checks Action
- Broken motor mounts
- Low compression
- Bent pushrods
- Worn rocker arms
- Worn camshaft lobes
Surges/Chuggles
DEFINITION: The engine has a power variation under a steady throttle or cruise. The vehicle feels as if it speeds up and slows down with no change in the
accelerator pedal.
Sensor Checks ² Check Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor (HEGO) performance.
² Check for Rich or Lean symptom that causes the condition. Drive the vehicle at the speed of the complaint. Moni-
toring the oxygen sensors will help identify the problem.
² Check the fuel pressure while the condition exists. Refer to LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
Fuel System Checks
² Verify proper fuel control solenoid operation.
² Verify that the LPG manual shut-off valve is fully open.
² Check the in-line fuel filter for restrictions.
² Check for the proper ignition output voltage using the spark tester J26792 or the equivalent.
² Check the spark plugs. Remove the plugs and inspect them for the following conditions:
- Wet plugs
- Cracks
- Wear
- Improper gap
- Burned electrodes
- Heavy deposits
- Check the Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor.
² Check the ECM grounds for being clean, tight, and in their proper locations.
Additional Check
² Check the vacuum hoses for kinks or leaks.
² Check Transmission
3-120 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Table 3-13. DTC to SPN/FMI Cross Reference Chart
DTC Description SPN Code FMI Code

16 Crank Never Synced at Start 636 8
91 Fuel Pump Low Voltage 94 4
92 Fuel Pump High Voltage 94 3
107 MAP Low Voltage 106 4
108 MAP High Pressure 106 16
111 IAT Higher Than Expected 1 105 15
112 IAT Low Voltage 105 4
113 IAT High Voltage 105 3
116 ECT Higher Than Expected 1 110 15
117 ECT Low Voltage 110 4
118 ECT High Voltage 110 3
121 TPS 1 Lower Than TPS 2 51 1
122 TPS 1 Signal Voltage Low 51 4
123 TPS 1 Signal Voltage High 51 3
127 IAT Higher Than Expected 2 105 0
129 BP Low Pressure 108 1
134 EGO 1 Open/Inactive 724 10
154 EGO 2 Open/Inactive 520208 10
171 Adaptive Learn High Gasoline 520200 0
172 Adaptive Learn Low Gasoline 520200 1
182 Fuel Temp Gasoline Low Voltage 174 4
183 Fuel Temp Gasoline High Voltage 174 3
187 Fuel Temp LPG Low Voltage 520240 4
188 Fuel Temp LPG High Voltage 520240 3
217 ECT Higher Than Expected 2 110 0
219 Max Govern Speed Override 515 15
221 TPS 2 Signal Voltage Low 51 0
222 TPS 2 Signal Low Voltage 520251 4
223 TPS 2 Signal High Voltage 520251 3
261 Injector Driver 1 Open 651 5
262 Injector Driver 1 Shorted 651 6
336 Crank Sync Noise 636 2
337 Crank Loss 636 4
341 Cam Sync Noise 723 2
342 Cam Sensor Loss 723 4
420 Gasoline Cat Monitor 520211 10
524 Oil Pressure Low 100 1
3121202 – JLG Lift – 3-121

Table 3-13. DTC to SPN/FMI Cross Reference Chart
DTC Description SPN Code FMI Code

562 System Voltage Low 168 17
563 System Voltage High 168 15
601 Flash Checksum Invalid 628 13
604 RAM Failure 630 12
606 COP Failure 629 31
642 External 5V Reference Low 1079 4
643 External 5V Reference High 1079 3
685 Power Relay Open 1485 5
686 Power Relay Shorted 1485 4
687 Power Relay Short to Power 1485 3
1111 Fuel Rev Limit 515 16
1112 Spark Rev Limit 515 0
1151 Closed Loop Multiplier High LPG 520206 0
1152 Closed Loop Multiplier Low LPG 520206 1
1155 Closed Loop Multiplier High Gasoline 520204 0
1156 Closed Loop Multiplier Low Gasoline 520204 1
1161 Adaptive Learn High LPG 520202 0
1162 Adaptive Learn Low LPG 520202 1
1165 LPG Cat Monitor 520213 10
1171 LPG Pressure Higher Than Expected 520260 0
1172 LPG Pressure Lower Than Expected 520260 1
1173 EPR Comm Lost 520260 31
1174 EPR Voltage Supply High 520260 3
1175 EPR Voltage Supply Low 520260 4
1176 EPR Internal Actuator Fault 520260 12
1177 EPR Internal Circuitry Fault 520260 12
1178 EPR Internal Comm Fault 520260 12
1612 RTI 1 loss 629 31
1613 RTI 2 Loss 629 31
1614 RTI 3 Loss 629 31
1615 A/D Loss 629 31
1616 Invalid Interrupt 629 31
1625 Shutdown Request 1384 31
1626 CAN Tx Failure 639 12
1627 CAN Rx Failure 639 12
1628 CAN Address Conflict Failure 639 13
1629 Loss of TSC 1 639 31
2111 Unable to Reach Lower TPS 51 7
2112 Unable to Reach Higher TPS 51
2135 TPS 1/2 Simultaneous Voltages 51 31
2229 BP Pressure High 108 0
3-122 – JLG Lift – 3121202

SECTION 4. BOOM & PLATFORM
4.1 BOOM ROPE TORQUING PROCEDURES 4. Torque retract adjusting nuts (platform end) to 15 ft.
lbs. (20 Nm) alternating between the two wire ropes
1. Position boom in fully down and fully retracted posi- and keeping approximately the same amount of
tion. thread beyond the adjusting nut.
NOTE: Do not allow wire rope to rotate. This may damage

the wire rope.
5. Repeat the torque procedure in step #4 to the

extend wire ropes (turntable end).
6. Extend the boom 2 - 3 feet using the telescope func-
tion. Repeat step #4.
7. Retract the boom 1 - 2 feet using the telescope func-
tion. Do not bottom out telescope cylinder. Repeat
step #5.
8. Extend the boom approximately 2 - 3 feet again and
check torque on the retract wire ropes.
Figure 4-1. Dimensions of Boom Sections 9. Retract the boom without bottoming out telescope
cylinder and check torque on the extend wire ropes.
2. Clamp both threaded ends of wire rope to prevent
NOTE: Step #8 and #9 may need to be repeated to equalize
rotation.
the torque on all 4 wire ropes.
NOTE: Do not clamp on threads.
10. After all wire ropes have been properly torqued,
install nylon collar locknuts. Remove all clamping
devices and install all covers and guards. Check the
boom for proper function.
Figure 4-2. Clamping Wire Ropes
3. Install adjusting nuts (or remove nylon collar lock-

nuts if re-adjusting) to both retract and extend wire
ropes.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 4-1

4.2 WEAR PADS 4.3 WIRE ROPE

Each day before using the machine:
1. Raise the main boom to approximately horizontal.
2. Extend and retract the boom sections.
3. Check for delayed movement of the fly section,
which indicates loose wire ropes.
Inspection
NOTE: The pictures in this paragraph are just samples to
show the replacement criteria of the rope.
1. Inspect ropes for broken wires, particularly valley

wire breaks and breaks at end terminations.
Flexing a wire rope can often expose broken wires

hidden in valleys between strands.
2. Inspect ropes for corrosion.

3. Inspect ropes for kinks or abuse.
A kink is caused by pulling down a loop

in a slack line during improper handling,
installation, or operation.
4. Inspect sheaves for condition of bearings/pins. (See

Figure 4-3. Location and Thickness of Wear Pads
Dimension Of Sheaves for proper dimension.)
5. Inspect sheaves for condition of flanges. (See
Main Boom Dimension Of Sheaves for proper dimension.)
1. Shim up wear pads to within 1/32 inch (.79 mm) tol-

erance between wear pad and adjacent surface.
2. Replace wear pads when worn within 1/16 inch (1.59
mm) and 1/8 inch (3.18 mm) - B, C, D of threaded
insert. See Location and Thickness Of Wear Pads.
3. Adjusting wear pads, removing or adding shims,
bolt length must also be changed.
a. When adding shims, longer bolts must be used
to ensure proper thread engagement in insert.
b. When shims are removed, shorter bolts must be
used so bolt does not protrude from insert and
come into contact with boom surface.
4-2 – JLG Lift – 3121202

6. Inspect sheaves with a groove wearout gauge for 4.4 BOOM MAINTENANCE
excessive wear.
Removal
1. Remove the platform/support as follows:
a. Disconnect electrical cable from control con-

sole.
b. Remove the eight (8) bolts securing the platform
to the platform support, then remove the plat-
form.
Observe the groove so that it may be clearly seen
whether the contour of the gauge matches the c. Using an overhead crane or suitable lifting
contour of the bottom of the groove. device, strap support the platform support.
7. Ropes passing inspection should be lubricated with d. Remove the six (6) bolts and locknuts securing
wire rope lubricant before reassembly. the support to the rotator.
e. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer, remove
Three Month Inspection the rotator shaft, then remove the support from
the rotator.
1. Remove boom covers and visually (with flashlight)
inspect the ropes for rust, broken wires, frays,
abuse, or any signs of abnormalities.
2. Check rope tension by deflecting the ropes by

hand...properly tensioned ropes should have little or
no movement.
Eight Year Inspection

1. Mandatory wire rope and sheave replacement.
Figure 4-4. Location of Components - Platform Support
Additional inspection required if:
a. Machine is exposed to hostile environment or 2. Remove the rotator and slave level cylinder from the
conditions. fly boom as follows:
b. Erratic boom operation or unusual noise exists. a. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines to rotator.
c. Machine is idle for an extended period. Use suitable container to retain any residual
hydraulic fluid. Cap hydraulic lines and ports.
d. Boom is overloaded or sustained a shock load.
b. Remove hardware from pin #1. Using a suitable
e. Boom exposed to electrical arc...wires may be brass drift and hammer remove pin #1 from the
fused internally. fly boom.
Replacement Criteria c. Supporting the rotator, remove the hardware

from pin #2. Using a suitable brass drift and
1. Sheaves and wire rope must be replaced as sets. hammer, remove pin #2 from the fly boom and
remove the rotator.
2. Rusted or corroded wire ropes.
d. Telescope the fly section out approximately 20
3. Kinked, “bird caged”, or crushed ropes. inches (50.8 cm) to gain access to the slave lev-
eling cylinder.
4. Ropes at end of adjustment range.
e. Supporting the slave, cylinder remove the hard-
5. Sheaves failing wearout gage inspection. ware from pin #3. Using a suitable brass drift
and hammer remove pin #3 from the fly boom.
6. Ropes with 6 total broken wires in one rope lay, 3 in
one strand in one rope lay, 1 valley break, or 1 break f. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines to the slave
at any end termination. leveling cylinder. Use a suitable container to
3121202 – JLG Lift – 4-3

retain any residual hydraulic fluid. Cap hydraulic g. Remove bolts #2 securing the push tube on the
lines and ports. Remove the slave cylinder. mid boom section.
h. With powertrack support and using all applica-
ble safety precautions, remove bolts #3 and #4
securing rail to the base boom section. Remove
powertrack from boom section.
Figure 4-6. Location of Components - Boom Powertrack
Figure 4-5. Location of Components - Rotator and 4. Remove boom assembly from machine as follows:
Leveling Cylinder
a. Using suitable lifting equipment, adequately
support boom assembly weight along entire
3. Remove the powertrack from the boom as follows: length.
a. Disconnect wiring harness from ground control
box.
ATELY AFTER DISCONNECTING LINES TO AVOID ENTRY OF CON-
TAMINANTS INTO SYSTEM.
ATELY AFTER DISCONNECTING LINES TO AVOID ENTRY OF CON-
b. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines from tele-
TAMINANTS INTO SYSTEM.
scope cylinder. Use a suitable container to retain
any residual hydraulic fluid. Cap hydraulic lines
b. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines from boom
and ports.
to control valve. Use a suitable container to
retain any residual hydraulic fluid. Cap hydraulic c. Remove hardware securing the lift cylinder rod
lines and ports. end to the base boom section.
c. Disconnect the dual capacity indicator limit d. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer, remove
switch from side of boom section. the lift cylinder pin from the base boom.
e. Remove hardware securing the master cylinder
d. Remove hydraulic lines and electrical cables
rod end to the base boom section.
from powertrack.
f. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer, remove
e. Using a suitable lifting equipment, adequately the master cylinder pin from the base boom.
support powertrack weight along entire length.
f. Remove bolts #1 securing the push tube on the
fly boom section.
4-4 – JLG Lift – 3121202

g. Remove hardware securing the pushbar to the 4. Remove the spring mounting plate, spring, and
turntable upright. proximity switch from the aft end of the base section.
WHEN REMOVING PIN FROM PUSHBAR. CARE MUST BE TAKEN

NOT TO DROP THE PUSHBAR ONTO THE WIRE ROPE ADJUST-
MENT THREADS. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT IN DAMAGING
THREADS.
h. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer, remove

the push bar pin from the turntable upright.
i. Remove hardware securing the boom pivot pin
to the turntable upright.
j. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer, remove
the pivot pin from the turntable upright.
k. Using all applicable safety precautions, carefully
lift boom assembly clear of turntable and lower
to ground or suitably supported work surface.
Disassembly of Boom Sections

1. Remove hardware securing the push bar to aft end
of the telescope cylinder, then remove pin from cyl-
inder. Figure 4-7. Disassembly of Proximity Switch
Assembly
2. Remove hardware securing the cover plate on the
bottom front of the base boom section. 5. Remove hardware securing the wire rope adjust-
NOTE: Do not allow wire rope to rotate. This may damage ment block to aft end of the base boom section and
the wire rope. remove the block.
6. Remove hardware securing the telescope cylinder
3. Clamp both threaded ends of wire rope to prevent to aft end of the mid boom section.
rotation. Note: Do not clamp on threads. Remove
jam nuts and nuts which secure the wire rope
adjustments to the bottom front of the base boom
section. WHEN REMOVING THE TELESCOPE CYLINDER FROM THE BOOM,
IT MAY BE NECESSARY AT SOME POINT IN ORDER TO CLEAR
NOTE: Step 4 is only applicable to CE specification ASSEMBLIES MOUNTED WITHIN THE BOOM. CARE MUST BE
machines. TAKEN TO MOVE THE CYLINDER SLOWLY FROM THE BOOM.
DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS MAY RESULT FROM FORCIBLE
IMPACT WITH THESE ASSEMBLIES.
7. Remove bolts securing wire rope attach bar to top of

fly boom section.
8. Pull the telescope cylinder and wire ropes partially
from aft end of the base boom section; secure the
cylinder with a suitable sling and lifting device at
approximately the center of gravity.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 4-5

Figure 4-8. Boom Assembly Cutaway - Sheet 1 of 3
4-6 – JLG Lift – 3121202

3121202 – JLG Lift – 4-7

8. Carefully remove the telescope cylinder and sheave c. Remove hardware from the sheave pin; remove
assembly. Place telescope cylinder on a suitable pin and sheave from cylinder.
trestle.
a. Remove hardware from the wear pads; remove
wear pads from cylinder.
b. Remove hardware from the wire rope guard;
remove guard from cylinder.
Figure 4-11. Disassembly of Sheave Assembly
4-8 – JLG Lift – 3121202

9. Remove hardware which secures the wear pads to 16. When removing wire rope from fly boom section,
the front of base boom section; remove wear pads push the cable into fly boom. Route wire rope back
from the top, sides and bottom of the base boom through holes in the side of the fly boom section.
section.
10. Using an overhead crane or suitable lifting device,
remove mid and fly boom sections from base sec-
tion. Note: When removing mid and fly boom sec-
tions from base boom section, retract wire rope
must be dragged along with boom sections.
11. Remove hardware which secures the wear pads to
the aft end of mid boom section; remove the wear
pads from the top, sides and bottom of the mid
boom section.
12. Remove hardware which secures the sheave guards
and sheave assemblies to mid boom section,
remove sheave assemblies from mid boom section.
the front of mid boom section; remove wear pads
from the top, sides and bottom of the mid boom sec-
tion.
14. Using an overhead crane or suitable lifting device,
remove fly boom section from mid section. Note:
When removing fly boom section from mid boom
section, retract wire rope must be dragged along
with fly boom section.
the aft end of fly boom section; remove wear pads
from the top, sides and bottom of the fly boom sec- Figure 4-12. Disassembly Wire Rope Routing
tion. Procedure
Inspection
NOTE: When inspecting pins and bearings Refer to the
guidelines established in Section 2 - General.
1. Inspect all sheaves (extend and retract wire ropes

and telescope cylinder) for excessive groove wear,
burrs or other damage. Replace sheaves as neces-
sary.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 4-9

NOTE: To check the size, contour and amount of wear, a 6. Inspect telescope cylinder attach point for scoring,
groove gauge is used. Replace the sheave if worn as tapering and ovality. Replace pins as necessary.
shown in the following drawing.
7. Inspect upper lift cylinder attach pin for wear, scor-
ing, tapering and ovality, or other damage. Ensure
pin surfaces are protected prior to installation.
Replace pins as necessary.
8. Inspect inner diameter of boom pivot bushing for
scoring, distortion, wear, or other damage. Replace
bearing as necessary.
9. Inspect all wear pads for excessive wear or other
damage. Replace pads when worn to within 1/8 inch
(3.2 mm) of threaded insert.
10. Inspect extend and retract wire rope attach point
components for cracks, stretching, distortion, or
other damage. Replace components as necessary.
11. Inspect all threaded components for damage such
as stretching, thread deformation, or twisting.
Replace as necessary.
12. Inspect structural units of boom assembly for bend-
ing, cracking, separation of welds, or other damage.
Replace boom sections as necessary.
Figure 4-13. Dimension of Sheaves When New
2. Inspect extend and retract wire rope sheave bear-

ings for wear, scoring, or other damage, and for
ovality.
3. Inspect extend wire rope and retract wire rope

sheave pins for scoring, tapering and ovality.
4. Inspect telescope cylinder sheave pin for scoring,

tapering and ovality. Replace pins as necessary.
5. Inspect boom pivot pin for wear, scoring, tapering

and ovality, or other damage. Replace pins as nec-
essary.
4-10 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Assembly 4. Install retract wire ropes into aft end of fly section,
route wire ropes thru holes in side of fly boom sec-
NOTE: When installing fly section wear pads, install same tion and pull into slot.
number and thickness of shims as were removed
during disassembly.
1. Measure inside dimensions of the base and mid

sections to determine the number of shims required
for proper lift.
2. Measure inside dimensions of the mid section to
determine the number of shims required for proper
lift.
3. Install side, top and bottom wear pads to the aft end
of fly section; shim evenly to the measurements of
the inside of mid section.
Figure 4-14. Routing Installation of Retract Wire Ropes
5. Install side, top and bottom wear pads to the aft end
of mid section; shim evenly to the measurements of
the inside of mid section.
WHEN ASSEMBLING BOOM SECTIONS, ENSURE THAT THE BOOM

SLIDING TRAJECTORIES HAVE BEEN CLEARED OF CHAINS,
TOOLS, AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS.
6. Shim the insides of the boom sections for a total of

1/16 inch (0.062) clearance (if the action is centered,
there will be 1/32 clearance on each side).
3121202 – JLG Lift – 4-11

Figure 4-15. Boom Powertrack Installation
4-12 – JLG Lift – 3121202

7. Slide fly boom section into the mid boom section. telescope cylinder barrel and sheave assembly;
Shim boom, if necessary, for a total of 1/16 inch secure pin with mounting hardware.
(0.062) clearance.
16. Route extend wire ropes around extend sheave and
8. Install wear pads into the forward position of the mid secure wire ropes to the telescope cylinder.
boom section. Shim boom, if necessary, for a total of
2/10 inch (0.20) clearance. 17. Install extend wire rope mounting blocks to threaded
9. Properly position the retraction wire rope sheaves ends of wire ropes. Loosely install nuts and jam nuts
assemblies at the aft end of the mid boom section; onto the threaded ends of wire ropes.
ensure all sheave-to-mounting block attachment
holes align. Install the sheave pins and secure them NOTE: When installing wire ropes, care must be taken not to
with mounting hardware. Position retract wire ropes twist or cross the wire ropes.
onto the sheaves.
NOTE: For non CE specification machines, skip step 18 and
10. Install sheave guards to aft end of mid boom section
proceed to step 19.
and secure with mounting hardware.
11. Slide mid boom section into the base boom section. 18. Install extend wire rope mounting blocks, proximity
Allow the retraction wire ropes to trail between the mounting plate and spring to threaded ends of wire
bottom surfaces of boom sections. Shim boom, if ropes. Loosely install nuts and jam nuts onto the
necessary, for a total of 1/16 inch (0.062) clearance.
threaded ends of wire ropes. Refer to Figure 4-16.,
12. Install wear pads into the forward position of the Installing the Proximity Switch.
base boom section. Shim boom, if necessary, for a
total of 2/10 inch (0.20) clearance. 19. Secure the sling and lifting device at the telescope
cylinder’s approximate center of gravity, and lift the
13. Install sheave block to bottom of base boom section cylinder to the aft end of the boom assembly.
and adjust block so that retract wire ropes do not
come into contact with boom surfaces.
14. Install wire rope threaded ends thru attachment WHEN INSERTING THE TELESCOPE CYLINDER INTO THE BOOM,
holes in the bottom of base boom section. Loosely IT MAY BE NECESSARY AT SOME POINT TO TURN THE CYLINDER
install nuts and jam nuts onto the threaded ends of
SLIGHTLY IN ORDER TO CLEAR ASSEMBLIES MOUNTED WITHIN
wire ropes.
THE BOOM. CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO MOVE THE CYLINDER
15. Align the telescope cylinder barrel-to-sheave attach- SLOWLY INTO POSITION. DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS MAY
ment point. Install extend sheave pin through the RESULT FROM FORCIBLE IMPACT WITH THESE ASSEMBLIES.
Figure 4-16. Installing the Proximity Switch
3121202 – JLG Lift – 4-13

20. Align the cylinder with the slots at aft end of mid h. Install powertrack cover and push tube rods with
boom section, then secure cylinder with mounting mounting hardware.
hardware.
21. Align holes in aft end of the fly boom section with
holes in wire rope mounting block, then secure with
mounting hardware.
22. Align holes in aft end of the mid boom section with
holes in wire rope mounting block, then secure with
mounting hardware.
NOTE: Boom wire ropes must be torqued after installation of

the boom assembly.
23. Align holes in rod end of the telescope cylinder with

holes in push bar. Install push bar pin and secure
with mounting hardware. Figure 4-17. Reassembly of Components - Boom
Powertrack Assembly
23. Install the hydraulic lines and electrical cables, and
the harnessing powertrack components as follows:
a. Align holes in powertrack rail with attachment
Installation
holes in side of the base boom section. Secure 1. Using a suitable lifting device, position boom
the rail with mounting hardware. assembly on turntable so that the pivot holes in both
b. Install powertrack to rail with mounting hard- boom and turntable are aligned.
ware.
2. Install boom pivot pin, ensuring that location of hole
c. Attach push tube bracket to the side of the mid
in pin is aligned with attach point on turntable.
boom section with mounting hardware.
3. If necessary, gently tap pin into position with soft
NOTE: Do not over tighten attach bolt on push tube bracket.
headed mallet. Secure pin mounting hardware.
It should pivot freely.
4. Align push bar pivot hole with pivot holes in turnta-
d. Install slide block and wear pads to the pow- ble. Install push bar pivot pin, ensuring that location
ertrack rail with mounting hardware. of hole in pin is aligned with attach point on turnta-
e. Install powertrack to push tube with mounting ble.
hardware.
5. If necessary, gently tap pin into position with soft
f. Carefully feed the hoses and electrical cables headed mallet. Secure pin mounting hardware.
through the aft end of the powertrack rail, pow-
ertrack and push tube. 6. Connect all wiring to the ground control box.
g. Ensure all hoses and cables are properly routed
7. Connect all hydraulic lines running along side of
through the powertrack rail, powertrack and
boom assembly.
push tube. Tighten or install all clamping or
securing apparatus to the hoses or cables, as
necessary.
4-14 – JLG Lift – 3121202

8. Using all applicable safety precautions, operate lift- Disassembly

ing device in order to position boom lift cylinder so
that holes in the cylinder rod end and boom struc- 1. Remove mounting hardware from articulating jib
ture are aligned. Insert the lift cylinder pin, ensuring boom pivot pins #3 and #4. Using a suitable brass
that location of hole in pin is aligned with attach drift and hammer, remove the pins from articulating
point on boom. jib boom pivot weldment.
9. Align holes in boom structure with hole in master 2. Remove mounting hardware from rotator support
cylinder. Insert the master cylinder pin, ensuring that pins #5 and #6. Using a suitable brass drift and
location of hole in pin is aligned with attach point on hammer, remove the pins from rotator support.
boom.
3. Remove mounting hardware from lift cylinder pin
10. Adjust retract and extend cables to the proper #7. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer, remove
torque. Refer to paragraph 2-6, boom cable torque the cylinder pin from articulating jib boom.
procedures.
Inspection
11. Using all applicable safety precautions, operate
machine systems and raise and extend boom fully, NOTE: When inspecting pins and bearings refer to Section 2
noting the performance of the extension cycle. - General.
12. Retract and lower boom, noting the performance of
the retraction cycle. 1. Inspect articulating fly boom pivot pin for wear, scor-
ing, tapering and ovality, or other damage. Replace
pins as necessary.
4.5 ARTICULATING JIB BOOM
2. Inspect articulating fly boom pivot attach points for
Removal scoring, tapering and ovality, or other damage.
1. For platform/support removal see platform/support
removal diagram. See Section 4.4, Boom Mainte- 3. Inspect inner diameter of articulating fly boom pivot
nance. bearings for scoring, distortion, wear, or other dam-
age. Replace bearings as necessary.
2. Position the articulating jib boom level with ground.
4. Inspect lift cylinder attach pin for wear, scoring,
3. Remove mounting hardware from slave leveling cyl- tapering and ovality, or other damage. Ensure pin
inder pin #1. Using a suitable brass drift and ham- surfaces are protected prior to installation. Replace
mer, remove the cylinder pin from articulating jib pins as necessary.
boom.
5. Inspect inner diameter of rotator attach point bear-
ings for scoring, distortion, wear, or other damage.
Replace bearing as necessary.
6. Inspect all threaded components for damage such
as stretching, thread deformation, or twisting.
Replace as necessary.
7. Inspect structural units of articulating jib boom
assembly for bending, cracking, separation of
welds, or other damage. Replace boom sections as
necessary.
Figure 4-18. Location of Components - Articulating

Jib Boom
4. Remove mounting hardware from articulating jib

boom pivot pin #2. Using a suitable brass drift and
hammer, remove the pivot pin from boom assembly.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 4-15

Assembly 4.7 BOOM CLEANLINESS GUIDELINES

The following are guidelines for internal boom cleanliness
NOTE: For location of components See Section 4-18., Loca- for machines that are used in excessively dirty environ-
tion of Components - Articulating Jib Boom. ments.
1. JLG recommends the use of the JLG Hostile Envi-
1. Align lift cylinder with attach holes in articulating jib
ronment Package to keep the internal portions of a
boom. Using a soft head mallet, install cylinder pin
boom cleaner and to help prevent dirt and debris
#7 into articulating jib boom and secure with mount-
from entering the boom. This package reduces the
ing hardware.
amount of contamination which can enter the boom
but does not eliminate the need for more frequent
2. Align rotator support with attach hole in articulating
inspections and maintenance when used in these
jib boom. Using a soft head mallet, install rotator
types of environments.
support pin #6 into articulating jib boom and secure
with mounting hardware. 2. JLG recommends that you follow all guidelines for
servicing your equipment in accordance with the
3. Align bottom tubes with attach holes in rotator sup- instructions outlined in the JLG Service & Mainte-
port. Using a soft head mallet, install rotator support nance Manual for your machine. Periodic mainte-
pin #5 into articulating jib boom and secure with nance and inspection is vital to the proper operation
mounting hardware. of the machine. The frequency of service and main-
tenance must be increased as environment, severity
4. Align articulating jib boom with attach hole in articu- and frequency of usage requires.
lating jib boom pivot weldment. Using a soft head
mallet, install rotator support pin #4 into articulating 3. Debris and foreign matter inside of the boom can
jib boom and secure with mounting hardware. cause premature failure of components and should
be removed. Methods to remove debris should
5. Align bottom tubes with attach holes in articulating always be done using all applicable safety precau-
jib boom pivot weldment. Using a soft head mallet, tions outlined in the JLG Operation & Safety Manual
install rotator support pin #3 into articulating jib and the JLG Service & Maintenance Manuals.
boom pivot weldment and secure with mounting 4. The first attempt to remove debris from inside the
hardware. boom must be to utilize pressurized air to blow the
debris toward the nearest exiting point from the
6. Align articulating jib boom pivot weldment with boom. Make sure that all debris is removed before
attach holes in fly boom assembly. Using a soft head operating the machine.
mallet, install pivot pin #2 into fly boom assembly
and secure with mounting hardware. 5. If pressurized air cannot dislodge the debris, then
water with mild solvents applied via a pressure
7. Align the slave leveling cylinder with attach holes in washer can be used. Again the method is to wash
articulating jib boom pivot weldment. Using a soft the debris toward the nearest exiting point from the
head mallet, install slave leveling cylinder pin #1 boom. Make sure that all debris is removed, that no
into articulating jib boom pivot weldment and secure “puddling” of water has occurred, and that the
with mounting hardware. boom internal components are dry prior to operating
the machine. Make sure you comply with all federal
and local laws for disposing of the wash water and
4.6 LIMIT SWITCHES AND CAM VALVE debris.
ADJUSTMENT 6. If neither pressurized air nor washing of the boom
dislodges and removes the debris, then disassem-
Adjust switches and cam valve as shown in Figure 4-19., ble the boom in accordance to the instructions out-
Horizontal Limit and Dual Capacity Limit Switches Adjust- lined in the JLG Service & Maintenance Manual to
ments and Figure 4-20., Transport Switch Adjustments - remove the debris.
CE Machines Only.
4-16 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Figure 4-19. Horizontal Limit and Dual Capacity Limit Switches Adjustments
3121202 – JLG Lift – 4-17

Figure 4-20. Transport Switch Adjustments - CE Machines Only
4-18 – JLG Lift – 3121202

4.8 PLATFORM 3. Using a suitable hammer and chisel remove the por-
tion of end cap securing setscrew.
Platform Sections Replacement
The platform is made up of five sections: floor, right side,
left side, back (console box mounting.) and gate. The sec-
tions are secured with huck magna grip fastener and col-
lars. Replace damaged platform sections as follows:
1. Support the huck collar with a sledge hammer or
other suitable support.
2. Using a hammer and chisel, remove the collar from
the fastener as shown in the diagram below.
Figure 4-23. Removing Portion of End Cap
4. Using a torch, apply heat to the setscrews on the

bottom of actuator.
Figure 4-21. Platform Section Replacement
3. When installing new section of platform replace

huck fasteners with 1/4 x 20 NC x 2 1/4" grade 5
bolts, flatwashers and locknuts.
4. When installing a new gate to platform, replace riv-
ets with 1/4 x 20 NC x 2 “grade 5 bolts, flatwashers
and locknuts.
4.9 ROTATOR - HELAC (PRIOR TO S/N Figure 4-24. Heating Setscrew

0300130779)
5. Remove the two (2) setscrew (4) from bottom of
actuator (1). Discard setscrew.
Disassembly
1. Place actuator on a clean workbench.
2. Remove all hydraulic fittings.
Figure 4-25. Removing Setscrew
3121202 – JLG Lift – 4-19

Figure 4-22. Rotator Assembly (Helac)
4-20 – JLG Lift – 3121202

6. Place two (2) 3/8"x16NC bolts in threaded holes in 8. Remove piston sleeve (3) from housing (1).
bottom of the actuator. Using a suitable bar, unscrew
the end cap (5). Remove the end cap from actuator
(1).
Figure 4-28. Removing Sleeve from Housing
Figure 4-26. Removing End Cap 9. Remove all seals and bearings from grooves. Dis-
card seals.
7. Remove the shaft (2) from piston sleeve (3) and the
actuator housing (1). Inspection
1. Clean all parts thoroughly.
2. Closely inspect all parts for excessive wear, cracks
and chips. Replace parts as necessary.
NOTE: A small amount of wear in the spline teeth will have

little effect on the actuator strength. New spline sets
are manufactured with a backlash of about 0.005 in.
per mating set. After long service, a backlash of
about 0.015 per set may still be acceptable in most
cases, depending on the required accuracy of the
application.
3. Check the ring gear for wear and weld damage to

the pins.
4. Inspect the cylinder bore for wear and scratches.
Assembly
Figure 4-27. Removing Shaft from Housing
NOTE: Lubricate all seals and o-rings with clean hydraulic
oil prior to assembly.
1. Install new seal (7) and bearing (6) on the piston

sleeve (3).
NOTE: Apply a coat of grease to the thrust ring before slid-

ing onto the shaft.
2. Install new seal (8), thrust ring (10) and bearing (9)
on shaft (2).
NOTE: Apply a coat of grease to the thrust ring before slid-

ing onto the end cap.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 4-21

3. Install new seals (11), back-up ring (12), cap bearing 4.10 ROTARY ACTUATOR (S/N 0300130779
(13), bearing packing (14) and thrust ring (10) on
end cap (5). TO PRESENT)
4. Place the actuator in the vertical position, install the
piston sleeve (3) in timed relation to the housing (1). Theory of Operation
The L20 Series rotary actuator is a simple mechanism that
uses the sliding spline operating concept to convert linear
DO NOT MISALIGN THE SLEEVE TOO MUCH ANY ONE WAY, AS IT piston motion into powerful shaft rotation. Each actuator is
WILL MARK THE CYLINDER BORE. composed of a housing with integrated gear teeth (01)
and only two moving parts: the central shaft with inte-
NOTE: The timing marks (the small punch marks on the grated bearing tube and mounting flange (02), and the
face of each gear), must be aligned for proper shaft annular piston sleeve (03). Helical spline teeth machined
orientation. (See Actuator Timing.) on the shaft engage matching splines on the inside
diameter of the piston. The outside diameter of the piston
5. Install the shaft (2) into housing (1) by aligning the carries a second set of splines, of opposite hand, which
proper punched timing marks. (See Actuator Tim- engage with matching splines in the housing. As hydraulic
ing.) pressure is applied, the piston is displaced axially within
6. Temporarily tape the threaded portion of the shaft the housing - similar to the operation of a hydraulic cylin-
will help installation past the shaft seals (masking der - while the splines cause the shaft to rotate. When the
tape). control valve is closed, oil is trapped inside the actuator,
preventing piston movement and locking the shaft in posi-
7. The end cap (5) is torqued to 40 - 50 ft. lbs. (54 - 68 tion.
Nm), such that the actuator begins rotation at
approximately 100 psi (6.895 Bar) pressure.
8. The end cap must be secured against the shaft by
installing axial set screws (4).
Figure 4-29. Actuator Timing Bars indicate starting posi- As fluid pressure is applied,
tio ns of pisto n and shaft. the piston is displaced axially
Arrows indicate direction they while the helical gearing
will rotate. The housing with causes the piston and shaft to
integral ring gear remains sta- rotate simultaneously. The
tionary. double helix design com-
pounds rotation: shaft rota-
tion is about twice that of the
piston.
The shaft is supported radially by the large upper radial

bearing and the lower radial bearing. Axially, the shaft is
separated from the housing by the upper and lower thrust
4-22 – JLG Lift – 3121202

washers. The end cap is adjusted for axial clearance and some slight modifications for your own personal prefer-
locked in position by set screws or pins. ence.
Required Tools
Upon assembly and disassembly of the actuator there are
basic tools required. The tools and their intended func-
tions are as follows:
1. Flashlight - helps examine timing marks, component

failure and overall condition.
2. Felt Marker - match mark the timing marks and out-
line troubled areas.
3. Allen wrench - removal of port plugs and set screws.
4. Box knife - removal of seals.
5. Seal tool - assembly and disassembly of seals and
wear guides.
6. Pry bar - removal of end cap and manual rotation of
shaft.
7. Rubber mallet- removal and installation of shaft and
piston sleeve assembly.
8. Nylon drift - installation of piston sleeve
9. End cap dowel pins - removal and installation of end
cap (sold with Helac seal kit).
The seal tool is merely a customized standard flat head
screwdriver. To make this tool you will need to heat the flat
end with a torch. Secure the heated end of the screwdriver
in a vice and physically bend the heated end to a slight
radius. Once the radius is achieved round off all sharp
edges of the heated end by using a grinder. There may be
3121202 – JLG Lift – 4-23

PARTS HARDWARE SEALS BEARINGS ACCESSORIES

1. Housing 103.1. Screw 200. T-Seal 302. Wear Guide 400. Stop Tube
2. Shaft 103.2 . Washer 202. T-Seal 304. Thrust Washer 420.1 Bushing
3. Piston Sleeve 106.1. Port Plug 204. O-ring 420.2 Bushing
4. End Cap 106.2. Port Plug 205. Cup Seal 421.1 Bushing
109 . Lock Pin 207. Backup Ring
113. Capscrew 304.1. Wiper Seal
Figure 4-30. Rotary Actuator - Exploded View
4-24 – JLG Lift – 3121202

PARTS HARDWARE SEALS BEARINGS ACCESSORIES

1. Housing 103.1. Screw 200. T-Seal 302. Wear Guide 400. Stop Tube
2. Shaft 103.2 . Washer 202. T-Seal 304. Thrust Washer 420.1 Bushing
3. Piston Sleeve 106.1. Port Plug 204. O-ring 420.2 Bushing
4. End Cap 106.2. Port Plug 205. Cup Seal 421.1 Bushing
109 . Lock Pin 207. Backup Ring
113. Capscrew 304.1. Wiper Seal
Figure 4-31. Rotary Actuator - Assembly Drawing
3121202 – JLG Lift – 4-25

Disassembly 5/1 6” drill bit to a depth of 1/2” (12.7mm) to drill out

the entire pin.
1. Remove the capscrews (113) over end cap lock pins 4. Install the end cap (4) removal tools provided with
(109). the Helac seal kit.
2. Using a 1/8” (3.18mm) drill bit, drill a hole in the cen-

5. Using a metal bar, or something similar, unscrew the
ter of each lock pin to a depth of approximately 3/ end cap (4) by turning it counter clockwise.
16” (4.76mm).
3. Remove the lock pins using an ”Easy Out” (a size

#2 is shown).
If the pin will not come out with the ”Easy Out”, use
4-26 – JLG Lift – 3121202

6. Remove the end cap (4) and set aside for later 8. Every actuator has timing marks for proper engage-
inspection. ment.
7. Remove the stop tube if included. The stop tube is

an available option to limit the rotation of the actua-
tor.
9. Prior to removing the shaft, (2), use a felt marker to

clearly indicate the timing marks between shaft and
piston. This will greatly simplify timing during assem-
bly.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 4-27

10. Remove the shaft (2). It may be necessary to strike 13. At the point when the piston gear teeth come out of
the threaded end of the shaft with a rubber mallet. engagement with the housing gear teeth, mark the
piston and housing with a marker as shown.
11. Before removing the piston (3), mark the housing (1)
ring gear in relation to the piston O.D. gear. There 14. Remove the o-ring (204) and backup ring (207) from
should now be timing marks on the housing (1) ring end cap (4) and set aside for inspection.
gear, the piston (3) and the shaft (2).
15. Remove the wear guides (302) from the end cap (4)
12. To remove the piston (3) use a rubber mallet and a and shaft (2).
plastic mandrel so the piston is not damaged.
4-28 – JLG Lift – 3121202

16. To remove the main pressure seals (205), it is easi- 19. Remove the piston O.D. seal (202).
est to cut them using a sharp razor blade being
careful not to damage the seal groove.
20. Remove the piston I.D. seal (200). You may now pro-
ceed to the inspection process.
17. Remove the thrust washers (304), from the end cap
(4) and shaft (2).
18. Remove the wiper seal (304.1) from its groove in the
end cap (4) and shaft (2).
3121202 – JLG Lift – 4-29

Inspection 3. Inspect the wear guide condition and measure thick-

ness (not less than 0.123” or 3.12 mm).
1. Clean all parts in a solvent tank and dry with com-
pressed air prior to inspecting. Carefully inspect all
critical areas for any surface finish abnormalities:
Seal grooves, bearing grooves, thrust surfaces, rod
surface, housing bore and gear teeth.
Assembly
1. Gather all the components and tools into one loca-
tion prior to re-assembly. Use the cut away drawing
to reference the seal orientations.
2. Inspect the thrust washers (304) for rough or worn
edges and surfaces. Measure it’s thickness to make
sure it is within specifications (Not less than 0.092”
or 2.34 mm).
4-30 – JLG Lift – 3121202

2. Install the thrust washer (304) onto shaft (2) and end 4. Using a seal tool install the main pressure seal (205)
cap (4). onto shaft (2) and end cap (4). Use the seal tool in a
circular motion.
3. Install the wiper seal (304.1/green 0-ring) into it’s 5. Install the wear guide (302) on the end cap (4) and
groove on the shaft (2) and end cap (4) around the shaft (2).
outside edge of the thrust washer (304).
6. Install the inner T-seal (200) into the piston (3) using
a circular motion.
Install the outer T-seal (202) by stretching it around

the groove in a circular motion.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 4-31

Each T-seal has 2 back-up rings (see drawing for ori- 7. Insert the piston (3) into the housing (1) as shown,
entation). until the outer piston seal (202) is touching inside
the housing bore.
Beginning with the inner seal (200) insert one end of

b/u ring in the lower groove and feed the rest in
using a circular motion. Make sure the wedged ends 8. Looking from the angle shown, rotate the piston (3)
overlap correctly. until the marks you put on the piston and the hous-
ing (1) during disassembly line up as shown. Using
Repeat this step for the outer seal (202). a rubber mallet, tap the piston into the housing up to
the point where the gear teeth meet.
4-32 – JLG Lift – 3121202

9. Looking from the opposite end of the housing (1) 11. Looking from the view shown, use the existing tim-
you can see if your timing marks are lining up. When ing marks to line up the gear teeth on the shaft (2)
they do, tap the piston (3) in until the gear teeth with the gear teeth on the inside of the piston (3).
mesh together. Tap the piston into the housing the Now tap the flange end of the shaft with a rubber
rest of the way until it bottoms out. mallet until the gear teeth engage.
12. Install 2 bolts in the threaded holes in the flange.

10. Install the shaft (2) into the piston (3). Be careful not Using a bar, rotate the shaft in a clockwise direction
to damage the seals. Do not engage the piston gear until the wear guides are seated inside the housing
teeth yet. bore.
13. Install the stop tube onto the shaft end. Stop tube is
an available option to limit the rotation of an actua-
tor.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 4-33

14. Coat the threads on the end of the shaft with anti- 17. Tighten the end cap (4). In most cases the original
seize grease to prevent galling. holes for the lock pins will line up.
18. Place the lock pins (109) provided in the Helac seal
15. Install the 0-ring (204) and back-up ring (207) into
kit in the holes with the dimple side up. Then, using
the inner seal groove on the end cap (4).
a punch, tap the lock pins to the bottom of the hole.
16. Thread the end cap (4) onto the shaft (2) end. Make
sure the wear guide stays in place on the end cap as 19. Insert the set screws (113) over the lock pins.
it is threaded into the housing (1). Tighten them to 25 in. lbs. (2.825 Nm).
4-34 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Installing Counterbalance Valve 3. The bolts that come with the valve are grade 8 bolts.
New bolts should be installed with a new valve. Loc-
Refer to Figure 4-32., Rotator Counterbalance Valve. tite #242 should be applied to the shank of the three
bolts at the time of installation.
1. Make sure the surface of the actuator is clean, free
of any contamination and foreign debris including 4. Torque the 1/4-inch bolts 110 to 120 inch pounds
old Loctite. (12.4 to 13.5 Nm). Do not torque over 125 inch
pounds (14.1 Nm). Torque the 5/16-inch bolts 140
2. Make sure the new valve has the O-rings in the inch pounds (15.8 Nm). Do not torque over 145 inch
counterbores of the valve to seal it to the actuator pounds (16.3 Nm).
housing.
Figure 4-32. Rotator Counterbalance Valve
3121202 – JLG Lift – 4-35

Testing the Actuator collect the purged oil. The oil can be returned to the
reservoir after this procedure is completed.
If the equipment is available, the actuator should be tested
on a hydraulic test bench. The breakaway pressure — the
pressure at which the shaft begins to rotate — should be
approximately 400 psi (28 bar). Cycle the actuator at least
25 times at 3000 psi (210 bar) pressure. After the 25 rota-
tions, increase the pressure to 4500 psi (315 bar) to check
for leaks and cracks. Perform the test again at the end of
the rotation in the opposite direction.
TESTING THE ACTUATOR FOR INTERNAL

LEAKAGE
If the actuator is equipped with a counterbalance valve,
plug the valve ports. Connect the hydraulic lines to the
housing ports. Bleed all air from the actuator (see Installa-
tion and Bleeding) Rotate the shaft to the end of rotation
at 3000 psi (210 bar) and maintain pressure. Remove the
hydraulic line from the non-pressurized side.
Continuous oil flow from the open housing port indicates
internal leakage across the piston. Replace the line and
rotate the shaft to the end of rotation in the opposite direc-
tion. Repeat the test procedure outlined above for the TYPICAL CONFIGURATION
other port. If there is an internal leak, disassemble, inspect OF ACTUATOR
and repair.
Installation and Bleeding 2. With an operator in the platform, open both bleed
After installation of the actuator on the equipment, it is nipples 1/4 turn. Hydraulically rotate the platform to
important that all safety devices such as tie rods or safety the end of rotation (either clockwise or counterclock-
cables are properly reattached. wise), and maintain hydraulic pressure. Oil with
small air bubbles will be seen flowing through the
To purge air from the hydraulic lines, connect them tubes. Allow a 1/2 gallon of fluid to be purged from
together to create a closed loop and pump hydraulic fluid the actuator.
through them. Review the hydraulic schematic to deter-
mine which hydraulic lines to connect. The linear feet and 3. Keep the fittings open and rotate the platform in the
inside diameter of the hydraulic supply lines together with opposite direction to the end position. Maintain
pump capacity will determine the amount of pumping time hydraulic pressure until an additional 1/4 gallon of
required to fully purge the hydraulic system. fluid is pumped into the container.
Bleeding may be necessary if excessive backlash is exhib-
4. Repeat steps 2 & 3. After the last 1/2 gallon is
ited after the actuator is connected to the hydraulic sys-
tem. The following steps are recommended when a purged, close both bleed nipples before rotating
minimum of two gallons (8 liters) is purged. away from the end position.
1. Connect a 3/16" inside diameter x 5/16" outside

diameter x 5 foot clear, vinyl drain tube to each of the
two bleed nipples. Secure them with hose clamps.
Place the vinyl tubes in a clean 5-gallon container to
4-36 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Troubleshooting
Table 4-1. Troubleshooting
Problem Cause Solution

1. Shaft rotates slowly or not at all a. Insufficient torque output a. Verify correct operating pressure. Do not
exceed OEM’s pressure specifications. Load may
be above maximum capacity of the actuator.
b. Low rate of fluid flow b. Inspect ports for obstructions and hydraulic
lines for restrictions and leaks.
c. Control or counterbalance valve has internal c. Disconnect hydraulic lines and bypass valve.
leak Leave valve ports open and operate the actuator
through housing ports (do not exceed OEM’s
operating pressure). The valve must be replaced if
a steady flow of fluid is seen coming from the valve
ports.
d. Piston and/or shaft seal leak d. Remove the plug and the housing’s valve ports.
Operate the actuator through the housing ports.
Conduct the internal leakage test as described in
the Testing section on page 24 of this manual.
e. Corrosion build-up on the thrust surfaces e. Re-build the actuator. Remove all rust then pol-
ish. Replacement parts may be needed.
f. Swollen seals and composite bearings caused f. Re-build the actuator. Use fluid that is compati-
by incompatible hydraulic fluid ble with seals and bearings.
2. Operation is erratic or not responsive a. Air in actuator a. Purge air from actuator. See bleeding proce-
dures.
3. Shaft will not fully rotate a. Twisted or chipped gear teeth a. Check for gear binding. Actuator may not be
able to be re-built and may need to be replaced.
Damage could be a result of overload or shock.
b. Port fittings are obstructing the piston b. Check thread length of port fittings. Fittings
should during stroke not reach inside the housing
bore.
4. Selected position cannot be maintained a. Control or counterbalance valve has internal a. Disconnect hydraulic lines and bypass valve.
leak Leave valve ports open and operate the actuator
through housing ports (do not exceed OEM’s
operating pressure). The valve must be replaced if
a steady flow of fluid is seen coming from the valve
ports.
b. Piston and/or shaft seal leak b. Remove the plug and the housing’s valve ports.
Operate the actuator through the housing ports.
Conduct the internal leakage test as described in
the Testing section on page 24 of this manual.
c. Air in actuator c. Purge air from actuator. See bleeding proce-

dures
3121202 – JLG Lift – 4-37

4.11 FOOT SWITCH ADJUSTMENT

Adjust so that functions will operate when pedal is at cen-
ter of travel. If switch operates within last 1/4 in. (6.35 mm)
of travel, top or bottom, it should be adjusted.
A,B,D NOTE: If any rotator bolts are replaced, all bolts

on the rotator should be retorqued.
C,D
A Torque to 50 ft.lbs. (68 Nm)

B Loctite #242
C Torque to 480 ft. lbs. (650 Nm)
D Check torque every 150 hours of operation
E Torque to 85 ft. lbs. (115 Nm)
Figure 4-33. Platform Support Torque Values
4-38 – JLG Lift – 3121202

SECTION 5. HYDRAULICS
5.1 CYLINDERS - THEORY OF OPERATION 4. If cylinder retract port leakage is less than 6-8 drops
per minute, carefully reconnect hose to port and
retract cylinder. If leakage continues at a rate of 6-8
Systems Incorporating Double Acting drops per minute or more, cylinder repair must be
Cylinders made.
Cylinders are of the double acting type. Systems incorpo- 5. With cylinder fully retracted, shut down engine and
rating double acting cylinders are as follows: Slave Level, carefully disconnect hydraulic hose from cylinder
Master Level, Lift, Telescope, Articulating Jib Boom Lift, extend port.
Axle Lockout and Steer. A double acting cylinder is one
that requires oil flow to operate the cylinder rod in both 6. Activate engine and retract cylinder. Check extend
directions. Directing oil (by actuating the corresponding port for leakage.
control valve to the piston side of the cylinder) forces the 7. If extend port leakage is less than 6-8 drops per min-
piston to travel toward the rod end of the barrel, extending ute, carefully reconnect hose to extend port, than
the cylinder rod (piston attached to rod). When the oil flow activate cylinder through one complete cycle and
is stopped, movement of rod will stop. By directing oil to check for leaks. If leakage continues at a rate of 6-8
the rod side of the cylinder, the piston will be forced in the drops per minute or more, cylinder repairs must be
opposite direction and the cylinder rod will retract. made.
Systems Incorporating Holding Valves Cylinders With Single Counterbalance Valve

Holding valves are used in the Lift, Telescope, Lockout,
(Upper Lift Cylinder)
Slave Level and Articulating Jib Boom Lift circuits to pre-
vent retraction of the cylinder rod should a hydraulic line
rupture or a leak develop between the cylinder and its
related control valve. OPERATE ALL FUNCTIONS FROM GROUND CONTROL STATION
ONLY.
5.2 CYLINDER CHECKING PROCEDURE
1. Using all applicable safety precautions, activate
NOTE: Cylinder check must be performed anytime a system hydraulic system.
component is replaced or when improper system
operation is suspected.
Cylinders Without Counterbalance Valves - WHEN WORKING ON THE MAIN LIFT CYLINDER, RAISE THE
BOOM TO HORIZONTAL AND PLACE A BOOM PROP APPROXI-
Master Cylinder and Steer Cylinder MATELY 1 INCH (2.54 CM) BELOW THE MAIN BOOM. DO NOT
WORK ON THE CYLINDER WITHOUT A SUITABLE PROP IN PLACE.
1. Using all applicable safety precautions, activate
engine and fully extend cylinder to be checked. Shut
2. Shut down hydraulic system and allow machine to
down engine.
sit for 10-15 minutes. If machine is equipped with
2. Carefully disconnect hydraulic hoses from retract bang-bang or proportional control valves, turn IGNI-
port of cylinder. There will be some initial weeping of TION SWITCH to ON, move control switch or lever
hydraulic fluid which can be caught in a suitable for applicable cylinder in each direction, then turn
container. After the initial discharge, there should be IGNITION SWITCH to OFF. If machine is equipped
no further drainage from the retract port. with hydraulic control valves, move control lever for
applicable cylinder in each direction. This is done to
3. Activate engine and extend cylinder. relieve pressure in the hydraulic lines. Carefully
remove hydraulic hoses from appropriate cylinder
port block.
3. There will be initial weeping of hydraulic fluid, which

can be caught in a suitable container. After the initial
discharge, there should be no further leakage from
the ports. If leakage continues at a rate of 6-8 drops
per minute or more, the counterbalance valve is
defective and must be replaced.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 5-1

4. To check piston seals, carefully remove the counter- 3. There will be initial weeping of hydraulic fluid, which
balance valve from the retract port. After initial dis- can be caught in a suitable container. After the initial
charge, there should be no further leakage from the discharge, there should be no further leakage from
ports. If leakage occurs at a rate of 6-8 drops per the ports. If leakage continues at a rate of 6-8 drops
minute or more, the piston seals are defective and per minute or more, the counterbalance valve is
must be replaced. defective and must be replaced.
5. If no repairs are necessary or when repairs have 4. To check piston seals, carefully remove the counter-
been made, replace counterbalance valve and care- balance valve from the retract port. After initial dis-
fully connect hydraulic hoses to cylinder port block. charge, there should be no further leakage from the
6. If used, remove lifting device from upright or remove ports. If leakage occurs at a rate of 6-8 drops per
prop from below main boom, activate hydraulic sys- minute or more, the piston seals are defective and
tem and run cylinder through one complete cycle to must be replaced.
check for leaks.
5. If no repairs are necessary or when repairs have
been made, replace counterbalance valve and care-
Cylinders With Dual Counterbalance Valves fully connect hydraulic hoses to cylinder port block.
(Articulating Jib Boom Lift, and Slave), Slave Level, Lower
6. If used, remove lifting device from upright or remove
Lift, Upright level, Main Telescope and Tower Telescope)
prop from below main boom, activate hydraulic sys-
tem and run cylinder through one complete cycle to
check for leaks.
OPERATE ALL FUNCTIONS FROM GROUND CONTROL STATION
ONLY. 5.3 CYLINDER REMOVAL AND
1. Using all applicable safety precautions, activate INSTALLATION
hydraulic system.
Main Boom Telescope Cylinder Removal
1. Place machine on a flat and level surface, with main
IF WORKING ON THE TOWER BOOM LIFT CYLINDER, RAISE
boom in the horizontal position.
TOWER BOOM HALFWAY, FULLY ELEVATE MAIN BOOM WITH
TELESCOPE CYLINDER FULLY RETRACTED AND ATTACH AN 2. Shut down engine. Support main boom basket end
OVERHEAD CRANE TO THE UPRIGHT FOR SUPPORT, LEAVING with a prop. (See Figure 5-1., Boom Positioning and
APPROXIMATELY 1 INCH (2.54 CM) OF SLACK IN CHAIN OR Support, Cylinder Repair).
SLING FOR TEST PURPOSES. IF WORKING ON THE UPRIGHT
LEVEL, RAISE THE TOWER BOOM HALFWAY, THEN RAISE MAIN
BOOM TO HORIZONTAL AND POSITION A SUITABLE BOOM PROP
APPROXIMATELY 1 INCH (2.54 CM) BELOW MAIN BOOM. IF HYDRAULIC LINES AND PORTS SHOULD BE CAPPED IMMEDI-
WORKING ON THE PLATFORM LEVEL CYLINDER, STROKE PLAT- ATELY AFTER DISCONNECTING LINES TO AVOID THE ENTRY OF
FORM LEVEL CYLINDER FORWARD UNTIL PLATFORM SITS AT A CONTAMINANTS INTO THE SYSTEM.
45 DEGREES ANGLE.
3. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines to telescope cyl-
2. Shut down hydraulic system and allow machine to inder. Use a suitable container to retain any residual
sit for 10-15 minutes. If machine is equipped with hydraulic fluid. Cap hydraulic lines and ports.
bang-bang or proportional control valves, turn IGNI-
TION SWITCH to ON, move control switch or lever 4. Remove the hardware securing cover plate on bot-
for applicable cylinder in each direction, then turn tom of the base boom section and remove cover.
IGNITION SWITCH to OFF. If machine is equipped
with hydraulic control valves, move control lever for NOTE: Do not allow cable to rotate. This may damage the
applicable cylinder in each direction. This is done to cable.
relieve pressure in the hydraulic lines. Carefully
remove hydraulic hoses from appropriate cylinder 5. Clamp both threaded ends of cable to prevent rota-
port block. tion. Note: Do not clamp on threads. Remove jam
nuts and loosen adjustment nuts so there is slack in
the cables. (See Section 4 - Boom & Platform).
6. Remove the hardware securing push bar to turnta-

ble and telescope cylinder.
5-2 – JLG Lift – 3121202

7. Using a suitable brass drift, carefully drive the push NOTE: When installing cables care must be taken not to
bar pins from the telescope cylinder rod and turnta- twist or cross the cables.
ble.
3. Secure the sling and lifting device at the telescope
8. Remove hardware securing cable adjustment block cylinder’s approximate center of gravity, and lift the
to aft end of the base boom section and remove cylinder to the aft end of the boom assembly.
block.
4. Install extend cable mounting blocks to threaded
9. Remove hardware securing telescope cylinder to aft ends of cables. Loosely install nuts and jam nuts
end of the mid boom section. onto the threaded ends of cables.
NOTE: When installing cables, care must be taken not to

twist or cross the cables.
WHEN REMOVING THE TELESCOPE CYLINDER FROM THE BOOM,
IT MAY BE NECESSARY AT SOME POINT TO TURN THE CYLINDER 5. Secure the sling and lifting device at the telescope
SLIGHTLY IN ORDER TO CLEAR ASSEMBLIES MOUNTED WITHIN cylinder’s approximate center of gravity, and lift the
THE BOOM. CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO MOVE THE CYLINDER cylinder to the aft end of the boom assembly.
SLOWLY INTO POSITION: DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS MAY
RESULT FROM FORCIBLE IMPACT WITH THESE ASSEMBLIES.
10. Remove bolts securing cable attach bar to top of fly WHEN INSERTING THE TELESCOPE CYLINDER INTO THE BOOM,
boom section. IT MAY BE NECESSARY AT SOME POINT TO TURN THE CYLINDER
SLIGHTLY IN ORDER TO CLEAR ASSEMBLIES MOUNTED WITHIN
11. Pull the telescope cylinder and cables partially from THE BOOM. CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO MOVE THE CYLINDER
aft end of the base boom section; secure the cylin- SLOWLY INTO POSITION: DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS MAY
der with a suitable sling and lifting device at approxi- RESULT FROM FORCIBLE IMPACT WITH THESE ASSEMBLIES.
mately the center of gravity.
6. Carefully install the telescope cylinder barrel end
12. Carefully remove the telescope cylinder and sheave support into slots in mid boom and secure with
assembly. Place telescope cylinder on a suitable blocks and bolts. Use Loctite #242 on bolts.
trestle.
7. Align holes in aft end of the fly boom section with
holes in cable mounting block, then secure with
Main Boom Telescope Cylinder Installation mounting hardware.
1. Route extend cables around extend sheave and 8. Align holes in aft end of the base boom section with
secure cables to the telescope cylinder. holes in cable mounting block, then secure with
mounting hardware.
2. Install extend cables mounting blocks to threaded
ends of cables. Loosely install nuts and jam nuts 9. Remove cylinder port plugs and hydraulic line caps
onto the threaded end of cables. and correctly attach lines to cylinder ports.
Figure 5-1. Boom Positioning and Support, Cylinder Repair
3121202 – JLG Lift – 5-3

10. Align holes in rod end of the telescope cylinder with 7. Check fluid level of hydraulic tank and adjust as nec-
holes in push bar. Install push bar pin and secure essary.
with mounting hardware.
11. Align holes in push bar with holes in turntable. Install

5.4 CYLINDER REPAIR
push bar pin and secure with mounting hardware.
NOTE: The following are general procedures that apply to
NOTE: Boom cables must be torqued after installation of the all of the cylinders on this machine. Procedures that
telescope cylinder. (See Section 4.1, Boom Rope apply to a specific cylinder will be so noted.
Torquing Procedures)
Disassembly
Main Boom Lift Cylinder Removal
1. Place the machine on a flat and level surface. Start
the engine and place the main boom in the horizon- DISASSEMBLY OF THE CYLINDER SHOULD BE PERFORMED ON A
tal position. Shut down engine and prop the boom. CLEAN WORK SURFACE IN A DIRT FREE WORK AREA.
(See Figure 5-1., Boom Positioning and Support,
Cylinder Repair) 1. Connect a suitable auxiliary hydraulic power source
to the cylinder port block fitting.
2. Remove the hardware retaining the cylinder rod
attach pin to the boom. Using a suitable brass drift,
drive out the cylinder rod attach pin.
DO NOT FULLY EXTEND CYLINDER TO THE END OF STROKE.
3. Using auxiliary power, retract the lift cylinder rod RETRACT CYLINDER SLIGHTLY TO AVOID TRAPPING PRESSURE.
completely.
4. Disconnect, cap and tag the main boom lift cylinder 2. Operate the hydraulic power source and extend the
hydraulic lines and ports. cylinder. Shut down and disconnect the power
source. Adequately support the cylinder rod, if appli-
5. Remove barrel end attach pin retaining hardware. cable.
Using a suitable brass drift drive out the barrel end
attach pin from the turntable. 3. If applicable, remove the cartridge-type holding
valve and fittings from the cylinder port block. Dis-
6. Remove the cylinder from the turntable and place in card o-rings.
a suitable work area.
Main Boom Lift Cylinder Installation

1. Install lift cylinder in place using suitable slings or
supports, aligning attach pin mounting holes on the
turntable.
2. Using a suitable drift, drive the barrel end attach pin

through the mounting holes in the lift cylinder and
the turntable. Secure in place with the pin retaining
hardware.
3. Remove cylinder port plugs and hydraulic line caps

and correctly attach lines to cylinder ports.
4. Using auxiliary power, extend the cylinder rod until

the attach pin hole aligns with those in the boom.
Using a suitable soft mallet, drive the cylinder rod
attach pin through the boom and lift cylinder. Secure
the pin in place with attaching hardware.
5. Remove boom prop and overhead crane. Activate

hydraulic system.
6. Using all applicable safety precautions, operate the

boom functions. Check for correct operation and
hydraulic leaks. Secure as necessary.
5-4 – JLG Lift – 3121202

4. Place the cylinder barrel into a suitable holding fix-

ture.
8. Attach a suitable pulling device to the cylinder rod

port block end or cylinder rod end, as applicable.
Figure 5-2. Cylinder Barrel Support

EXTREME CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN WHEN REMOVING THE CYL-
INDER ROD, HEAD, AND PISTON. AVOID PULLING THE ROD OFF-
5. Mark cylinder head and barrel with a center punch CENTER, WHICH COULD CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE PISTON AND
for easy realignment. Using an allen wrench, loosen CYLINDER BARREL SURFACES.
the eight (8) cylinder head retainer cap screws, and
remove cap screws from cylinder barrel. 9. With the barrel clamped securely, apply pressure to
the rod pulling device and carefully withdraw the
complete rod assembly from the cylinder barrel.
Figure 5-3. Cap Screw Removal
NOTE: Steps 6 and 7 apply only to the steer cylinder. Figure 5-4. Cylinder Rod Support
6. Using a spanner wrench, loosen the spanner nut 10. Using suitable protection, clamp the cylinder rod in
retainer, and remove spanner nut from cylinder bar- a vise or similar holding fixture as close to the piston
rel. as possible.
NOTE: Step 11 applies only to the steer cylinder.

7. Being careful not to mar the surface of the rod, use a
punch or wooden dowel and hammer to drive the
11. Loosen and remove nut which attaches the piston to
rod guide about one inch down into the cylinder
the rod, and remove the piston.
bore. Using a screw driver, carefully push one end of
the round retaining ring back towards the inside of 12. Loosen and remove the cap screw(s), if applicable,
the cylinder and then slip the screwdriver tip under which attach the tapered bushing to the piston.
that end. Pull the ring out of the groove toward the
wall mouth. Once one end of the retaining ring is
free from the groove, the remainder can be easily
pried free using ones fingers or pliers.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 5-5

13. Insert the cap screw(s) in the threaded holes in the 8. Inspect seal and o-ring grooves in piston for burrs
outer piece of the tapered bushing. Progressively and sharp edges. Dress applicable surfaces as nec-
tighten the cap screw(s) until the bushing is loose essary.
on the piston.
9. Inspect cylinder head inside diameter for scoring or
14. Remove the bushing from the piston. other damage and for ovality and tapering. Replace
as necessary.
10. Inspect threaded portion of head for damage. Dress
threads as necessary.
11. Inspect seal and o-ring grooves in head for burrs
and sharp edges. Dress applicable surfaces as nec-
essary.
12. Inspect cylinder head outside diameter for scoring
or other damage and ovality and tapering. Replace
as necessary.
13. If applicable, inspect rod and barrel bearings for
signs of correct excessive wear or damage. Replace
as necessary.
a. Thoroughly clean hole, (steel bushing) of burrs,
Figure 5-5. Tapered Bushing Removal dirt etc. to facilitate bearing installation.
b. Inspect steel bushing for wear or other damage.
15. Screw the piston CCW, by hand, and remove the If steel bushing is worn or damaged, rod/barrel
piston from cylinder rod. must be replaced.
16. Remove and discard the piston o-rings, seal rings, c. Lubricate inside of steel bushing with WD40
and backup rings. prior to bearing installation.
d. Using an arbor of the correct size, carefully
17. Remove piston spacer, if applicable, from the rod.
press the bearing into steel bushing.
18. Remove the rod from the holding fixture. Remove
the cylinder head gland and retainer plate, if applica- NOTE: Install pin into the composite bearing dry. Lubrication
ble. Discard the o-rings, back-up rings, rod seals, is not required with nickel plated pins and bearings.
and wiper seals.
Cleaning and Inspection

1. Clean all parts thoroughly in an approved cleaning
solvent.
2. Inspect the cylinder rod for scoring, tapering, ovality,
or other damage. If necessary, dress rod with
Scotch Brite or equivalent. Replace rod if necessary.
3. Inspect threaded portion of rod for excessive dam-
age. Dress threads as necessary. Figure 5-6. Composite Bearing Installation
4. Inspect inner surface of cylinder barrel tube for scor-
ing or other damage. Check inside diameter for 14. Inspect travel limiting collar or spacer for burrs and
tapering or ovality. Replace if necessary. sharp edges. If necessary, dress inside diameter
surface with Scotch Brite or equivalent.
5. Inspect threaded portion of barrel for damage. Dress
threads as necessary. 15. If applicable, inspect port block fittings and holding
valve. Replace as necessary.
6. Inspect piston surface for damage and scoring and
for distortion. Dress piston surface or replace piston 16. Inspect the oil ports for blockage or the presence of
as necessary. dirt or other foreign material. Repair as necessary.
7. Inspect threaded portion of piston for damage. 17. If applicable, inspect piston rings for cracks or other
Dress threads as necessary. damage. Replace as necessary.
5-6 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Assembly 2. Use a soft mallet to tap a new wiper seal into the
applicable cylinder head gland groove. Install a new
wear ring into the applicable cylinder head gland
NOTE: Prior to cylinder assembly, ensure that the proper
groove.
cylinder seal kit is used. See your JLG Parts Manual.
Apply a light film of hydraulic oil to all components prior to

assembly.
1. A special tool is used to install a new rod seal into

the applicable cylinder head gland groove.
Figure 5-8. Poly-Pak Piston Seal Installation
Figure 5-7. Rod Seal Installation
WHEN INSTALLING ‘POLY-PAK’ PISTON SEALS, ENSURE SEALS Figure 5-9. Wiper Seal Installation
ARE INSTALLED PROPERLY. REFER TO WIPER SEAL INSTALLA-
TION FOR CORRECT SEAL ORIENTATION. IMPROPER SEAL
INSTALLATION COULD RESULT IN CYLINDER LEAKAGE AND 3. Place a new “O-ring and back-up seal in the applica-
IMPROPER CYLINDER OPERATION. ble outside diameter groove of the cylinder head.
WHEN INSTALLING THE WIPER SEAL ON THE LOWER (TOWER)

LIFT CYLINDER, APPLY LOCTITE #609 ON THE WIPER SEAL IN
THREE EVENLY SPACED PLACES TO AID IN RETENTION OF THE
SEAL.
Figure 5-10. Installation of Head Seal Kit
3121202 – JLG Lift – 5-7

4. Install washer ring onto rod, carefully install the head 9. Carefully thread the piston on the cylinder rod hand
gland on the rod, ensuring that the wiper and rod tight, ensuring that the o-ring and back-up rings are
seals are not damaged or dislodged. Push the head not damaged or dislodged.
along the rod to the rod end, as applicable.
10. Thread piston onto rod until it abuts the spacer end
5. Carefully slide the piston spacer on the rod. and install the tapered bushing.
NOTE: Upper telescope cylinder piston has an o-ring
NOTE: When installing the tapered bushing, piston and mat-
installed inside the spacer.
ing end of rod must be free of oil.
6. If applicable, correctly place new o-ring in the inner

piston diameter groove. (The backup ring side fac-
ing the O-ring is grooved.)
WHEN REBUILDING THE MASTER, SLAVE, LOWER LIFT, UPPER
7. If applicable, correctly place new seals and guide LIFT, ARTICULATING FLY BOOM LIFT, UPRIGHT LEVEL, TOWER
lock rings in the outer piston diameter groove. (A TELESCOPE, OR UPPER TELESCOPE CYLINDERS, TIGHTEN
tube, with I.D. slightly larger than the O.D.of the pis- SECURELY. (SEE TABLE 5-1, CYLINDER HEAD AND TAPERED
ton is recommended to install the solid seal.) BUSHING TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS).
NOTE: The backup rings for the solid seal have a radius on
one side. This side faces the solid seal.(See magni- 11. Assemble the tapered bushing loosely into the pis-
fied insert in Figure 5-11.)The split of seals and ton and insert JLG capscrews (not vendor cap-
backup rings are to be positioned so as not to be in screws) through the drilled holes in the bushing and
alignment with each other. into the tapped holes in the piston.
Figure 5-12. Tapered Bushing Installation
12. Tighten the capscrews evenly and progressively in

rotation to the specified torque value. (See Table 5-1,
Cylinder Head and Tapered Bushing Torque Specifi-
cations).
13. After the screws have been torqued, tap the tapered
bushing with a hammer (16 to 24 oz.) and brass
shaft (approximately 3/4" in diameter) as follows;
Figure 5-11. Piston Seal Kit Installation
a. Place the shaft against the cylinder rod and in
8. Using suitable protection, clamp the cylinder rod in contact with the bushing in the spaces between
a vise or similar holding fixture as close to piston as the capscrews.
possible.
5-8 – JLG Lift – 3121202

b. Tap each space once; this means the tapered 19. Continue pushing the rod into the barrel until the cyl-
bushing is tapped 3 times as there are 3 spaces inder head gland can be inserted into the barrel cyl-
between the capscrews. inder.
20. Secure the cylinder head gland using the washer

ring and socket head bolts. (See Table 5-1.)
Figure 5-13. Seating the Tapered Bearing Figure 5-14. Rod Assembly Installation
14. Retorque the capscrews evenly and progressively in

rotation to the specified torque value. (See Table 5-1, 21. After the cylinder has been reassembled, the rod
Cylinder Head and Tapered Bushing Torque Specifi- should be pushed all the way in (fully retracted) prior
cations). to the reinstallation of any holding valve or valves.
15. Remove the cylinder rod from the holding fixture. 22. If applicable, install the cartridge-type holding valve
16. Place new guide locks and seals in the applicable and fittings in the rod port block, using new o-rings
outside diameter grooves of the cylinder piston. as applicable. (See Table 5-2, Holding Valve Torque
(See Figure 5-11.) Specifications).
17. Position the cylinder barrel in a suitable holding fix-

ture.
EXTREME CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN WHEN INSTALLING THE CYL-

INDER ROD, HEAD, AND PISTON. AVOID PULLING THE ROD OFF-
CENTER, WHICH COULD CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE PISTON AND
CYLINDER BARREL SURFACES.
18. With barrel clamped securely, and while adequately

supporting the rod, insert the piston end into the
barrel cylinder. Ensure that the piston loading o-ring
and seal ring are not damaged or dislodged.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 5-9

Table 5-2. Holding Valve Torque Specifications

Table 5-1. Cylinder Head and Tapered Bushing Torque
Specifications Description Torque Value
Head Torque Tapered Bushing SUN - 7/8 HEX M20 X 1.5 THDS. 30-35 ft. lbs.
Description Value (Wet) Torque Value (41-48 Nm)
(Wet)
SUN - 1 1/8 HEX 1 -14 UNS THDS. 45-50 ft. lbs.
Lift Cylinder 240 ft. lbs. 30 ft. lbs. (61-68 Nm)
(325 Nm) (41 Nm) SUN - 1 1/4 HEX M36 X 2 THDS. 150-160 ft. lbs.
Articulating Lift 30 ft. lbs. 5 ft. lbs. (204-217 Nm)
Cylinder (41 Nm) (9 Nm) RACINE - 1 1/8 HEX 1 1/16 - 12 THDS. 50-55 ft. lbs.
Slave Cylinder 30 ft. lbs. 5 ft. lbs. (68-75 Nm)
(41 Nm) (9 Nm) RACINE - 1 3/8 HEX 1 3/16 - 12 THDS. 75-80 ft. lbs.
Master Cylinder 30 ft. lbs. 5 ft. lbs. (102-109 Nm)
(41 Nm) (9 Nm) RACINE - 1 7/8 HEX 1 5/8 - 12 THDS. 100-110 ft. lbs.
Telescope 50 ft. lbs. 9 ft. lbs. (136-149 Nm)
Cylinder (68 Nm) (12 Nm)
Lockout Cylinder 80 ft. lbs. N/A

(109 Nm) IF THE CYLINDER IS TO BE TESTED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION ON
THE MACHINE, EXTREME CARE SHOULD BE USED TO INSURE
Articulating Slave 50 ft. lbs. 9 ft. lbs.
THAT THE OUTER END OF THE ROD IS SUPPORTED. USE EITHER
Cylinder (68 Nm) (12 Nm)
A TRAVELING OVERHEAD HOIST, FORK-LIFT, OR OTHER MEANS
Articulating 50 ft. lbs. 9 ft. lbs. TO SUPPORT THE OVERHANGING WEIGHT OF THE EXTENDING
Master Cylinder (68 Nm) (12 Nm) ROD.
Steer Cylinder Piston Nut Torque Specifications
Steer Cylinder LBS. NM
150 ft. lbs 204 Nm
5-10 – JLG Lift – 3121202

THE CYLINDER ROD CAN SLIDE OUT OF

THE CYLINDER IF THE BLEEDER SCREW IS
LOOSENED.
1. Barrel 4. Wear Ring 7. Bleeder

2. Rod 5. Wiper Ring 8. Cartridge Valve
3. Not Used 6. Rod Seal
Figure 5-15. Axle Lockout Cylinder
3121202 – JLG Lift – 5-11

1. Barrel 8. O-Ring Plug 17. Wear Ring

1A. Bushing 9. Socket Head Capscrew 18. O-Ring
2. Rod 10. Washer Ring 19. Back-Up Ring
2A. Bushing 11. Loctite #242 (Not Shown) 20. Rod Seal
3. Piston 12. Locking Primer (Not Shown) 21. Wiper Ring
4. Head 13. Seal 22. Not Used
5. Tapered Bushing 14. Lock Ring 23. Valve Cartridge
6. Spacer 15. O-Ring 24. O-Ring Plug
7. Cartridge Valve 16. Back-Up Ring 25. Socket Head Screw
Figure 5-16. Level Cylinder
5-12 – JLG Lift – 3121202

1. Barrel 6. Spacer 13. O-Ring 20. Loctite #242 (Not Shown)

1A. Bushing 7. Cartridge Valve 14. Back-Up Ring 21. Locking Primer (Not Shown)
2. Rod 8. Cartridge Valve 15. Wear Ring 22. Washer Ring
2A. Bushing 9. Socket Head Capscrew 16. O-Ring 23. Not Used
3. Head 10. O-Ring Plug 17. Back-Up Ring 24. Socket Head Screw
4. Piston 11. Lock Ring 18. Rod Seal 25. O-Ring Plug
5. Tapered Bushing 12. Hydrolock Seal 19. Wiper 26. Loctite #609 (Not Shown)
Figure 5-17. Lift Cylinder
3121202 – JLG Lift – 5-13

1. Barrel 7. Cartridge Valve 13. Setscrew 20. Wear Ring

1A. Bushing 8. Cartridge Valve 14. Loctite #242 (Not Shown) 21. O-Ring
2. Rod 8A. Knob 15. Locking Primer (Not Shown) 22. Back-Up Ring
2A. Bushing 9. Socket Head Capscrew 16. Seal 23. Rod Seal
3. Piston 10. Washer Ring 17. Lock Ring 24. Wiper
4. Head 11. O-Ring Plug 18. O-Ring 25. Loctite #609 (Not Shown)
5. Tapered Bushing 12. O-Ring Plug 19. Back-Up Ring 26. Socket Head Capscrew
6. Spacer
Figure 5-18. Jib Lift Cylinder
5-14 – JLG Lift – 3121202

1. Barrel 6. Spacer 13. O-Ring 20. Not Used

1A. Bushing 7. Capscrew 14. Back-Up Ring 21. Socket Head Capscrew
2. Rod 8. Washer Ring 15. Wear Ring 22. Loctite #609 (Not Shown)
2A. Bushing 9. Loctite #242 (Not Shown) 16. O-Ring 23. Not Used
3. Piston 10. Locking Primer (Not Shown) 17. Back-Up Ring 24. Plug Fitting
4. Head 11. Seal 18. Rod Seal
5. Tapered Bushing 12. Lock Ring 19. Wiper
Figure 5-19. Master Cylinder
3121202 – JLG Lift – 5-15

1. Locknut 6. Rod 11. Lip Seal

2. Piston 7. Capscrew 12. Spanner Nut
3. Seal 8. O-Ring 13. Wiper
4. O-Ring 9. Back-Up Ring 14. Bushing
5. Barrel 10. Retainer Ring
Figure 5-20. Steer Cylinder
5-16 – JLG Lift – 3121202

1. Barrel 7. Valve 13. Wiper 19. Back-Up Ring

2. Rod 8. O-Ring Plug 14. Rod Seal 20. T-Seal
3. Head 9. Capscrew 15. O-Ring 21. Wear Ring
4. Piston 10. Washer Ring 16. Back-Up Ring 22. Loctite #242 (Not Shown)
5. Tapered Bushing 11. Capscrew 17. Wear Ring 23. Locking Primer (Not Shown)
6. Spacer 12. Capscrew 18. O-Ring 24. Not Used
Figure 5-21. Telescope Cylinder
3121202 – JLG Lift – 5-17

5.5 VARIABLE DISPLACEMENT PUMP (M46 Gauge Information

SERIES) M1 System Pressure 10, 000 PSI or 600 Bar Gauge
Port A 9/16-18 O-ring Fitting
Troubleshooting M2 System Pressure 10, 000 PSI or 600 Bar Gauge
GAUGE INSTALLATION Port B 9/16-18 O-ring Fitting
It will be necessary to install a high pressure gauge into M3 Charge Pressure 1000 PSI or 60 Bar Gauge
the system pressure gauge ports to check the setting of 9/16-18 O-ring Fitting or Tee into
the high pressure relief valves. Charge Pressure Filter Outlet Line
L1 Case Pressure 1000 PSI or 60 Bar Gauge
Measuring the charge pump inlet vacuum will help locate L2 1-1/16-12 O-ring Fitting
restrictions in the inlet lines, filter, etc.
S Charge Pump Inlet Vacuum Gauge
Case pressure readings can help locate restrictions in the Vacuum Tee into Charge Pump Inlet Line
return lines, oil cooler, and return filter.
M4 Servo Pressure 1000 PSI or 60 Bar Gauge
9/16-18 O-ring Fitting
M5 Servo Pressure 1000 PSI or 60 Bar Gauge
9/16-18 O-ring Fitting
5-18 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Figure 5-22. Troubleshooting - Neutral Difficult or Impossible to Find
Figure 5-23. Troubleshooting - System Operating Hot
3121202 – JLG Lift – 5-19

Figure 5-24. Troubleshooting - Transmission Operates in One Direction Only
5-20 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Figure 5-25. Troubleshooting - System Response is Sluggish
3121202 – JLG Lift – 5-21

Figure 5-26. Troubleshooting - System Will Not Operate in Either Direction
Inspections and Adjustments

CHECK/HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES THE RELIEF VALVES ARE FACTORY SET AND SHOULD NOT BE
TAMPERED WITH EXCEPT FOR REPLACING THE ENTIRE CAR-
The system check/relief valves have the dual purpose of
TRIDGE. DISASSEMBLY MAY CHANGE THE SETTING AND CAUSE
providing make-up oil during by-directional rotation and
ERRATIC UNIT OPERATION OR PREMATURE FAILURE.
providing protection from system over pressure. When the
problem occurs in one direction only, interchange the
PUMP CHARGE RELIEF VALVE
check/relief valves to see if the problem changes to the
other direction. If so, one check/relief valve cartridge is If charge pressure is low (less than 220 psi [15.2 Bar]
either malfunctioning or does not have the proper setting. above case pressure), the charge relief valve should be
inspected. Inspect for foreign material holding the poppet
open, and for scoring or wear on the poppet and seat in
the housing.
Adjustments of the charge pressure is accomplished by
changing the shim thickness behind the spring.
5-22 – JLG Lift – 3121202

ELECTRICAL DISPLACEMENT CONTROL ORIFICES 3. Remove the bolts from the servo cover on the neu-
tral adjustment side. Install a spacer or sprocket,
NOTE: The pump should have two control orifices located approximately 0.75 in. (19 mm) long, under the
under the servo covers. servo cover opposite the neutral adjustment.
1. With a 7/16" wrench, remove the five bolts from the

servo cover opposite the neutral adjustment (cover
without the adjustment screw).
4. Re-install the bolts and tighten until the servo cover

on the neutral adjustment side of the pump sepa-
rates 0.125 in. (3 mm) from the housing. Turn the
cover and remove and inspect the orifice.
2. With a 7/32" internal wrench, remove and inspect the

orifice.
NOTE: The Displacement Control may first have to be

removed in order to rotate the servo cover.
5. Remove spacer, re-install orifices, gaskets, and cov-

ers. Torque grade 5 bolts 8 to 11 ft.lbs. (10.8 to 14.9
Nm) and grade 8 bolts 11 to 13 ft.lbs. (14.9 to 17.8
Nm).
3121202 – JLG Lift – 5-23

SWASHPLATE NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT 8. While holding the servo adjustment screw from turn-
ing, torque the servo lock nut 13 to 18 ft.lbs. (17.6 to
1. Using a low pressure line (500 psi [35 Bar] min.), 24.4 Nm). Stop the engine, install a new protective
cross port servo port F to servo port G. This cap, remove the servo cross-port line, and proceed
removes the effects of any control pressure on the to the appropriate control adjustment.
servo piston.
EDC NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT
1. Remove the electrical connector at the EDC.

Remove the servo cross port line (installed while
making the swash plate neutral adjustment) and
install a 0 to 300 PSI (0 to 21 BAR) gauge in each
servo port.
THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE MAY REQUIRE THE MACHINE TO

2. Install pressure gauges (10,000 psi [690 Bar]) in the BE DISABLED (WHEELS RAISED OFF THE GROUND, WORK FUNC-
system pressure gauge ports. Start the engine and TION DISCONNECTED, ETC.) WHILE PERFORMING THE PROCE-
slowly accelerate to normal operating RPM. DURES IN ORDER TO PREVENT INJURY TO THE TECHNICIAN AND
BYSTANDERS.
3. Remove the protective cap and loosen the servo
lock nut while holding the servo adjustment screw in 2. Start the engine and accelerate to normal operating
position. RPM.
3. Loosen lock nut with 1/2” wrench and slowly rotate

the neutral adjustment screw, with 5/32” internal hex
wrench, until the pressure is equal on both servo
gauges.
4. Turn the servo adjustment screw until the two sys-

tem pressure gauge readings are equal.
5. Turn the servo adjustment screw clockwise until one

of the system pressures starts to increase.
4. Slowly rotate the neutral adjustment screw until one

of the servo gauges starts to increase in pressure.
5. Noting the amount of rotation, slowly rotate the neu-

tral adjust screw in the opposite direction until the
other servo gauge begins to increase in pressure.
6. Turn the neutral adjust screw back one - half the

6. Noting the amount of rotation, turn the servo adjust- amount noted above. Hold the neutral adjust screw
ment screw counter-clockwise until the other system and torque the lock nut to 25 to 30 in.lbs. (2.8 to 3.4
pressure starts to increase. NM).
7. Turn the servo adjustment screw clockwise half the 7. Stop the engine. Connect the control input. Remove
amount of rotation noted above. the servo pressure gauges. Return the machine to
normal operating condition. Restart the engine and
assure that the hydrostatic system is in neutral.
5-24 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Minor Repair and Replacement 1. Remove the retaining ring from the housing.
Minor repairs may be performed, following the procedures

in this section.
Cleanliness is a primary means of assuring satisfactory

transmission life, on either new or repaired units. Cleaning
parts by using solvent wash and air drying is usually ade-
quate. As with any precision equipment, all parts must be
kept free of foreign materials and chemicals.
Protect all exposed sealing surfaces and open cavities
from damage and foreign material.
It is recommended that all gaskets and O-rings be
replaced. Lightly lubricate all O-rings with clean petroleum
jelly prior to assembly. All gasket sealing surfaces must be
cleaned prior to installing new gaskets.
2. Carefully remove the seal from the housing bore.

The face of the seal may be punctured with a sharp
instrument (such as a screw driver) to aid in prying
the seal out, or a slide hammer type puller may be
used to remove the seal. Care must be taken so as
not to damage the housing bore or shaft. Once
removed, the seal is not reusable.
Figure 5-27. Variable Displacement Pump

SHAFT SEAL
Lip type shafts are used on Series 40 - M46 pumps and
motors. These seals can be replaced without major disas-
sembly of the unit. However, replacement of the shaft seal
requires removal of the pump from the machine.
3. Prior to installing the new seal, inspect the sealing

area on the shaft for rust, wear, or contamination.
Polish the sealing area on the shaft if necessary.
4. Wrap the spline or key end of the shaft with thin

plastic to prevent damage to the seal lip during
installation. Lubricate the inside diameter of the new
seal with petroleum jelly.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 5-25

NOTE: The outside diameter of the seal may be lightly CHARGE CHECK AND HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF
coated with sealant (such as Loctite High Perfor- VALVES
mance Sealant #59231) prior to installation. This will
aid in preventing leaks caused by damage to the 1. Remove the charge check and high pressure relief
housing seal bore. valve hex plug.
5. Slide the new seal over the shaft and press it into the
housing bore. Be careful not to damage seal. A seal
installer tool can be made to aid in installing the
seal.
6. Reinstall the seal retaining ring.

BYPASS VALVE (PUMP) 2. Remove the spring and check poppet or valve car-
1. Unscrew the bypass valve from the housing. Inspect tridge from the housing. Inspect the valve and mat-
the valve and mating seat for damage or foreign ing seat in the housing for damage or foreign
material. It is recommended that the O-ring and material. It will be necessary to replace the housing
back - up ring be replaced. if the seat is damaged.
NOTE: Bypass valves are available with integral bypass ori- 3. Several designs of charge check and high pressure
fices for specific applications. Refer to the appropri- relief valves have been used. Do not attempt to mix
ate Service Parts Manual for more information.
different vintage parts.
2. Reinstall the bypass valve into the housing. Torque
to 7 to 10 ft. lbs. (9.5 - 13.6 Nm).
5-26 – JLG Lift – 3121202

The appropriate check valve kit and/ or check and 3. Reinstall the poppet, spring, and plug (with shims
relief valve kit should be used. Refer to appropriate and O-ring) into the housing. Torque the plug to 30
Service Parts Manual. to 70 ft. lbs.(41 to 95 Nm).
NOTE: Always replace ball type charge check valves with
ELECTRICAL DISPLACEMENT CONTROLS (EDC)
the poppet type.
4. Reinstall the valve cartridge, spring, and plug (with

O-ring) into the housing. Torque the plug to 30 to 70 THE REMOVAL OF ANY PORTION OF THE CONTROL MECHANISM
ft. lbs. (41 to 95 Nm). MAY RESULT IN LOSS OF NEUTRAL, WHICH WILL NECESSITATE
READJUSTMENT.
THE RELIEF VALVES ARE FACTORY SET AND SHOULD NOT BE 1. Remove the four control mounting screws using an
TAMPERED WITH EXCEPT FOR REPLACING THE ENTIRE CAR- internal hex wrench (3/16”).
TRIDGE. DISASSEMBLY MAY CHANGE THE SETTING AND CAUSE
ERRATIC UNIT OPERATION OR PREMATURE FAILURE.
CHARGE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
1. Remove charge relief valve hex plug.
2. Carefully lift the control off the pump housing.
2. Remove the spring and poppet from the housing.

Do not alter the shims or interchange parts with
another valve. Inspect the poppet and mating seat in
the end cap for damage or foreign material.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 5-27

3. Remove the control sleeve from the pump. sleeve are a matched set and are not available sepa-
rately.
4. Remove the control inlet screen plug from the inlet

passage next to the control sleeve bore, using an 7. Reinstall the control orifice plugs into their passages
internal hex wrench (5/32”). and replace the servo piston covers.
5. The control orifice plugs are located in threaded
8. Install the control inlet screen plug and torque to 20
passages under the servo piston cover. Remove the
to 30 in.lbs. (2.2 to 3.4 Nm). Always install a screen
servo piston cover and gasket, and remove the ori-
plug (with a 0.156" (3.96 mm.) thru hole) when ser-
fice plugs using an internal hex wrench (7/32”).
vicing earlier production pumps. Pumps prior to
date c ode 86 - 14 use a plug with a thread that is dif-
ferent from later units. Refer to the Service Parts
Manual for plug part numbers.
6. Replace the O-ring on the bottom of the control

housing.Lightly lubricate all O-rings with clean petro-
leum jelly prior to assembly. The control spool and
5-28 – JLG Lift – 3121202

9. Align the control sleeve so its slot will engage the Relief Valves
swash plate feedback pin (slot positioned toward
the pump cover) and insert the sleeve into the hous- Relief valves are installed at various points within the
ing. Carefully align the control spool with the sleeve hydraulic system to protect associated systems and com-
and install the control onto the pump housing. Install ponents against excessive pressure. Excessive pressure
the four mounting screws and torque to 10 to 11 can be developed when a cylinder reaches its limit of
ft.lbs. (13 to 14 Nm). travel and the flow of pressurized fluid continues from the
system control. The relief valve provides an alternate path
for the continuing flow from the pump, thus preventing
rupture of the cylinder, hydraulic line or fitting. Complete
failure of the system pump is also avoided by relieving cir-
cuit pressure. The relief valve is installed in the circuit
between the pump outlet (pressure line) and the cylinder
of the circuit, generally as an integral part of the system
valve bank. Relief pressures are set slightly higher than
the load requirement, with the valve diverting excess
pump delivery back to the reservoir when operating pres-
sure of the component is reached.
10. Install the four cover screws and torque to 18 to 24

in. lbs. (2.0 to 2.7 Nm).
11. Readjust the neutral position of the control. Refer to

the instructions in the Inspections and Adjustment.
5.6 VALVES - THEORY OF OPERATION
Solenoid Control Valve - Rexroth

Control valves used are four-way three-position solenoid
valves of the sliding spool design. When a circuit is acti-
vated and the control valve solenoid energizes, the spool
is shifted and the corresponding work port opens to per-
mit oil flow to the component in the selected circuit with
the opposite work port opening to reservoir. Once the cir-
cuit is deactivated (control returned to neutral) the valve
spool returns to neutral (center) and oil flow is then
directed through the valve body and returns to reservoir. A
typical control valve consist of the valve body, sliding
spool, and two solenoid assemblies. The spool is
machine fitted in the bore of the valve body. Lands on the
spool divide the bore into various chambers, which, when
the spool is shifted, align with corresponding ports in the
valve body open to common flow. At the same time other
ports would be blocked to flow. The spool is spring loaded
to center position, therefore when the control is released,
the spool automatically returns to neutral, prohibiting any
flow through the circuit.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 5-29

5.7 PRESSURE SETTING PROCEDURES Platform Level

1. Install pressure gauge at quick disconnect on port
M3 on main valve.
COLD TEMPERATURES HAVE A SIGNIFICANT IMPACT ON PRES-
SURE READINGS. JLG INDUSTRIES, INC. RECOMMENDS OPER- 2. With the aid of an assistant, activate platform level
ATING THE MACHINE UNTIL THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM HAS forward.
WARMED TO NORMAL OPERATING TEMPERATURES PRIOR TO 3. While monitoring pressure gauge, adjust platform
CHECKING PRESSURES. JLG ALSO RECOMMENDS USING A CAL- level relief to 2800 PSI (193.06 Bar).
IBRATED GAUGE. PRESSURE READINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE IF
WITHIN +/- 5% OF SPECIFIED PRESSURES. 4. Install pressure gauge at quick disconnect on port
M4 on main valve.
Main Relief, Steer, Swing and Lift Down 5. With the aid of an assistant, activate platform level
backward.
1. Install pressure gauge at quick disconnect on port
MP on main valve. 6. While monitoring pressure gauge, adjust platform
level relief to 1800 PSI (124.11 Bar).
2. With the aid of an assistant, activate telescope in.
Articulating Jib Boom (If Equipped)
3. While monitoring pressure gauge, adjust main relief
to 3000 PSI (206.85 Bar). 1. Install pressure gauge at quick disconnect on articu-
lating valve.
4. With the aid of an assistant, activate steer left.
2. With the aid of an assistant, activate articulating jib
5. While monitoring pressure gauge, adjust steer left
up.
relief to 1800 PSI (124.1 Bar).
3. While monitoring pressure gauge, adjust articulating
6. With the aid of an assistant, activate steer right. jib up relief to 1500 PSI (103 Bar).
7. While monitoring pressure gauge, adjust steer right 4. With the aid of an assistant, activate articulating jib
relief to 1800 PSI (124.1 Bar). down.
8. With the aid of an assistant, activate swing left or 5. While monitoring pressure gauge, adjust activate
right. articulating jib down relief to 1200 PSI (83 Bar).
9. While monitoring pressure gauge, adjust swing relief
to 1700 PSI (117.2 Bar).
10. With the aid of an assistant, activate lift down.
11. While monitoring pressure gauge, adjust lift down

relief to 1500 PSI (103.4 Bar)
.
Figure 5-28. Articulating Jib Boom Pressure

Adjustments
5-30 – JLG Lift – 3121202

NOTE: Torque all valve cartridges 18 to 20 ft.lbs. (24.5 to 27.2 Nm).
Figure 5-29. Main Control Valve Pressure Adjustments - Sheet 1 of 2
3121202 – JLG Lift – 5-31

NOTE: Torque all valve cartridges 18 to 20 ft.lbs. (24.5 to 27.2 Nm).
Figure 5-30. Main Control Valve Pressure Adjustments - Sheet 2 of 2
5-32 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Figure 5-31. Location of Components - Main Control Valve
3121202 – JLG Lift – 5-33

4 Wheel Steer (If Equipped) Fill the reservoir with recommended hydraulic fluid. This
fluid should be passed through a 10 micron (nominal, no
1. At the platform console using the steer select switch bypass) filter prior to entering the reservoir. The use of
activate " 2 wheel steer". contaminated fluid will cause damage to the components,
which may result in unexpected vehicle/machine move-
2. Install a pressure gauge in port MP on main control ment.
valve.
NOTE: If a pump or motor is being replaced due to internal
3. With the aid of an assistant, activate steer left and damage, the remaining units (pump or motors) need
right, adjust front steer relief valve to 2500 PSI (172.4 to be inspected for damage and contamination, and
Bar). This pressure only affects the front axle. the entire hydraulic system will need to be flushed
and the fluid replaced. Failure to do so may cause
4. At the platform console using the steer select switch considerable damage to the entire system.
activate “crab” or “coordinated” steer.
5. At the main control valve block disconnect the wire The inlet line leading from the reservoir to the pump must
din connectors on the front steer valve. When steer be filled prior to start-up. Check the inlet line for property
is activated only the rear steer will work. tightened fittings and make sure it is free of restrictions
and air leaks.
6. Install a pressure gauge in port MP on main control
NOTE: In most cases, the reservoir is above the pump inlet
valve.
so that the pressure head created by the higher oil
7. With the aid of an assistant, activate steer left and level helps to keep the inlet pressures within an
right, adjust rear steer relief valve to 2500 PSI (172.4 acceptable range and prevent high vacuum levels.
Bar). Reading at the valve bank 2500 PSI (172.4 Bar) However, due to hose routing or low reservoir loca-
will give you 2000PSI (137.9 Bar) at the cylinders. tions, there may be air trapped within this line. It is
important to assure that the air is bled from this line.
8. Re-connect the front steer din connectors at the This can be accomplished by loosening the hose at
valve bank. the fitting closest the pump. When oil begins to flow,
the line is full, the air has been purged, and the fitting
5.8 HYDRAULIC COMPONENT START-UP can be retightened to its specified torque. If the tank
PROCEDURES AND needs to be pressurized in order to start the flow of
oil, a vacuum reading should be taken at the inlet of
RECOMMENDATIONS the pump during operation in order to verify that the
pump is not being asked to draw an inlet vacuum
From a hydrostatic component standpoint, the goal at higher than it is capable of.
system start up is to put into functional operation, the
hydrostatic system in such a way as to preserve the Be certain to fill the pump and/or motor housing with
designed life span of the system. The following start-up clean hydraulic fluid prior to start up. Fill the housing by
procedure should be adhered to whenever a new pump pouring filtered oil into the upper case drain port.
or motor is initially installed into a machine, or a system is
restarted after either a pump or motor has been removed NOTE: It is highly recommended to use the highest possible
and/or replaced. case drain port, this ensures that the housing con-
tains as much oil as possible and offers the greatest
amount of lubrication to the internal components.
THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE MAY REQUIRE THE MACHINE TO NOTE: In initial start-up conditions, it may be convenient to
BE DISABLED (WHEELS RAISED OFF THE GROUND, WORK FUNC- fill the housing, just prior to installing the case drain
TIONS DISCONNECTED, ETC.) WHILE PERFORMING THE PROCE- line. Component, (especially motor), location may be
DURE IN ORDER TO PREVENT INJURY. TAKE NECESSARY SAFETY such that access to the case drain port after installa-
PRECAUTIONS BEFORE MOVING THE VEHICLE/MACHINE. tion is not realistic.
Prior to installing the pump and/or motor, inspect the NOTE: Make certain that the oil being used to fill the compo-
unit(s) for damage that may have been incurred during nent housing is as clean as possible, and store the
shipping and handling. Make certain that all system com- fill container in such a way as to prevent it from
ponents (reservoir, hoses, valves, fittings, heat exchanger, becoming contaminated.
etc.) are clean prior to filling with fluid.
5-34 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Install a 60 bar (or 1000 psi) pressure gauge in the charge

pressure gauge port in order to monitor the charge pres-
sure during start-up. INADEQUATE CHARGE PRESSURE WILL AFFECT THE OPERA-
TOR'S ABILITY TO CONTROL THE MACHINE.
It is recommended that the external control input signal,
(electrical connections for EDC), be disconnected at the Shut down the engine and connect the external control
pump control until after initial start-up. This will ensure that input signal. Also reconnect the machine function(s), if
the pump remains in its neutral position. disconnected earlier. Start the engine, checking to be cer-
tain the pump remains in neutral. With the engine at nor-
mal operating RPM, slowly check for forward and reverse
DO NOT START THE ENGINE UNLESS PUMP IS IN THE NEUTRAL machine operation.
POSITION (0 DEGREES SWASHPLATE ANGLE). TAKE PRECAU- Charge pressure may slightly decrease during forward or
TIONS TO PREVENT MACHINE MOVEMENT IN CASE PUMP IS reverse operation. Continue to cycle slowly between for-
ACTUATED DURING INITIAL START-UP. ward and reverse for at least five minutes.
"Jog" or slowly rotate the engine until charge pressure Shut down engine, remove gauges, and plug ports.
starts to rise. Start the engine and run at the lowest possi- Check reservoir level and add filtered fluid if needed.
ble RPM until charge pressure has been established. The machine is now ready for operation.
Excess air should be bled from the system lines as close
to the motors as possible. 5.9 HYDRAULIC PUMP W/HAYES PUMP
NOTE: With the engine on low idle, "crack", (loosen-don't DRIVE COUPLING LUBRICATION
remove), the system lines at the motor(s). Continue
to run the engine at low idle and tighten the system Any time pump or pump drive coupling is removed coat,
lines as soon as oil is observed to leak from them. pump and drive coupling splines with Lithium Soap Base
When oil is observed to "leak" at the motor the line is Grease (TEXACO CODE 1912 OR EQUIVALENT) coupling
full, the air has been purged, and the system hoses is greased prior to assembly.
should be retightened to their specified torque.
Once charge pressure has been established, increase

speed to normal operating RPM. Charge pressure should
be as indicated in the pump model code. If charge pres-
sure is inadequate, shut down and determine the cause
for improper pressure.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 5-35

NOTES:
5-36 – JLG Lift – 3121202

SECTION 6. JLG CONTROL SYSTEM

6.1 INTRODUCTION creep, min speed, and max.-speed for all boom, drive,
and steering functions.
The upper lift, swing, and drive are controlled by individual
joysticks, with steering being controlled by a rocker switch
WHEN INSTALLING A NEW GROUND MODULE CONTROLLER ON built in the top of the drive joystick. To activate Drive, Lift,
THE MACHINE, IT WILL BE NECESSARY TO PROGRAM THE CON- and Swing simply pull up on the slide lock location on the
TROLLER FOR THE PROPER MACHINE CONFIGURATION, INCLUD- joystick and move the handle in the desired direction.
ING OPTIONS.
The control system controls voltage output to the valves
and pump, as programmed for smooth operation and
maximum cycle time. Ground control speeds for all boom
IT IS A GOOD PRACTICE TO AVOID PRESSURE-WASHING ELEC- functions can also be programmed in the control system.
TRICAL/ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS. SHOULD PRESSURE- The JLG Control System controller has a built in LED to
WASHING BE UTILIZED TO WASH AREAS CONTAINING ELECTRI- indicate any faults. The system stores recent faults which
CAL/ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS, JLG INDUSTRIES, INC. REC- may be accessed for troubleshooting. Optional equip-
OMMENDS A MAXIMUM PRESSURE OF 750 PSI (52 BAR) AT A ment includes a soft touch system, head and tail lights,
MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 12 INCHES (30.5 CM) AWAY FROM and ground alarm. These options may be added later but
THESE COMPONENTS. IF ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC COMPO- must be programmed into the control system when
NENTS ARE SPRAYED, SPRAYING MUST NOT BE DIRECT AND BE installed.
FOR BRIEF TIME PERIODS TO AVOID HEAVY SATURATION.
The Control System may be accessed utilizing a custom
The JLG designed Control System is a 12 volt based designed, hand held analyzer (Analyzer Kit, JLG part no.
motor control unit installed on the boom lift. 2901443) which will display two lines of information at a
time, by scrolling through the program.
The JLG Control System has reduced the need for
NOTE: Each module has a label with the JLG part number
exposed terminal strips, diodes and trimpots and provides
and a serial number which contains a date code.
simplicity in viewing and adjusting the various personality
settings for smooth control of: acceleration, deceleration,
Analyzer Display
Enter Key
Escape Key
Stores and selects Top Level, Sub
To return home or access
Level, and item menus
previous menu
Left & Right Arrow Keys

Up & Down Arrow Keys Used to move between Top Level,
Value Selector
Sub Level, and item menus
Figure 6-1. Hand Held Analyzer
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-1

Figure 6-2. ADE Block Diagram
6-2 – JLG Lift – 3121202

6.2 TO CONNECT THE JLG CONTROL The top level menus are as follows:
SYSTEM ANALYZER HELP

DIAGNOSTICS
1. Connect the four pin end of the cable supplied with SYSTEM TEST
the analyzer, to the controller module located in the ACCESS LEVEL
platform box or at the controller module in the PERSONALITIES
ground control box and connect the remaining end MACHINE SETUP
of the cable to the analyzer. CALIBRATIONS (view only)
NOTE: The cable has a four pin connector at each end of If you press ENTER, at the HELP: PRESS ENTER display,
the cable; the cable cannot be connected back- and a fault is present, the analyzer display will scroll the
wards. fault across the screen. If there was no fault detected, the
display will read: HELP: EVERYTHING OK. If powered up
2. Power up the Control System by turning the lower at the ground station, the display will read: GROUND OK.
key to the platform or ground position and pulling
both emergency stop buttons on. If ENTER is pressed again, the display moves to the fol-
lowing display:
6.3 USING THE ANALYZER
With the machine power on and the analyzer connected
properly, the analyzer will display the following:
LOGGED HELP
1: POWER CYCLE (0/0)
At this point, the analyzer will display the last fault the sys-
HELP: tem has seen, if any are present. You may scroll through
PRESS ENTER the fault logs to view what the last 25 faults were. Use the
right and left arrow keys to scroll through the fault logs. To
At this point, using the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys, you return to the beginning, press ESC. two times. POWER
can move between the top level menu items. To select a CYCLE (0/0) indicates a power up.
displayed menu item, press ENTER. To cancel a selected
menu item, press ESC.; then you will be able to scroll
using the right and left arrow keys to select a different
menu item.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-3

PLATFORM CONNECTION
GROUND CONTROL CONNECTION
Figure 6-3. Analyzer Connecting Points
6-4 – JLG Lift – 3121202

When a top level menu is selected, a new set of menu

items may be offered: for example:
DRIVE
BOOM
SYSTEM
DATALOG
VERSIONS
Pressing ENTER with any of the above displayed menus,
will display additional sub-menus within the selected
menu. In some cases, such as DRIVE, the next level is the
parameter or information to be changed. Refer to the flow
chart for what menus are available within the top level
menus. You may only view the personality settings for
selected menus while in access level 2. Remember, you
may always cancel a selected menu item by pressing the
ESC. key.
6.4 CHANGING THE ACCESS LEVEL OF THE

HAND HELD ANALYZER
When the analyzer is first connected, you will be in access
level 2 which enables you to only view most settings
which cannot be changed until you enter a password to
advance to a lower level. This ensures that a setting can-
not be accidentally altered. To change the access level, MENU:
the correct password must be entered. To enter the pass- ACCESS LEVEL 2
word, scroll to the ACCESS LEVEL menu. For example: Press ENTER to select the ACCESS LEVEL menu.
Using the UP or DOWN arrow keys, enter the first digit of
the password, 3.
Then using the RIGHT arrow key, position the cursor to
the right one space to enter the second digit of the pass-
word.
Use the UP or DOWN arrow key to enter the second digit
of the password which is 33271.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-5

Figure 6-4. Control Module Location
6-6 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Once the correct password is displayed, press ENTER. 6.5 ADJUSTING PARAMETERS USING THE
The access level should display the following, if the pass-
word was entered correctly: HAND HELD ANALYZER
Once you have gained access to level 1, and a personality
item is selected, press the UP or DOWN arrow keys to
adjust its value, for example:
MENU:
ACCESS LEVEL 1
Repeat the above steps if the correct access level is not
displayed or you can not adjust the personality settings. PERSONALITIES:
DRIVE ACCEL 1.0s
There will be a minimum and maximum for the value to
ensure efficient operation. The Value will not increase if
the UP arrow is pressed when at the maximum value nor
will the value decrease if the DOWN arrow is pressed and
the value is at the minimum value for any particular per-
sonality. If the value does not change when pressing the
up and won arrows, check the access level to ensure you
are at access level 1.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-7

6.6 MACHINE SETUP

When a machine digit item is selected, press the UP or ITS IS A GOOD PRACTICE TO AVOID PRESSURE-WASHING ELEC-
DOWN arrow keys to adjust its value, for example: TRICAL/ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS. SHOULD PRESSURE-
WASHING BE UTILIZED TO WASH AREAS CONTAINING ELECTRI-
CAL/ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS, JLG INDUSTRIES INC. RECOM-
MENDS A MAXIMUM PRESSURE OF 750 PSI (52 BAR) AT A
MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 12 INCHES (30.5CM) AWAY FROM
THESE COMPONENTS. IF ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC COMPO-
NENTS ARE SPRAYED, SPRAYING MUST NOT BE DIRECT AND BE
FOR BRIEF TIME PERIODS TO AVOID HEAVY SATURATION.
6.7 LEVEL VEHICLE DESCRIPTION
A NEW TILT MODULE WILL ACT AS IF IT IS TILTED ALL OF THE

TIME UNTIL THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE IS PERFORMED.
DO NOT CALIBRATE THE LEVEL SENSOR EXCEPT ON A LEVEL

SURFACE.
GROUND ALARM:
2 = LIFT DOWN
The effect of the machine digit value is displayed along

with its value. The above display would be selected if the
machine was equipped with a ground alarm and you
wanted it to sound when lifting down. There are certain
settings allowed to install optional features or select the
machine model.
When selection the machine model to match the size of

the machine, the personality settings will all default to the
factory recommended setting.
NOTE: Refer to Table 6-1, Personality Ranges/Defaults, and

in this Service Manual for the recommended factory
settings.
NOTE: Password 33271 will give you access to level 1,

Place machine in stowed position with the boom between
which will permit you to change all machine person-
the rear wheels.
ality settings.
To level machine chose:
There is a setting that JLG strongly recommends that you
do not change. This setting is so noted below: CALIBRATION:
TILT SENSOR
ELEVATION CUTBACK
Press ENTER.
When prompted, swing machine 180°
CHANGING THIS SETTING MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT THE PER- Press ENTER.
FORMANCE OF YOUR MACHINE.
6-8 – JLG Lift – 3121202

3121202
ACCESS LEVEL:
CODE 33271
MENU: ACCESS LEVEL: TO

ACCESS LEVEL 1 CODE 00000 PERSONALITIES:
TOWER LIFT
MENU: PERSONALITIES: PERSONALITIES: PERSONALITIES: PERSONALITIES: PERSONALITIES: PERSONALITIES:

PERSONALITIES DRIVE STEER LEFT TRACK RIGHT TRACK MAIN LIFT SWING
DRIVE: STEER: LEFT TRACK: RIGHT TRACK: MAIN LIFT: SWING:

ACCEL X.XS MAX SPEED X% ACCEL X.XS ACCEL X.XS ACCEL X.XS ACCEL X.XS
DRIVE: LEFT TRACK: RIGHT TRACK: MAIN LIFT: SWING:

DECEL X.XS DECEL X.XS DECEL X.XS DECEL X.XS DECEL X.XS

MIN FORWARD X% MIN FORWARD X% MIN FORWARD X% MIN UP X% MIN LEFT X%
MAX FORWARD X% MAX FORWARD X% MAX FORWARD X% MAX UP X% MAX LEFT X%
– JLG Lift –
MIN REVERSE X% MIN REVERSE X% MIN REVERSE X% CREEP UP X% CREEP LEFT X%
MAX REVERSE X% MAX REVERSE X% MAX REVERSE X% MIN DOWN X% MIN RIGHT X%

ELEV. MAX X% ELEV F MAX X% ELEV F MAX X% MAX DOWN X% MAX RIGHT X%
CREEP MAX X% ELEV R MAX X% ELEV R MAX X% CREEP DOWN X% CREEP RIGHT X%
LEFT TRACK: RIGHT TRACK:

CREEP F MAX X% CREEP F MAX X%
LEFT TRACK: RIGHT TRACK:

CREEP R MAX X% CREEP R MAX X%
TO Note: Some screens may not be available depending upon machine configuration.
MENU:
MACHINE SETUP
Figure 6-5. Analyzer Flow Chart, Prior to Version 5.X Software - Sheet 1 of 4
6-9
6-10
FROM
PERSONALITIES:
SWING
PERSONALITIES: PERSONALITIES: PERSONALITIES: PERSONALITIES: PERSONALITIES: PERSONALITIES: PERSONALITIES: PERSONALITIES:

TOWER LIFT UPPER TELESCOPE TOWER TELESCOPE BASKET LEVEL BASKET ROTATE JIB LIFT GROUND MODE GEN SET/WELDER
TOWER LIFT: UPPER TELESCOPE: TOWER TELESCOPE: BASKET LEVEL: BASKET ROTATE: JIB LIFT: GROUND MODE: GEN SET/WELDER:
ACCEL X.XS ACCEL X.XS ACCEL X.XS ACCEL X.XS ACCEL X.XS ACCEL X.XS U. LIFT UP X% ENGINE 1800 RPM
TOWER LIFT: UPPER TELESCOPE: TOWER TELESCOPE: BASKET LEVEL: BASKET ROTATE: JIB LIFT: GROUND MODE:
DECEL X.XS DECEL X.XS DECEL X.XS DECEL X.XS DECEL X.XS DECEL X.XS U. LIFT DOWN X%
MIN UP X% MIN IN X% MIN IN X% MIN UP X% MIN LEFT X% MIN UP X% SWING X%
MAX UP X% MAX IN X% MAX IN X% MAX UP X% MAX LEFT X% MAX UP X% BASKET LEVEL X%
– JLG Lift –
MIN DOWN X% MIN OUT X% MIN OUT X% MIN DOWN X% MIN RIGHT X% MIN DOWN X% BASKET ROTATE X%
MAX DOWN X% MAX OUT X% MAX OUT X% MAX DOWN X% MAX RIGHT X% MAX DOWN X% UPPER TELE X%
GROUND MODE:
TOWER TELE X%
GROUND MODE:
T. LIFT UP X%
GROUND MODE:
T. LIFT DN X%
GROUND MODE:
JIB (U/D) X%
3121202
3121202
FROM
MENU:
PERSONALITIES
MENU: MODEL NUMBER: ENGINE: GLOW PLUG: ENGINE SHUTDOWN: TILT: TOWER LIFT: TOWER TELE: JIB: 4 WHEEL STEER:
MACHINE SETUP 1=400 1=FORD EFI GAS 0=NO GLOW PLUGS 1=SHUTDOWN 1=5 DEG 0=NO 0=NO 0=NO 0=NO
MODEL NUMBER: ENGINE: GLOW PLUG: ENGINE SHUTDOWN: TILT: TOWER LIFT: TOWER TELE: JIB: 4 WHEEL STEER:
2=450 2=FORD EFI D/F 15=15 SECONDS 0=NO 2=4 DEG 1=YES 1=YES 0=YES 0=YES
TO MODEL NUMBER: ENGINE: TILT:

MENU: 3=600 3=DEUTZ F4 3=3 DEG
CALIBRATIONS
MODEL NUMBER: ENGINE: TILT:
4=601 4=DEUTZ F3 4=4 DEG + CUT
MODEL NUMBER: ENGINE: TILT:

5=800A 5=CAT. 3024C 5=3 DEG + CUT
MODEL NUMBER: ENGINE:

6=800S 6=CAT. 3044C
MODEL NUMBER:
9=600C
MODEL NUMBER:
10=510A
– JLG Lift –
MODEL NUMBER:
11=740A
SOFT TOUCH: GEN SET/WELDER: H & T LIGHTS: CABLE SWITCH: LOAD: LOAD TYPE: FUNCTION CUTOUT: GROUND ALARM: T PROX SWITCHES: DRIVE: FLYWHEEL TEETH:
0=NO 0=NO 0=NO 0=NO 0=NO 0=1 ON ROTATOR 0=NO 0=NO 0=NO 0=4WD 0=133 TEETH
SOFT TOUCH: GEN SET/WELDER: H & T LIGHTS: CABLE SWITCH: LOAD: LOAD TYPE: FUNCTION CUTOUT: GROUND ALARM: T PROX SWITCHES: DRIVE: FLYWHEEL TEETH:
1=YES 1=BELT DRIVE 1=YES 1=YES 1=WARN ONLY 1=4 UNDER BASKET 1=BOOM CUTOUT 1=DRIVE 1=YES 1=2WD 1=110 TEETH
GEN SET/WELDER: LOAD: FUNCTION CUTOUT: GROUND ALARM:

2=HYD. DRIVE 2=CUTOUT PLAT 2=DRIVE CUTOUT 2=LIFT DOWN
LOAD: FUNCTION CUTOUT: GROUND ALARM:

3=CUTOUT ALL 3=DRIVE CUT E&T 3=BOOM & DRIVE
LOAD:
4=SPECIAL 1
6-11
6-12
– JLG Lift –
3121202
3121202
– JLG Lift –
NOTE: Some screens may not be available depending upon machine configuration.
Figure 6-9. Analyzer Flow Chart, Version 5.X Software - Sheet 1 of 4
6-13
6-14
– JLG Lift –
3121202
3121202
FROM:
MENU:
PERSONALITIES
MENU: MODEL NUMBER: MARKET: ENGINE: FLYWHEEL TEETH: GLOW PLUG: STARTER LOCKOUT: ENGINE SHUTDOWN: TILT: JIB: 4 WHEEL STEER: SOFT TOUCH:
MACHINE SETUP 400S ANSI USA FORD EFI GAS 110 TEETH NO GLOW PLUGS DISABLED ENABLED 5 DEGREES NO NO NO
MODEL NUMBER: MARKET: ENGINE: FLYWHEEL TEETH: GLOW PLUG: STARTER LOCKOUT: ENGINE SHUTDOWN: TILT: JIB: 4 WHEEL STEER: SOFT TOUCH:
450A ANSI EXPORT FORD EFI D/F 133 TEETH AIR INTAKE ENABLED DISABLED 4 DEGREES YES YES YES
MODEL NUMBER: MARKET: ENGINE: GLOW PLUG: TILT:
510A CSA DEUTZ F4 TIER1 IN-CYLINDER 3 DEGREES
TO: MODEL NUMBER: MARKET: ENGINE: TILT:

MENU: 600S CE DEUTZ F3 TIER1 4 DEGREES + CUT
CALIBRATIONS
MODEL NUMBER: MARKET: ENGINE: TILT:
600A AUSTRALIA CAT. 3024C 3 DEGREES + CUT
MODEL NUMBER: MARKET: ENGINE:
600SC JAPAN CAT. 3044C
601S PERKINS 404C
740A DEUTZ F4 TIER2
800A DEUTZ F3 TIER2
800S FORD GAS TIER2
– JLG Lift –
ENGINE:
FORD D/F TIER2
ENGINE:
DEUTZ ECM
ENGINE:
DUAL FUEL ECM
GEN SET/WELDER: GEN SET CUTOUT: H & T LIGHTS: CABLE SWITCH: LOAD SYSTEM: LOAD SENSOR: FUNCTION CUTOUT: GROUND ALARM: DRIVE: TEMPERATURE: LEVELING MODE:
NO MOTION ENABLED NO NO NO 4 UNDER PLATFORM NO NO 4WD CELSIUS ALL FUNCTIONS
GEN SET/WELDER: GEN SET CUTOUT: H & T LIGHTS: CABLE SWITCH: LOAD SYSTEM: LOAD SENSOR: FUNCTION CUTOUT: GROUND ALARM: DRIVE: TEMPERATURE: LEVELING MODE:
BELT DRIVE MOTION CUTOUT YES YES WARN ONLY 1 ON ROTATOR BOOM CUTOUT DRIVE 2WD FAHRENHEIT LIFT/TELESCOPE
LOAD SYSTEM: FUNCTION CUTOUT: GROUND ALARM: DRIVE:
CUTOUT PLATFORM DRIVE CUTOUT DESCENT 2WD W/ 2-SPEED
LOAD SYSTEM: FUNCTION CUTOUT: GROUND ALARM:
CUTOUT ALL DRIVE CUT E&T MOTION
LOAD SYSTEM:
SPECIAL 1
6-15
6-16
FROM:
MENU:
MACHINE SETUP
MENU: CALIBRATIONS: CALIBRATIONS: CALIBRATIONS: CALIBRATIONS: CALIBRATIONS:

CALIBRATIONS TILT SENSOR UMS SENSOR DEUTZ SETUP LEVEL UP CRKPT LEVEL DOWN CRKPT
TILT SENSOR UMS SENSOR: DEUTZ SETUP LEVEL UP CRKPT LEVEL DOWN CRKPT
CALIBRATE? CALIBRATE? SETUP X CALIBRATE? CALIBRATE?
MENU: HELP:
HELP:PRESS ENTER GROUND MODE OK
MENU: DIAGNOSTICS: DIAGNOSTICS: DIAGNOSTICS: DIAGNOSTICS: CREEP DIAGNOSTICS: DIAGNOSTICS: DIAGNOSTICS: DIAGNOSTICS: DIAGNOSTICS: DIAGNOSTICS:
DIAGNOSTICS DRIVE/STEER BOOM FUNCTIONS ENGINE SYSTEM SWITCH: CLOSED UMS LOAD CAN STATISTICS CALIBRATION DATA DATALOG VERSIONS
JOYSTICK DRIVE: JOYSTICK LIFT: START SEQUENCE: GROUND MODULE CREEP MODE: CHASSIS TILT PLATFORM LOAD CAN STATISTICS CALIBRATION DATA DATALOG: GROUND MODULE
FORWARD XXX% MAIN UP XXX% NOT ACTIVE BATTERY: XX.XV OFF ANGLE XXX.X STATE:OK RX/SEC: X LOAD ZERO: XXX ON: XXH XXM SOFTWARE: P5.0
JOYSTICK STEER: JOYSTICK SWING: AIR FILTER PLATFORM MODULE CHASSIS TILT: UMS TO TURNTABLE PERCENT OF MAX CAN STATISTICS CALABRATION DATA DATALOG: GROUND MODULE
LEFT XXX% LEFT XXX% SWITCH: OPEN BATTERY: XX.XV XX.X DEGREES ANGLE XXX.X LOAD: XXXX% TX/SEC: X LOAD 500LB: XXX ENGINE: XH XM CNST. DATA: PX.X
DRIVE OUTPUT: LIFT OUTPUT: BATTERY VOLTAGE: AMBIENT AUXILIARY POWER UMS INCLINATION CAPACITY ANGLE CAN STATISTICS CALIBRATION DATA DATALOG: GROUND MODULE
FORWARD XXX% MAIN UP XXX% XX.XV TEMPERATURE:XXXC SWITCH: OPEN ANGLE XXX.X SWITCH: CLOSED BUS OFF: X PLATFORM UP: XXX DRIVE: XH XM HARDWARE: REV X
STEER OUTPUT: SWING OUTPUT: COOLANT PLATFORM SELECT HORN UMS STATUS: CAPACITY LENGTH CAN STATISTICS CALABRATION DATA DATALOG: GROUND MODULE
LEFT XXX% LEFT XXX% TEMPERATURE:XXXC KEYSWITCH: OPEN SWITCH: OPEN NORMAL SWITCH: CLOSED PASSIVE: 1 PLATFORM DN: XXX LIFT: XH XM S/N: XXXXXX
LEFT TRACK PLATFORM LEVEL: ELECTRIC FAN GROUND SELECT RETURN HYDRAULIC CAN STATISTICS DATALOG: PLATFORM MODULE
OUTPUT: FWD XXX% UP XXX% OUTPUT: OFF KEYSWITCH:CLOSED FILTER: OPEN MSG ERROR: XXXX SWING: XH XM SOFTWARE: P5.0
RIGHT TRACK PLATFORM ROTATE: ELECTRIC FUEL STATION CONTROL: CHARGE PUMP DATALOG: PLATFORM MODULE
OUTPUT: FWD XXX% RIGHT XXX% PUMP OUTPUT: OFF GROUND FILTER: OPEN TELE: XH XM HARDWARE: REV X
– JLG Lift –
STEER TYPE: MAIN TELESCOPE: ENGINE OIL FOOTSWITCH INPUT SOFT TOUCH LIMIT DATALOG: PLATFORM MODULE
NORMAL IN XXX% PRESSURE:XXXXPSI GROUND: OPEN SWITCH: OPEN MAX TEMP: XXC S/N: XXXXXX
BRAKES STATUS: TOWER TELESCOPE: FUEL SELECTION FOOTSWITCH INPUT SOFT TOUCH DATALOG: PROPULSION MOD.
LOCKED IN XXX% SWITCH:GAS PLATFORM: CLOSED OVERRIDE: OPEN MIN TEMP: XXC SOFTWARE: PX.X
CREEP TOWER LIFT: FUEL SELECTION TRANSPORT GENSET/WELDER DATALOG: ANALYZER:

SWITCH: CLOSED DOWN XXX% STATUS:GAS SWITCHES: OPEN SWITCH: OPEN MAX VOLTS: XX.XV ANALYZER V6.3
CREEP MODE: JIB LIFT: AMBIENT TRANSPORT MODE: LIGHTS DATALOG:

OFF UP XXX% TEMPERATURE:XXXC OUT OF TRANSPORT SWITCH: OPEN RENTAL: XH XM
2-SPEED PLATFORM CONTROL FUEL LEVEL END OF STROKE PLATFORM TILT1 DATALOG:
SWITCH: OPEN VALVE: OFF SENSOR: OK PROXIMITY: OPEN ANGLE: XX.X DEG ERASE RENTAL?
2-SPEED VALVE FUNCTION SPEED: STARTER TOWER LIFT PLATFORM TILT2

OUTPUT: OFF PUMP POT XXX% CRANK TIME: XX S PROXIMITY:CLOSED ANGLE: XX.X DEG
HIGH ENGINE CREEP ENGINE SPEED TOWER TELESCOPE PLATFORM TILT1

SWITCH: OPEN SWITCH: CLOSED ACTUAL: XXXX RPM PROXIMITY:CLOSED VOLTAGE: XXXX MV
DRIVE MODE: CREEP MODE: ENGINE SPEED TOWER POSITION: PLATFORM TILT2
MID ENGINE OFF TARGET: XXXX RPM UP/RETRACTED VOLTAGE: XXXX MV
CABLE BREAK CHASSIS TILT:

SWITCH: CLOSED X-AXIS XX.X
CHASSIS TILT:
Y-AXIS XX.X
MENU: SYSTEM TEST:

SYSTEM TEST ACTIVATE?
3121202
6.8 MACHINE PERSONALITY SETTINGS NOTE: Personality settings can be adjusted within the
adjustment range in order to achieve optimum
machine performance.
Table 6-1. Personality Ranges/Defaults
FUNCTION PERSONALITY RANGE DEFAULTS - 600S
DRIVE ACCELeration 0.1s to 5.0s 2.0
DECELeration 0.1s to 3.0s 2.0
Forward MINimum speed 0 to 35% 4
Forward MAXimum speed 0 to 100% 35
REVerse MINimum speed 0 to 35% 4
REVerse MAXimum speed 0 to 100% 35
ELEVATED MAXimum speed 0 to 50% 15
CREEP MAXimum speed 0 to 50% 25
Engine RPM 800 to 2900 1800
TOWER LIFT ACCELeration 0.1 to 5.0 N/A
DECELeration 0.1 to 3.0 N/A
MlNimum UP speed 0 to 60% N/A
MAXimum UP speed 0 to 100% N/A
MINimum DOWN speed 0 to 60% N/A
MAXimum DOWN speed 0 to 100% N/A
Engine RPM 800 to 2900 N/A
UPPER LIFT ACCELeration 0.1 to 5.0 2.0
DECELeration 0.1 to 3.0 0.7
MlNimum UP speed 0 to 60% 40
MAXimum UP speed 0 to 100% 80
CREEP Maximum UP speed 0 to 65% 55
MINimum DOWN speed 0 to 60% 40
MAXimum DOWN speed 0 to 100% 70
CREEP maximum DOWN speed 0 to 75% 55
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-17

SWING ACCELeration 0.1 to 5.0s 2.0
DECELeration 0.1 to 3.0s 1.8
MINimum LEFT speed 0 to 50% 30
MAXimum LEFT speed 0 to 100% 65
CREEP maximum LEFT speed 0 to 65% 45
MINimum RIGHT speed 0 to 50% 30
MAXimum RIGHT speed 0 to 100% 65
CREEP maximum RIGHT speed 0 to 65% 45
TELESCOPE UPPER ACCELeration 0.1 to 5.0 3.5
MINimum IN speed 0 to 65% 45
MAXimum IN speed 0 to 100% 75
MINimum OUT speed 0 to 65% 45
MAXimum OUT speed 0 to 100% 70
TELESCOPE TOWER ACCELeration 0.1 to 5.0 N/A
DECELeration 0.1 to 3.0 N/A
MINimum IN speed 0 to 65% N/A
MAXimum IN speed 0 to 100% N/A
MINimum OUT speed 0 to 65% N/A
MAXimum OUT speed 0 to 100% N/A
Engine RPM 800 to 2900 N/A
BASKET LEVEL ACCELeration 0.1 to 5.0 2.5
MINimum UP speed 0 to 65% 48
MlNimum DOWN speed 0 to 65% 45
6-18 – JLG Lift – 3121202

BASKET ROTATE ACCELeration 0.1 to 5.0 1.8
MlNimum LEFT speed 0 to 65% 46
MAXimum LEFT speed 0 to 100% 50
MINimum RIGHT speed 0 to 65% 46
MAXimum RIGHT speed 0 to 100% 50
JIB LIFT ACCELeration 0.1 to 5.0 5.0
MINimum UP speed 0 to 65% 46
MINimum DOWN speed 0 to 65% 45
STEER MAXimum speed 0 to 100% 100
GROUND MODE Tower LIFT UP speed 0 to 100% N/A
Tower LIFT DOWN speed 0 to 100% N/A
Upper LIFT UP 0 to 100% 60
Upper LIFT DOWN 0 to 100% 60
SWING speed 0 to 100% 60
Upper TELEscope speed 0 to 100% 70
Tower TELEscope speed 0 to 100% N/A
BASKET ROTATE speed 0 to 100% 50
BASKET LEVEL speed 0 to 100% 50
JIB LIFT speed 0 to 100% 50
NOTE: Personality settings can be adjusted anywhere within the adjustment range in order to achieve optimum machine performance.
4150365-5
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-19

Table 6-2. Help Fault Codes, Displayed Faults, and Descriptions
Fault Flash Communicated (Displayed on

Description Priority
Code Analyzer) Fault
None No flash code is indicated for the following help messages. They are 1
intended to hint at a possible problem if the vehicle is not behaving as
expected.
EVERYTHING OK The “normal” help message in platform mode
GROUND MODE OK The “normal” help message in ground mode
FSW OPEN A drive or boom function has been selected but footswitch is open.
RUNNING AT CREEP – All function speeds are limited to creep because the creep switch is open.
CREEP SWITCH OPEN
RUNNING AT CREEP – TILTED All boom function speeds are limited to creep because the vehicle is tilted
AND ABOVE ELEVATION and above elevation.
RUNNING AT CUTBACK – Drive speed is limited to “ELEVATED MAX” because the vehicle is above
ABOVE ELEVATION elevation.
TILT SENSOR OUT OF RANGE The tilt sensor has indicated a tilt angle greater than 19 degrees for more
than 4 seconds. Not reported during 2 second power-up.
LOAD SENSOR READING The load sensor is reading 20% or more under the calibrated zero point.
UNDER WEIGHT This fault may occur if the basket is resting on the ground. Not reported
during 2 second power-up.
1/1 Flash code 1/1 indicates a “sleep” mode.
NOT REQUIRED
2/1 Flash code 2/1 indicates problems with footswitch. 2
FSW FAULTY The two footswitch inputs have read the same state for more than one sec-
ond.
KEYSWITCH FAULTY Both platform and ground modes are selected simultaneously
2/2 Flash code 2/2 indicates problems with drive & steer selection. Except 3
where noted, these faults are not reported during 2 second power-up
sequence.
DRIVE LOCKED – JOYSTICK Drive was selected before and during footswitch closure. Can be reported
MOVED BEFORE FOOT- during power-up sequence.
SWITCH
FSW INTERLOCK TRIPPED Footswitch was closed for seven seconds with no function selected. Can
be reported during power-up sequence.
STEER LOCKED – SELECTED Steer was selected before and during footswitch closure.
BEFORE FOOTSWITCH
STEER SWITCHES FAULTY Both steer switches are active together.
DRIVE / STEER WITH NO This fault only occurs with inductive joysticks. It occurs if the joystick is
QPROX moved out of the neutral position with no Qprox sensors active.
D/S JOY. QPROX BAD These faults only occur with inductive joysticks. They indicate that the Q-
Prox sensor is reading above 3.18 volts.
D/S JOY. OUT OF RANGE LOW Resistive joysticks: These faults do not occur.
Inductive joysticks: The trigger points for these faults are dependent on the
centertap voltage reading. These faults will be triggered when the voltage
is less than the centertap voltage minus half the center tap voltage minus
0.3 volts. If the centertap is at the high end of the range, these faults will be
triggered below 1.05 volts. If the centertap is at the low end of the range,
these faults will be triggered below 0.79 volts.
6-20 – JLG Lift – 3121202


D/S JOY. OUT OF RANGE Resistive joysticks: These faults do not occur if the Vref voltage is below 8.1
HIGH volts. If Vref is above 7.7 volts, Vref is operating out of tolerance or a short to
battery has occurred.
is more than the centertap voltage plus half the centertap voltage plus 0.3
volts. If the centertap is at the high end of the range, these faults will be trig-
gered above 4.35 volts. If the centertap is at the low end of the range, these
faults will be triggered above 3.8 volts.
D/S JOY. CENTER TAP BAD Resistive joysticks: These faults occur when the center tap voltage is not
between 3.08 volts and 3.83 volts. Due to resistor tolerances there is a +/-
.1 volt range around these values where the fault may be indicated.
Inductive joysticks: These faults occur when the center tap voltage is not
WAITING FOR FSW TO BE Footswitch was closed when platform mode was selected. Can be
OPEN reported during power-up sequence.
2/3 Flash code 2/3 indicates problems with boom function selection. 3
LIFT/SWING LOCKED – JOY- Platform upper lift or swing was selected before and during footswitch clo-
STICK MOVED BEFORE sure.
FOOTSWITCH
PUMP SWITCHES FAULTY – A boom function (lower lift, telescope, basket level, basket rotate, jib) has
CHECK DIAGNOSTICS/ both directions selected together.
BOOM
PUMP SWITCHES LOCKED – A platform boom function (lower lift, telescope, basket level, basket rotate,
SELECTED BEFORE FOOT- jib) was selected before key switch or footswitch closure.
SWITCH
PUMP SWITCHES LOCKED – A ground boom function (lower lift, telescope, basket level, basket rotate,
SELECTED BEFORE AUX jib) was selected before aux power.
POWER
LIFT / SWING WITH NO This fault only occurs with inductive joysticks. It occurs if the joystick is
QPROX moved out of the neutral position with no Qprox sensors active.
l/s joy. qprox bad These faults only occur with inductive joysticks. They indicate that the Q-
Prox sensor is reading above 3.18 volts.
l/s joy. out of range low Resistive joysticks: These faults do not occur.
is less than the centertap voltage minus half the center tap voltage minus
0.3 volts. If the centertap is at the high end of the range, these faults will be
triggered below 1.05 volts. If the centertap is at the low end of the range,
these faults will be triggered below 0.79 volts.
l/s joy. out of range high Resistive joysticks: These faults do not occur if the Vref voltage is below 8.1
volts. If Vref is above 7.7 volts, Vref is operating out of tolerance or a short to
battery has occurred.
is more than the centertap voltage plus half the centertap voltage plus 0.3
volts. If the centertap is at the high end of the range, these faults will be trig-
gered above 4.35 volts. If the centertap is at the low end of the range, these
faults will be triggered above 3.8 volts.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-21


l/s joy. center tap bad Resistive joysticks: These faults occur when the center tap voltage is not
Inductive joysticks: These faults occur when the center tap voltage is not
PUMP SWITCHES LOCKED – This fault occurs when a hydraulic function switch is closed before the start
SELECTED BEFORE START switch is closed.
SWTICH
FOOTSWITCH SELECTED The user attempted to start the machine with the footswitch engaged.
BEFORE START
2/4 Flash code 2/4 indicates that steering digital inputs are faulty.
NOT REQUIRED
2/5 Flash code 2/5 indicates that a function is prevented due to a cutout. 4
BOOM PREVENTED – DRIVE A boom function is selected while a drive function is selected and drive cut-
SELECTED out is configured to prevent simultaneous drive & boom operation.
DRIVE PREVENTED – ABOVE Drive is selected while above elevation and drive cutout is configured to
ELEVATION prevent drive.
DRIVE PREVENTED – BOOM Drive is selected while a boom function is selected and drive cutout is con-
SELECTED figured to prevent simultaneous drive & boom operation.
DRIVE PREVENTED – TILTED Drive is selected while tilted and above elevation and tilt is configured to
& ABOVE ELEVATION cutout drive.
MODEL CHANGED – User changed the model number using the analyzer. User must cycle 11
HYDRAULICS SUSPENDED – power before the hydraulics system will be active again.
CYCLE EMS
2/7 Flash code 2/7 indicates that the accelerator input is faulty.
NOT REQUIRED
2/8 Flash code 2/8 indicates a problem with a hydraulic filter. Not 5
reported during 2 second power-up.
RETURN FILTER BYPASSED Hydraulic return filter clogged
charge pump filter bypassed Charge pump filter clogged
3/1 Flash code 3/1 indicates that a contactor did not close when ener-
gized.
NOT REQUIRED
3/2 Flash code 3/2 indicates that a contactor did not open when ener-
gized.
NOT REQUIRED
3/3 Flash code 3/3 indicates a driver problem. All driver faults are 6
detected in a similar manner. Open circuit faults are detected when the
analog feedback reads too high and the output is commanded off.
Short to ground is detected when the analog feedback reads low and
the output is commanded on. Short to battery is detected when the
analog feedback reads Vbat and the output is commanded off. Not
ALTERNATOR/ECM POWER
SHORT TO GROUND
HOUR METER SHORT TO
GROUND
6-22 – JLG Lift – 3121202


HOUR METER SHORT TO
BATTERY
HORN SHORT TO GROUND
HORN OPEN CIRCUIT
HORN SHORT TO BATTERY
AUX POWER SHORT TO
GROUND
AUX POWER OPEN CIRCUIT
AUX POWER SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
GLOW PLUG SHORT TO
GROUND
GLOW PLUG OPEN CIRCUIT
GLOW PLUG SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
LP LOCK SHORT TO
GROUND
LP LOCK OPEN CIRCUIT
LP LOCK SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
LP START ASSIST SHORT TO
GROUND
LP START ASSIST OPEN CIR-
CUIT
LP START ASSIST SHORT TO
BATTERY
MAIN DUMP SHORT TO
GROUND
MAIN DUMP OPEN CIRCUIT
MAIN DUMP SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
PARKING BRAKE SHORT TO
GROUND
PARKING BRAKE OPEN CIR-
CUIT
PARKING BRAKE SHORT TO
BATTERY
START SOLENOID SHORT TO
GROUND
START SOLENOID OPEN CIR-
CUIT
START SOLENOID SHORT TO
BATTERY
STEER DUMP SHORT TO
GROUND
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-23


STEER DUMP OPEN CIRCUIT
STEER DUMP SHORT TO
BATTERY
TWO SPEED SHORT TO
GROUND
TWO SPEED OPEN CIRCUIT
TWO SPEED SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
GROUND ALARM SHORT TO
GROUND
GROUND ALARM OPEN CIR-
CUIT
GROUND ALARM SHORT TO
BATTERY
GENERATOR SHORT TO
GROUND
GENERATOR OPEN CIRCUIT
GENERATOR SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
WELDER SHORT TO
GROUND
WELDER OPEN CIRCUIT
WELDER SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
HEAD TAIL LIGHT SHORT TO
GROUND
HEAD TAIL LIGHT OPEN CIR-
CUIT
HEAD TAIL LIGHT SHORT TO
BATTERY
BASKET UP OVERRIDE Only occurs on machines with electronic leveling systems.
SHORT TO GROUND
BASKET UP OVERRIDE OPEN Only occurs on machines with electronic leveling systems.
CIRCUIT
BASKET UP OVERRIDE Only occurs on machines with electronic leveling systems.
SHORT TO BATTERY
BASKET UP SHORT TO
GROUND
BASKET UP OPEN CIRCUIT
BASKET UP SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
BASKET DOWN SHORT TO
GROUND
BASKET DOWN OPEN CIR-
CUIT
6-24 – JLG Lift – 3121202


BATTERY
BASKET DOWN OVERRIDE Only occurs on machines with electronic leveling systems.
SHORT TO GROUND
OPEN CIRCUIT
SHORT TO BATTERY
BASKET LEFT OPEN CIRCUIT
BASKET LEFT SHORT TO
BATTERY
GROUND
BASKET RIGHT SHORT TO
GROUND
BASKET RIGHT OPEN CIR-
CUIT
BATTERY
JIB UP SHORT TO GROUND
JIB UP OPEN CIRCUIT
JIB UP SHORT TO BATTERY
JIB DOWN SHORT TO
GROUND
JIB DOWN OPEN CIRCUIT
JIB DOWN SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
JIB LEFT SHORT TO
GROUND
JIB LEFT OPEN CIRCUIT
JIB LEFT SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
JIB RIGHT SHORT TO
GROUND
JIB RIGHT OPEN CIRCUIT
JIB RIGHT SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
TOWER UP SHORT TO
GROUND
TOWER UP OPEN CIRCUIT
TOWER UP SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
TOWER DOWN SHORT TO
GROUND
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-25


TOWER DOWN OPEN CIR-
CUIT
TOWER DOWN SHORT TO
BATTERY
TOWER IN SHORT TO
GROUND
TOWER IN OPEN CIRCUIT
TOWER IN SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
TOWER OUT SHORT TO
GROUND
TOWER OUT OPEN CIRCUIT
TOWER OUT SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
UPPER IN SHORT TO
GROUND
UPPER IN OPEN CIRCUIT
UPPER IN SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
UPPER OUT SHORT TO
GROUND
UPPER OUT OPEN CIRCUIT
UPPER OUT SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
LIFT UP DUMP SHORT TO
GROUND
LIFT UP DUMP OPEN CIR-
CUIT
LIFT UP DUMP SHORT TO
BATTERY
LIFT DOWN HOLDING
SHORT TO GROUND
LIFT DOWN HOLDING OPEN
CIRCUIT
LIFT DOWN SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
HOUR METER OPEN CIRCUIT This fault cannot be detected during normal operation. It may be reported
during self test.
FORD ECM POWER OPEN This fault cannot be detected during normal operation. It may be reported
CIRCUIT during self test.
FORD ECM POWER SHORT This fault cannot be detected during normal operation. It may be reported
TO BATTERY during self test.
6-26 – JLG Lift – 3121202


3/4 Flash code 3/4 indicates a driver problem on a platform valve block 6
valve driver. All driver faults are detected in a similar manner. Open cir-
cuit faults are detected when the analog feedback reads too high and
the output is commanded off. Short to ground is detected when the
analog feedback reads low and the output is commanded on. Short to
battery is detected when the analog feedback reads Vbat and the out-
put is commanded off. Not reported during 2 second power-up.
BASKET UP SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
BASKET UP SHORT TO
GROUND
BASKET UP OPEN CIRCUIT
BASKET UP SHORT TO Only occurs on machines with electronic basket leveling
BATTERY OR OPEN CIRCUIT
BATTERY
GROUND
bASKET DOWN OPEN CIR-
CUIT
BASKET DOWN SHORT TO Only occurs on machines with electronic basket leveling.
BATTERY OR OPEN CIRCUIT
BATTERY
BASKER LEFT SHORT TO
GROUND
BASKET LEFT OPEN CIRCUIT
BATTERY
GROUND
BASKET RIGHT OPEN CIR-
CUIT
JIB UP SHORT TO BATTERY
JIB UP SHORT TO GROUND
JIB UP OPEN CIRCUIT
JIB DOWN SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
JIB DOWN SHORT TO
GROUND
JIB DOWN OPEN CIRCUIT
JIB LEFT SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
JIB LEFT SHORT TO
GROUND
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-27


JIB LEFT OPEN CIRCUIT
JIB RIGHT SHORT TO BAT-
TERY
JIB RIGHT SHORT TO
GROUND
JIB RIGHT OPEN CIRCUIT
PLATFORM CONTROL VALVE Only occurs on machines with electronic basket leveling
SHORT TO BATTERY
SHORT TO GROUND
OPEN CIRCUIT
3/5 Flash code 3/5 indicates a brake pressure problem.
NOT REQUIRED
4/2 Flash code 4/2 indicates that the engine is over temperature. NOT
REQUIRED
4/3 Flash code 4/3 indicates problems with the engine. Except where 9
noted, these faults are not reported during 2 second power-up
sequence.
high engine temp Occurs when the engine temperature is above 117 degrees Celsius for the
Ford engines, and above 130 degrees Celsius for the Deutz engines.
AIR FILTER BYPASSED Air filter clogged
NO aLTERNATOR OUTPUT The engine has been running for 15 seconds or more and the battery volt-
age is still below 12.5 volts.
LOW Oil PrESSURE If a Deutz engine is installed, the oil pressure is below 8 PSI and the engine
has been running for at least 10 seconds. If a Ford engine is installed, the
Ford ECM has reported a low oil pressure fault.
OIL PRESSURE SHORT TO If a Deutz engine is installed, this indicates that the oil pressure sensor is
BATTERY reading above 6.6 volts.
OIL PRESSURE SHORT TO If a Deutz engine is installed, this indicates that the oil pressure sensor is
GROUNd reading below 0.1 volts for more than 5 seconds. This fault is not detected
during crank.
COOLANT TEMPERATURE If a Deutz engine is installed, this indicates that the coolant temperature is
SHORT TO GROUND reading below 0.1 volts.
FORD FAULT CODE ## All Ford fault codes except 63 are simply passed through from the FORD
ECM. They only occur if a Ford engine is selected in the machine configu-
ration digits. Can be reported during power-up sequence.
FORD FAULT CODE An unrecognized Ford ECM fault code has been received. Can be
UNKNOWN reported during power-up sequence.
485 communications lost This fault only occurs with a Ford engine. It occurs when no responses are
received from the ECM for 2.5 seconds. Can be reported during power-up
sequence.
FUEL SENSOR SHORT TO Indicates that the fuel sensor is reading above 4.3 volts.
BATTERY
FUEL SENSOR SHORT TO Indicates that the fuel sensor is reading below 0.2 volts.
GROUND
6-28 – JLG Lift – 3121202


4/4 Flash code 4/4 indicates problems with the battery supply. Not 7
BATTERY LOW Battery voltage is below 11V for more than 5 seconds. This fault is not
detected during crank. This is a warning – the controller does not shut
down.
BATTERY TOO HIGH – Battery voltage is above 16V. EMS recycle required.
SYSTEM SHUT DOWN
BATTERY TOO LOW – Battery voltage is below 9V.
SYSTEM SHUT DOWN
5/5 Flash code 5/5 indicates problems with vehicle engine RPM or the 8
encoder. Not reported during 2 second power-up.
SPEED SENSOR READING This fault is detected with diesel engines only. The RPM pickup is indicat-
INVALID SPEED ing a speed that greater than 4000 RPM or approximately 8875 Hz.
SPEED INPUT LOST This fault is detected with diesel engines only. It occurs if there is no RPM
detected and the oil pressure input is reading above 8 PSI for more than
three seconds. This is probably due to wiring problems at the ground mod-
ule or a faulty speed sensor.
6/6 Flash code 6/6 indicates problems with the CAN bus. 10
CAN BUS FAILURE: The ground module or platform module is not receiving CAN messages.
This is probably due to wiring problems between the platform and ground
modules.
7/7 Flash code 7/7 indicates problems with a motor.
NOT REQUIRED
9/9 Flash code 9/9 indicates problems with the controller. 11
PLATFORM MODULE Platform module code is too old to support the EIM or BPE load sensor and
SOFTWARE UPDATE the machine is configured to use one of these two sensors. The PM code
REQUIRED must be updated to a newer version.
HIGH RESOLUTION A2D The ADS1213 chip in the platform module has stopped asserting its inter-
FAILURE –INTERRUPT LOST rupt(DRDY) line for some reason. An EMS cycle is required.
HIGH RESOLUTION A2D The ADS1213 has needed to be reset 3 or more times.
FAILURE-REINIT LIMIT
PLATFORM MODULE FAIL- Platform module V(Low) FET has failed
URE: hwfs CODE 1
GROUND MODULE FAILURE: Ground module V(Low) FET has failed
hwfs CODE 1
GROUND SENSOR REF These faults occur when the seven volt reference voltage used for the joy-
VOLTAGE OUT OF RANGE sticks, sensors, etc. goes out of range. Not reported during 2 second
power-up.
PLATFORM SENSOR REF These faults occur when the seven volt reference voltage used for the joy-
VOLTAGE OUT OF RANGE sticks, sensors, etc. goes out of range. Not reported during 2 second
power-up.
EEPROM FAILURE – CHECK A critical failure occurred with the EEPROM. Personalities, machine con-
ALL SETTINGS figuration digits, etc. may be reset to default values and should be
checked.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-29


CHASSIS TILT SENSOR NOT Indicates that the chassis tilt sensor calibration information has been lost.
GAIN CALIBRATED Machine will indicate that it is tilted at all times. This calibration data is pro-
grammed into the unit at the factory.
CHASSIS TILT SENSOR GAIN Indicates that the chassis tilt sensor calibration has become corrupted.
OUT OF RANGE
6-30 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Table 6-3. Machine Configuration Programming Information Prior to Software Version P5.3
Configuration Digit Number Description Default Number
MODEL NUMBER: 1 400S 1

1 2 450A
3 510A
4 600S
5 600A
6 600SC
7 601S
8 740A
9 800A
10 800S
MARKET: 0 ANSI USA 0

2 1 ANSI EXPORT
2 CSA
3 CE
4 AUSTRALIA
5 JAPAN
ENGINE: 1 FORD EFI GAS: Ford LRG425 EFI Gas (Tier 1) 11

3*
* Engine selections vary 2 FORD EFI D/F: Ford LRG425 EFI dual fuel (Tier 1)
depending on model selec-
tion. 3 DEUTZ F4 TIER1: Deutz F4M1011F Diesel (Tier 1)
4 DEUTZ F3 TIER1: Deutz F3M1011F Diesel (Tier 1)
5 CAT. 3024C: CAT 3024C Diesel (Tier 2)
7 DEUTZ F4 TIER2: Deutz F4M2011 Diesel (Tier 2)
9 FORD GAS TIER2: Ford LRG425 EFI Gas (Tier 2)
10 FORD D/F TIER2: Ford LRG425 EFI Dual Fuel (Tier 2)
11 DEUTZ ECM: Engine Control Module - ECM
FLYWHEEL TEETH: 0 133 TEETH: 133 flywheel teeth. 1

4*
* This menu item is only visible if 1 110 TEETH: 110 flywheel teeth.
Deutz engine selections 3 or 4 are
selected.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-31

GLOW PLUG: 0 NO GLOW PLUGS: No glow plugs installed. 1

5
1 W/O STARTER LOCK: Automatic pre-glow time determined by ambient air temperature;
engine start can be attempted at any time during pre-glow.
2 W/ STARTER LOCK: Automatic pre-glow time determined by ambient air temperature;

engine start is NOT permitted until pre-glow is finished.
ENGINE SHUTDOWN: 0 DISABLED: No engine shutdown. 1

6
1 ENABLED: Shutdown engine when coolant temperature is greater than 110 deg. C or the
oil pressure is less than 8 psi.
TILT: 1 5 DEGREES: Reduces the maximum speed of all boom functions to creep when tilted 1
7* more than 5 degrees and above elevation; also reduces drive speed to creep.
* Certain market selections
will limit tilt options. 2 4 DEGREES: Reduces the maximum speed of all boom functions to creep when tilted
more than 4 degrees and above elevation; also reduces drive speed to creep.
3 3 DEGREES: Reduces the maximum speed of all boom functions to creep when tilted
more than 3 degrees and above elevation; also reduces drive speed to creep.
4 4 DEGREES + CUT: Reduces the maximum speed of all boom functions to creep when
tilted more than 4 degrees and above elevation; also disallows tower lift up, tower tele-
scope out, drive, main telescope out and main lift up.
Note: Any of the selections above will light the tilt lamp when a tilted condition occurs and
will sound the platform alarm when the machine is also above elevation.
JIB: 0 NO: No jib installed. 0

8*
* Only visible under certain 1 YES: Jib installed which has up and down movements only.
model selections
4 WHEEL STEER: 0 NO: No four-wheel steer installed. 0

9*
* Only visible under certain 1 YES: Four-wheel steer installed.
model selections.
SOFT TOUCH: 0 NO: No soft touch system installed. 0

10*
* Only visible under certain 1 YES: Soft touch system installed.
model selections.
GEN SET/WELDER: 0 NO: No generator installed. 0

11
1 BELT DRIVE: Belt driven setup.
6-32 – JLG Lift – 3121202

GEN SET CUTOUT: 0 MOTION ENABLED: Motion enabled when generator is ON. 0
12*
* Only visible if Gen Set / 1 MOTION CUTOUT: Motion cutout in platform mode only.
Welder Menu selection is not 0.
H & T LIGHTS: 0 NO: No head and tail lights installed. 0

13
1 YES: Head and tail lights installed.
CABLE SWITCH: 0 NO: No broken cable switch installed. 0

14*
* Only visible under certain 1 YES: Broken cable switch installed.
model selections.
* Certain market and model
selections will alter the default
setting.
LOAD SYSTEM: 0 NO: No load sensor installed. 0

15*
* Only visible under certain 1 WARN ONLY: Functions in creep, overload lamp lit, platform alarm beeps (5 sec ON, 2
model selections. sec OFF).
* Certain market selections will
limit load system options or 2 CUTOUT PLATFORM: All functions cutout, overload lamp lit, platform alarm beeps (5
alter default setting.
sec ON, 2 sec OFF).
3 CUTOUT ALL: All functions cutout, flash overload light (500mS on, 500mS off), platform
alarm beeps (5 sec ON, 2 sec OFF).
4 SPECIAL 1: Functions in creep, overload lamp lit, disables main telescope out & main lift
up, platform alarm beeps (5 sec ON, 2 sec OFF).
LOAD SENSOR: 0 1 ON ROTATOR: Use the on-board load sensor for all models except those which use the 1
16* Leveling Platform Module.
* Only visible if Load Sensor
Menu selection is not 0. 1 4 UNDER PLATFORM: Use the EIM for load sensing.
* Market selections will limit
certain load sensor options.
FUNCTION CUTOUT: 0 NO: No drive cutout. 0

17*
* Only visible under certain 1 BOOM CUTOUT: Boom function cutout while driving above elevation.
market selections.
* Certain market selections 2 DRIVE CUTOUT: Drive cutout above elevation.
will limit function cutout options
or alter default setting.
3 DRIVE CUT E&T: Drive cutout above elevation and tilted.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-33

GROUND ALARM: 0 NO: No ground alarm installed. 0

18*
* Certain market selections will 1 DRIVE: Travel alarm sounds when the drive function is active (Option).
alter default setting.
2 DESCENT: Descent alarm sounds when lift down is active (Option).
3 MOTION: Motion alarm sounds when any function is active (Option).
DRIVE: 0 4WD: Four wheel drive. 0

19*
* Only visible under certain 1 2WD: Two wheel drive.
model selections.
2 2WD W/ 2-SPEED: Two wheel drive with 2-speed valve.
TEMPERATURE: 0 CELSIUS: Celsius unit selection. 1
20
1 FAHRENHEIT: Fahrenheit unit selection.
LEVELING MODE: 0 ALL FUNCTIONS: Platform level with all functions. 0

21*
* Only visible on 800S models. 1 LEVEL LIFT/TELESCOPE: Platform level on lift and telescope only.
4150364-14
6-34 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Table 6-4. Machine Configuration Programming Information Software Version P5.3 to P6.1
Configuration Label/ Default

Number Description
Digit Number

1
2 450A
3 510A
4 600S
5 600A
6 600SC
7 601S
8 740A
9 800A
10 800S

2
1 ANSI EXPORT
2 CSA
3 CE
4 AUSTRALIA
5 JAPAN
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-35


Number Description
Digit Number

3*
7 PERKINS 404C (Tier 2)
12 DEUTZ ECM: Engine Control Module - ECM
13 DUAL FUEL ECM: GM/PSI 3.0L Dual Fuel (Tier 2)

4*
* This menu item is only 1 110 TEETH: 110 flywheel teeth.
visible if Deutz engine
selections 3 or 4 are
selected.

5
1 AIR INTAKE: Glow plugs installed in the air intake on the manifold.
2 IN-CYLINDER: Glow plugs installed in each cylinder.
STARTER LOCKOUT: 0 DISABLED: Automatic pre-glow time determined by ambient air temperature; engine 0
6 start can be attempted at any time during pre-glow.
1 ENABLED: Automatic pre-glow time determined by ambient air temperature; engine

start is NOT permitted until pre-glow is finished.
6-36 – JLG Lift – 3121202


Number Description
Digit Number

7
oil pressure is less than 8 PSI.
will limit tilt options and alter 2 4 DEGREES: Reduces the maximum speed of all boom functions to creep when tilted
default setting. more than 4 degrees and above elevation; also reduces drive speed to creep.
Note: Any of the selections 3 3 DEGREES: Reduces the maximum speed of all boom functions to creep when tilted
above will light the tilt lamp more than 3 degrees and above elevation; also reduces drive speed to creep.
when a tilted condition
occurs and will sound the 4 4 DEGREES + CUT: Reduces the maximum speed of all boom functions to creep when
platform alarm when the tilted more than 4 degrees and above elevation; also disallows tower lift up, tower tele-
machine is also above ele- scope out, drive, main telescope out and main lift up.
vation.

9*
model selections.

10*
model selections.

11*
model selections.

12
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-37


Number Description
Digit Number
13*
Welder Menu selection is
not 0.

14

15*
model selections.
* Certain market and
model selections will alter
the default setting.

16*
market selections. sec OFF).
will limit load system 2 CUTOUT PLATFORM: All functions cutout, overload lamp lit, platform alarm beeps (5
options or alter default set- sec ON, 2 sec OFF).
ting.
* Only visible if Load Sen-
sor Menu selection is not 0 1 4 UNDER PLATFORM: Use the EIM for load sensing.
and under certain market
selections.
will limit load sensor
options.
6-38 – JLG Lift – 3121202


Number Description
Digit Number

18*
market selections.
* Certain market selections 2 DRIVE CUTOUT: Drive & steer cutout above elevation.
will limit function cutout
options or alter default set- 3 DRIVE CUT E&T: Drive & steer cutout above elevation and tilted.
ting.

19*
* Certain market selections 1 DRIVE: Travel alarm sounds when the drive function is active (Option).
will alter default setting.

20*
model selections.

21*
* Certain market selections 1 FAHRENHEIT: Fahrenheit unit selection.

22*
* Only visible on 800S 1 LEVEL LIFT/TELESCOPE: Platform level on lift and telescope only.
models.
4150364-18
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-39

Table 6-5. Machine Configuration Programming Information Software Version P6.1 to Present

Number Description
Digit Number

1
2 450A
3 510A
4 600S
5 600A
6 600SC
7 601S
8 740A
9 800A
10 800S

2
1 ANSI EXPORT
2 CSA
3 CE
4 AUSTRALIA
5 JAPAN
6-40 – JLG Lift – 3121202


Number Description
Digit Number

3*
7 PERKINS 404C (Tier 2)
12 DEUTZ ECM: Engine Control Module - ECM (Tier 2 and Tier 3)
13 DUAL FUEL ECM: GM/PSI 3.0L Dual Fuel (Tier 2)
14 PERKINS ECM
15 CAT ECM

4*
* This menu item is only 1 110 TEETH: 110 flywheel teeth.
visible if Deutz engine
selections 3 or 4 are
selected.

5
1 AIR INTAKE: Glow plugs installed in the air intake on the manifold.
2 IN-CYLINDER: Glow plugs installed in each cylinder.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-41


Number Description
Digit Number
STARTER LOCKOUT: 0 DISABLED: Automatic pre-glow time determined by ambient air temperature; engine 0
6 start can be attempted at any time during pre-glow.
1 ENABLED: Automatic pre-glow time determined by ambient air temperature; engine

start is NOT permitted until pre-glow is finished.

7
oil pressure is less than 8 PSI.
will limit tilt options and alter 2 4 DEGREES: Reduces the maximum speed of all boom functions to creep when tilted
default setting. more than 4 degrees and above elevation; also reduces drive speed to creep.
Note: Any of the selections 3 3 DEGREES: Reduces the maximum speed of all boom functions to creep when tilted
above will light the tilt lamp more than 3 degrees and above elevation; also reduces drive speed to creep.
when a tilted condition
occurs and will sound the 4 4 DEGREES + CUT: Reduces the maximum speed of all boom functions to creep when
platform alarm when the tilted more than 4 degrees and above elevation; also disallows tower lift up, tower tele-
machine is also above ele- scope out, drive, main telescope out and main lift up.
vation.

9*
model selections.

10*
model selections.

11*
model selections.
6-42 – JLG Lift – 3121202


Number Description
Digit Number

12
13*
Welder Menu selection is
not 0.

14

15*
model selections.
* Certain market and
model selections will alter
the default setting.

16*
market selections. sec OFF).
will limit load system 2 CUTOUT PLATFORM: All functions cutout, overload lamp lit, platform alarm beeps (5
options or alter default set- sec ON, 2 sec OFF).
ting.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-43


Number Description
Digit Number
* Only visible if Load Sen-
sor Menu selection is not 0 1 4 UNDER PLATFORM: Use the EIM for load sensing.
and under certain market
selections.
will limit load sensor
options.

18*
market selections.
* Certain market selections 2 DRIVE CUTOUT: Drive & steer cutout above elevation.
will limit function cutout
options or alter default set- 3 DRIVE CUT E&T: Drive & steer cutout above elevation and tilted.
ting.

19*
* Certain market selections 1 DRIVE: Travel alarm sounds when the drive function is active (Option).

20*
model selections.

21*
* Certain market selections 1 FAHRENHEIT: Fahrenheit unit selection.
6-44 – JLG Lift – 3121202


Number Description
Digit Number

22*
* Only visible on 800S 1 LEVEL LIFT/TELESCOPE: Platform level on lift and telescope only.
models.
DRIVE CONTROL: 0 NORMAL: Drive coils are energized from the Ground Module. 2
23
1 PROPULSION: Drive coils are energized from the Propulsion Module.
2 ENHANCED: Drive coils are energized from the Ground Module and the ground side of
the drive coils are brought back to current feedback returns.
CLEARSKY: 0 NO: Clearsky (telematics) option is disabled. 0

24
1 YES: Clearsky (telematics) option is enabled.
CRIBBING OPTION: 0 NO: Cribbing Option is disabled. 0

25
1 YES: Cribbing Option is enabled.
4150364-19
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-45

NOTE: Bold Italic Numbers indicate the default setting. Plain text indicates another available selection. Bold, Italic
underlined numbers indicate the default when the option is factory installed.
600S
HEAD & TAIL LIGHTS

ENGINE SHUTDOWN
GEN SET / WELDER
GEN SET CUTOUT

MODEL NUMBER
4 WHEEL STEER
GLOW PLUGS
SOFT TOUCH
MARKET
ENGINE
TILT
JIB
ANSI USA 4 0 11 0 1 2 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
ANSI EXPORT 4 1 11 0 1 2 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
CSA 4 2 11 0 1 2 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
CE 4 3 11 0 1 2 0 1 X X 3 X 5 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
AUSTRALIA 4 4 11 0 1 2 0 1 X X 3 X 5 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
JAPAN 4 5 11 0 1 2 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
600S
CABLE BREAK SWITCH
FUNCTION CUTOUT
GROUND ALARM
TEMPERATURE
LOAD SENSOR
LOAD SYSTEM
DRIVE TYPE
ANSI USA 0 1 0 X X X X 0 1 0 X X X 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 0 1
ANSI EXPORT 0 1 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 0 1
CSA 0 1 0 X X X X 0 1 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 0 1
CE 0 1 0 X 2 3 X 0 1 0 1 X X 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 0 1
AUSTRALIA 0 1 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 0 1
JAPAN 0 1 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 0 1
6-46 – JLG Lift – 3121202

NOTE: Bold Italic Numbers indicate the default setting. Plain text indicates another available selection. Italic, underlined
numbers indicate the default when the option is factory installed.
600SJ
HEAD & TAIL LIGHTS

ENGINE SHUTDOWN
GEN SET / WELDER
GEN SET CUTOUT

MODEL NUMBER
4 WHEEL STEER
GLOW PLUGS
SOFT TOUCH
MARKET
ENGINE
TILT
JIB
ANSI USA 4 0 11 0 1 2 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
ANSI EXPORT 4 1 11 0 1 2 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
CSA 4 2 11 0 1 2 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
CE 4 3 11 0 1 2 0 1 X X 3 X 5 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
AUSTRALIA 4 4 11 0 1 2 0 1 X X 3 X 5 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
JAPAN 4 5 11 0 1 2 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
600SJ
CABLE BREAK SWITCH
FUNCTION CUTOUT
GROUND ALARM
TEMPERATURE
LOAD SENSOR
LOAD SYSTEM
DRIVE TYPE
ANSI USA 0 1 0 1 0 X X X 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 0 1
ANSI EXPORT 0 1 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 0 1
CSA 0 1 0 1 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 0 1
CE 0 1 0 2 3 0 1 0 1 X X 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 0 1
AUSTRALIA 0 1 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 0 1
JAPAN 0 1 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 0 1
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-47

NOTE: Bold Italic Numbers indicate the default setting. Plain text indicates another available selection. Italic, underlined
numbers indicate the default when the option is factory installed.
660SJ
HEAD & TAIL LIGHTS

ENGINE SHUTDOWN
GEN SET / WELDER
GEN SET CUTOUT

MODEL NUMBER
4 WHEEL STEER
GLOW PLUGS
SOFT TOUCH
MARKET
ENGINE
TILT
JIB
ANSI USA 4 0 11 0 1 2 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
ANSI EXPORT 4 1 11 0 1 2 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
CSA 4 2 11 0 1 2 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
CE 4 3 11 0 1 2 0 1 X X 3 X 5 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
AUSTRALIA 4 4 11 0 1 2 0 1 X X 3 X 5 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
JAPAN 4 5 11 0 1 2 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
660SJ
CABLE BREAK SWITCH
FUNCTION CUTOUT
GROUND ALARM
TEMPERATURE
LOAD SENSOR
LOAD SYSTEM
DRIVE TYPE
ANSI USA 0 1 0 X X X X 0 1 0 X X X 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 0 1
ANSI EXPORT 0 1 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 0 1
CSA 0 1 0 X X X X 0 1 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 0 1
CE 0 1 0 X 2 3 X 0 1 0 1 X X 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 0 1
AUSTRALIA 0 1 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 0 1
JAPAN 0 1 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 0 1
6-48 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Table 6-6. Fault Code Listing
HELP MESSAGE FAULT FAULT REMOVAL
OK 0 0 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
DRIVING AT CREEP - TILTED 0 0 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
FSW OPEN 0 0 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
RUNNING AT CREEP - CREEP SWITCH OPEN 0 0 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
RUNNING AT CREEP - TILTED AND ABOVE ELEVATION 0 0 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
RUNNING AT CUTBACK - ABOVE ELEVATION 0 0 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
TILT SENSOR OUT OF RANGE 0 0 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
LOAD SENSOR READING UNDER WEIGHT 0 0 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
FSW FAULTY 2 1 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
KEYSWITCH FAULTY 2 1 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
DRIVE LOCKED - JOYSTICK MOVED BEFORE FOOTSWITCH 2 2 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
FSW INTERLOCK TRIPPED 2 2 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
STEER LOCKED - SELECTED BEFORE FOOTSWITCH 2 2 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
STEER SWITCHES FAULTY 2 2 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
D/S JOY. QPROX BAD 2 2 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
L/S JOY. QPROX BAD 2 3 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
D/S JOY. OUT OF RANGE LOW 2 2 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
D/S JOY. OUT OF RANGE HIGH 2 2 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
L/S JOY. OUT OF RANGE LOW 2 3 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
L/S JOY. OUT OF RANGE HIGH 2 3 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
D/S JOY. CENTER TAP BAD 2 2 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
L/S JOY. CENTER TAP BAD 2 3 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
WAITING FOR FSW TO BE OPEN 2 2 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
PUMP POT FAULTY 2 3 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
PUMP SWITCHES FAULTY - CHECK DIAGNOSTICS/BOOM 2 3 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
PUMP SWITCHES LOCKED - SELECTED BEFORE FOOTSWITCH 2 3 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
PUMP SWITCHES LOCKED - SELECTED BEFORE START SWITCH 2 3 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
FOOTSWITCH SELECTED BEFORE START 2 3 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
BOOM PREVENTED - DRIVE SELECTED 2 5 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
DRIVE PREVENTED - ABOVE ELEVATION 2 5 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
DRIVE PREVENTED - TILTED & ABOVE ELEVATION 2 5 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
DRIVE PREVENTED - BOOM SELECTED 2 5 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-49

FORD ECM POWER SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
HORN SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
HORN OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
HORN SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
AUX POWER SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
AUX POWER OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
AUX POWER SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
GLOW PLUG SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
GLOW PLUG OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
GLOW PLUG SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
LP LOCK SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
LP LOCK OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
LP LOCK SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
LP START ASSIST SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
LP START ASSIST OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
LP START ASSIST SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
MAIN DUMP SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
MAIN DUMP OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
MAIN DUMP SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
PARKING BRAKE SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
PARKING BRAKE OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
PARKING BRAKE SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
START SOLENOID SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
START SOLENOID OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
START SOLENOID SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
STEER DUMP SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
STEER DUMP OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
STEER DUMP SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
TWO SPEED SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
TWO SPEED OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
TWO SPEED SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
ALARM SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
ALARM OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
6-50 – JLG Lift – 3121202

ALARM SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
GENERATOR SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
GENERATOR OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
GENERATOR SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
HEAD TAIL LIGHT SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
HEAD TAIL LIGHT OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
HEAD TAIL LIGHT SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
HOUR METER SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
HOUR METER SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
BASKET UP SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
BASKET UP OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
BASKET UP SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
BASKET DOWN SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
BASKET DOWN OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
BASKET DOWN SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
BASKET LEFT SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
BASKET LEFT OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
BASKET LEFT SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
BASKET RIGHT SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
BASKET RIGHT OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
BASKET RIGHT SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
JIB UP SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
JIB UP OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
JIB UP SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
JIB DOWN SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
JIB DOWN OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
JIB DOWN SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
JIB LEFT SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
JIB LEFT OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
JIB LEFT SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
JIB RIGHT SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
JIB RIGHT OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
JIB RIGHT SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-51

TOWER UP SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
TOWER UP OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
TOWER UP SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
TOWER DOWN SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
TOWER DOWN OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
TOWER DOWN SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
TOWER IN SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
TOWER IN OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
TOWER IN SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
TOWER OUT SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
TOWER OUT OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
TOWER OUT SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
UPPER IN SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
UPPER IN OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
UPPER IN SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
UPPER OUT SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
UPPER OUT OPEN CIRCUIT 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
UPPER OUT SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
FUEL SENSOR SHORT TO BATTERY 3 3 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
FUEL SENSOR SHORT TO GROUND 3 3 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
OIL PRESSURE SHORT TO BATTERY 4 3 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
OIL PRESSURE SHORT TO GROUND 4 3 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SHORT TO GROUND 4 3 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
FORD FAULT CODE 12 4 3 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
6-52 – JLG Lift – 3121202

FORD FAULT CODE UNKNOWN 4 3 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
RETURN FILTER BYPASSED 2 8 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
CHARGE PUMP FILTER BYPASSED 2 8 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
BATTERY LOW 4 4 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
BATTERY TOO HIGH - SYSTEM SHUT DOWN 4 4 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
BATTERY TOO LOW - SYSTEM SHUT DOWN 4 4 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
SPEED SENSOR READING INVALID SPEED 5 5 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
SPEED INPUT LOST 5 5 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
ENGINE TEMP HIGH 4 3 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
AIR FILTER BYPASSED 4 3 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-53

NO ALTERNATOR OUTPUT 4 3 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
OIL PRESSURE LOW 4 3 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
485 COMMUNICATIONS LOST 4 3 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
CAN BUS FAILURE 6 6 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
LOAD SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED 9 9 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
TILT SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED 9 9 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
EEPROM FAILURE - CHECK ALL SETTINGS 9 9 REQUIRES EMS TO BE RECYCLED TO CLEAR FAULT
PLATFORM MODULE FAILURE: HWFS CODE 1 9 9 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
GROUND MODULE FAILURE: HWFS CODE 1 9 9 CLEARS WHEN FAULT IS REMOVED
6-54 – JLG Lift – 3121202

6.9 ANALYZER DIAGNOSTICS MENU the next outer level. The LEFT/RIGHT arrow keys move
between items in the same level. The UP/DOWN arrow
STRUCTURE keys alter a value if allowed
In the following structure descriptions, an intended item is
selected by pressing ENTER; pressing ESC steps back to
Table 6-7. Adjustments - Personality Descriptions
DRIVE
ACCEL … Displays/adjusts drive acceleration
DECEL … Displays/adjusts drive deceleration
MIN FORWARD … Displays/adjusts minimum forward drive speed
MAX FORWARD … Displays/adjusts maximum forward drive speed
MIN REVERSE … Displays/adjusts minimum reverse drive speed
MAX REVERSE … Displays/adjusts maximum reverse drive speed
ELEVATED MAX … Displays/adjusts maximum drive speed

NOTE: used when elevation cutout switches are limiting maximum speed
CREEP MAX … Displays/adjusts maximum drive speed

NOTE: used when creep switch on pump pot is active
STEER MAX … Displays/adjusts the maximum steer speed
LIFT
ACCEL … Displays/adjusts upper lift acceleration
DECEL … Displays/adjusts upper lift deceleration
MIN UP … Displays/adjusts minimum upper lift up speed
MAX UP … Displays/adjusts maximum upper lift up speed
CREEP UP … Displays/adjusts maximum upper lift up speed

MIN DOWN … Displays/adjusts minimum upper lift down speed
MAX DOWN … Displays/adjusts maximum upper lift down speed
CREEP DOWN … Displays/adjusts maximum upper lift down speed

3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-55

SWING
ACCEL … Displays/adjusts swing acceleration
DECEL … Displays/adjusts swing deceleration
MIN LEFT … Displays/adjusts minimum swing left speed
MAX LEFT … Displays/adjusts maximum swing left speed
CREEP LEFT … Displays/adjusts maximum swing left speed

MIN RIGHT … Displays/adjusts minimum swing right speed
MAX RIGHT … Displays/adjusts maximum swing right speed
CREEP RIGHT … Displays/adjusts maximum swing right speed

UPPER TELESCOPE
ACCEL … Displays/adjusts telescope acceleration
DECEL … Displays/adjusts telescope deceleration
MIN IN … Displays/adjusts minimum telescope in speed
MAX IN … Displays/adjusts maximum telescope in speed
MIN OUT … Displays/adjusts minimum telescope out speed
MAX OUT … Displays/adjusts maximum telescope out speed
BASKET LEVEL
ACCEL … Displays/adjusts basket level acceleration
DECEL … Displays/adjusts basket level deceleration
MIN UP … Displays/adjusts minimum basket level up speed
MAX UP … Displays/adjusts maximum basket level up speed
MIN DOWN … Displays/adjusts minimum basket level down speed
MAX DOWN … Displays/adjusts maximum basket level down speed
BASKET ROTATE
ACCEL … Displays/adjusts basket rotate acceleration
DECEL … Displays/adjusts basket rotate deceleration
MIN LEFT … Displays/adjusts minimum basket rotate left speed
MAX LEFT … Displays/adjusts maximum basket rotate left speed
MIN RIGHT … Displays/adjusts minimum basket rotate right speed
MAX RIGHT … Displays/adjusts maximum basket rotate right speed
6-56 – JLG Lift – 3121202

JIB LIFT Not displayed if JIB = NO
ACCEL … Displays/adjusts jib acceleration
DECEL … Displays/adjusts jib deceleration
MIN UP … Displays/adjusts minimum jib up speed
MAX UP … Displays/adjusts maximum jib up speed
MIN DOWN … Displays/adjusts minimum jib down speed
MAX DOWN … Displays/adjusts maximum jib down speed
MIN LEFT … Displays/adjusts minimum jib left speed
MAX LEFT … Displays/adjusts maximum jib left speed
MIN RIGHT … Displays/adjusts minimum jib right speed
MAX RIGHT … Displays/adjusts maximum jib right speed
STEER
MAX SPEED … Displays/adjusts maximum steer speed, which applies when vehicle speed is at minimum
GROUND MODE
LIFT UP … Displays/adjusts fixed lift up speed
LIFT DOWN … Displays/adjusts fixed lift down speed
SWING … Displays/adjusts fixed swing speed
TELE … Displays/adjusts fixed telescope speed
BASKETLEVEL … Displays/adjusts fixed basket level speed
BASKETROTATE … Displays/adjusts fixed basket rotate speed
JIB (U/D) … Displays/adjusts jib lift speed

Not displayed if JIB = NO
JIB (L/R)… Displays/adjusts jib swing speed

3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-57

Table 6-8. Diagnostic Menu Descriptions
DRIVE
DRIVE FOR … Displays drive joystick direction & demand
STEER … Displays steer switch direction & demand

NOTE: steer demand is inversely proportional to vehicle speed
BRAKES … Displays brake control system status
CREEP … Displays pump pot creep switch status
TWO SPEED ... Displays two speed switch status
2 SPEED MODE Displays status of two speed valve
HIGH ENGINE Displays high engine switch status
BOOM
U LIFT UP … Displays lift joystick direction & demand
SWING LEFT … Displays swing joystick direction & demand
LEVEL UP … Displays basket level switch direction & demand

NOTE: demand is controlled by the pump pot
ROT. LEFT … Displays basket rotate switch direction & demand

U TELE IN … Displays telescope switch direction & demand

JIB UP … Displays jib lift switch direction & demand

JIB LEFT … Displays jib swing switch direction & demand

PUMP POT … Displays pump pot demand
ENGINE
START … Displays start switch status
AIR FILTER … Displays air filter status
BATTERY … Displays measured battery voltage
COOLANT … Displays coolant temperature
OIL PRS … Displays oil pressure status
FUEL SELECT … Displays selected fuel (Dual Fuel only)
FUEL LEVEL … Displays fuel level status
RPM Displays Engine RPM
GM BATTERY Displays battery voltage at ground module
6-58 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Table 6-8. Diagnostic Menu Descriptions
PM BATTERY … Displays battery voltage at platform module
TEMP ... Displays ground module temperature
ELEV. CUTOUT … Displays elevation cutout switch status
FUNC. CUTOUT … Displays function cutout switch status
CREEP… Displays creep switch status
TILT … Displays measured vehicle tilt
AUX POWER … Displays status of auxiliary power switch
HORN … Displays status of horn switch
R FILTER … Displays status of return filter switch
C FILTER … Displays status of charge pump filter
LOAD LENGTH … Displays length switch status
ANGLE … Displays angle switch status
LOAD … Displays load sensor value

NOTE: Not displayed if load = 0.
DATALOG
ON … Displays total controller on (EMS) time
ENGINE … Displays engine run time
DRIVE … Displays total controller drive operation time
LIFT … Displays total controller lift operation time
SWING … Displays total controller swing operation time
TELE … Displays total controller tele operation time
MAX.TEMP … Displays maximum measured heatsink temp.
MIN.TEMP … Displays minimum measured heatsink temp.
MAX.VOLTS … Displays maximum measured battery voltage
RENTAL … Displays total controller operation time

NOTE: can be reset
ERASE RENTAL Not available at password level 2
YES:ENTER, NO:ESC ENTER resets rental datalog time to zero
VERSIONS
GROUND … Displays ground module software version
PLATFORM … Displays platform module software version
ANALYSER … Displays Analyzer software version
3121202 – JLG Lift – 6-59

NOTES:
6-60 – JLG Lift – 3121202

SECTION 7. BASIC ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS

7.1 GENERAL are reversed. Check what reading is expected, the loca-
tion of the signal and that the leads are connected to the
This section contains basic electrical information and device under test correctly. Also check that the lead on the
schematics to be used for locating and correcting most of "COM" port goes to the Ground or negative side of the sig-
the operating problems which may develop. If a problem nal and the lead on the other port goes to the positive side
should develop which is not presented in this section or of the signal.
which is not corrected by listed corrective actions, techni-
cally qualified guidance should be obtained before pro- Scale
ceeding with any maintenance.
M = Mega = 1,000,000 * (Displayed Number)
7.2 MULTIMETER BASICS
k = kilo = 1,000 * (Displayed Number)
A wide variety of multimeters or Volt Ohm Meters (VOM)
can be used for troubleshooting your equipment. This m = milli = (Displayed Number) / 1,000
section shows diagrams of a common, digital VOM con-
μ = micro = (Displayed Number) / 1,000,000
figured for several different circuit measurements. Instruc-
tions for your VOM may vary. Please consult the meter Example: 1.2 k = 1200 
operator’s manual for more information.
Example: 50 mA = 0.05 A
Grounding
Voltage Measurement
"Grounding the meter" means to take the black lead
(which is connected to the COM (common) or negative
port) and touch it to a good path to the negative side of
the Voltage source.
Backprobing
To "backprobe" means to take the measurement by
accessing a connector’s contact on the same side as the
wires, the back of the connector. Readings can be done
while maintaining circuit continuity this way. If the connec-
tor is the sealed type, great care must be taken to avoid
damaging the seal around the wire. It is best to use
probes or probe tips specifically designed for this tech-
nique, especially on sealed connectors. Whenever possi-
ble insert probes into the side of the connector such that
the test also checks both terminals of the connection. It is
possible to inspect a connection within a closed connec-
tor by backprobing both sides of a connector terminal and
measuring resistance. Do this after giving each wire a
gentle pull to ensure the wires are still attached to the con-
tact and contacts are seated in the connector.
Min/Max Figure 7-1. Voltage Measurement (DC)
Use of the "Min/Max" recording feature of some meters • If meter is not auto ranging, set it to the correct
can help when taking measurements of intermittent condi- range (See multimeter’s operation manual)
tions while alone. For example, you can read the Voltage
applied to a solenoid when it is only operational while a • Use firm contact with meter leads
switch, far from the solenoid and meter, is held down.
Polarity
Getting a negative Voltage or current reading when
expecting a positive reading frequently means the leads
3121202 – JLG Lift – 7-1

Resistance Measurement • Use firm contact with meter leads
Continuity Measurement
Figure 7-3. Continuity Measurement
• Some meters require a separate button press to

Figure 7-2. Resistance Measurement enable audible continuity testing
• First test meter and leads by touching leads • Circuit power must be turned OFF before testing
together. Resistance should read a short circuit continuity
(very low resistance)
• Disconnect component from circuit before testing
• Circuit power must be turned OFF before testing
resistance • Use firm contact with meter leads
• Disconnect component from circuit before testing
• First test meter and leads by touching leads
• If meter is not auto ranging, set it to the correct together. Meter should produce an audible alarm,
range (See multimeter’s operation manual) indicating continuity
7-2 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Current Measurement • LSS Modules connections,
• Deutz EMR 2 ECM connection.
Silicone Dielectric Compound must be used on all electri-

cal connections except for those mentioned above for the
following reasons:
• To prevent oxidation at the mechanical joint between

male and female pins.
• To prevent electrical malfunction caused by low level

conductivity between pins when wet.
Use the following procedure to apply Silicone Dielectric

Compound to the electrical connectors. This procedure
applies to all plug connections not enclosed in a box. Sili-
cone grease should not be applied to connectors with
external seals.
1. To prevent oxidation, silicone grease must be

packed completely around male and female pins on
the inside of the connector prior to assembly. This is
most easily achieved by using a syringe.
NOTE: Over a period of time, oxidation increases electrical

resistance at the connection, eventually causing cir-
cuit failure.
Figure 7-4. Current Measurement (DC)
2. To prevent shorting, silicone grease must be packed
• Set up the meter for the expected current range around each wire where they enter the outside of the
• Be sure to connect the meter leads to the correct connector housing. Also, silicone grease must be
jacks for the current range you have selected applied at the joint where the male and female con-
nectors come together. Any other joints (around
• If meter is not auto ranging, set it to the correct strain reliefs, etc.) where water could enter the con-
range (See multi meter’s operation manual) nector should also be sealed.
• Use firm contact with meter leads
NOTE: This condition is especially common when machines
7.3 APPLYING SILICONE DIELECTRIC are pressure washed since the washing solution is
much more conductive than water.
COMPOUND TO ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS 3. Anderson connectors for the battery boxes and bat-
tery chargers should have silicone grease applied to
NOTE: Do NOT apply dielectric grease to the following con- the contacts only.
nections:
NOTE: Curing-type sealants might also be used to prevent
• Main Boom Rotary sensor connections (on Celesco shorting and would be less messy, but would make
Sensor), future pin removal more difficult.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 7-3

7.4 AMP CONNECTOR Assembly

Applying Silicone Dielectric Compound to Check to be sure the wedge lock is in the open, or as-
shipped, position (See Figure 7-5.). Proceed as follows:
AMP Connectors
Silicone Dielectric Compound must be used on the AMP
connections for the following reasons:
• To prevent oxidation at the mechanical joint between

male and female pins.
• To prevent electrical malfunction caused by low level
conductivity between pins when wet.
Use the following procedure to apply Silicone Dielectric
Compound to the electrical connectors.
1. To prevent oxidation and low level conductivity, sili-

cone dielectric grease must be packed completely
around male and female pins on the inside of the
connector after the mating of the housing to the
header. This is easily achieved by using a syringe to
fill the header with silicone dielectric compound, to a
point just above the top of the male pins inside the
header. When assembling the housing to the
header, it is possible that the housing will become Figure 7-5. Connector Assembly Figure 1
air locked, thus preventing the housing latch from
engaging.
2. Pierce one of the unused wire seals to allow the 1. To insert a contact, push it straight into the appropri-
trapped air inside the housing to escape. ate circuit cavity as far as it will go (See Figure 7-7.).
3. Install a hole plug into this and/or any unused wire 2. Pull back on the contact wire with a force of 1 or 2
seal that has silicone dielectric compound escaping lbs. to be sure the retention fingers are holding the
from it. contact (See Figure 7-7.).
Figure 7-6. AMP Connector
7-4 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Figure 7-7. Connector Assembly Figure 2
3. After all required contacts have been inserted, the 4. Slide the wedge lock into the housing until it is flush
wedge lock must be closed to its locked position. with the housing (See Figure 7-9.).
Release the locking latches by squeezing them
inward (See Figure 7-8.).
3121202 – JLG Lift – 7-5

Figure 7-10. Connector Disassembly
Disassembly the field, by using a flat probe such as a pocket knife. DO

NOT use a sharp point such as an ice pick.
1. Insert a 4.8 mm (3/16") wide screwdriver blade
between the mating seal and one of the red wedge Service - Voltage Reading
lock tabs.
2. Pry open the wedge lock to the open position.
DO NOT PIERCE WIRE INSULATION TO TAKE VOLTAGE READ-
3. While rotating the wire back and forth over a half
INGS.
turn (1/4 turn in each direction), gently pull the wire
until the contact is removed.
It has been common practice in electrical troubleshooting
NOTE: The wedge lock should never be removed from the to probe wires by piercing the insulation with a sharp
housing for insertion or removal of the contacts. point. This practice should be discouraged when dealing
with the AMPSEAL plug assembly, or any other sealed
Wedge Lock connector system. The resulting pinholes in the insulation
will allow moisture to invade the system by traveling along
The wedge lock has slotted openings in the forward, or the wire strands. This nullifies the effectiveness of the con-
mating end. These slots accommodate circuit testing in nector seals and could result in system failure.
7-6 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Figure 7-11. Connector Installation
3121202 – JLG Lift – 7-7

7.5 DEUTSCH CONNECTORS NOTE: The receptacle is shown - use the same procedure
for plug.
DT/DTP Series Assembly
DT/DTP Series Disassembly
A B
A B
C D
Figure 7-12. DT/DTP Contact Installation
C
1. Grasp crimped contact about 25mm behind the con-
Figure 7-13. DT/DTP Contact Removal
tact barrel.
2. Hold connector with rear grommet facing you. 1. Remove wedgelock using needlenose pliers or a
hook shaped wire to pull wedge straight out.
3. Push contact straight into connector grommet until a
click is felt. A slight tug will confirm that it is properly 2. To remove the contacts, gently pull wire backwards,
locked in place. while at the same time releasing the locking finger
by moving it away from the contact with a screw-
4. Once all contacts are in place, insert wedgelock with driver.
arrow pointing toward exterior locking mechanism.
The wedgelock will snap into place. Rectangular 3. Hold the rear seal in place, as removing the contact
wedges are not oriented. Thy may go in either way. may displace the seal.
7-8 – JLG Lift – 3121202

HD30/HDP20 Series Assembly HD30/HDP20 Series Disassembly
A B A B
C C
Figure 7-14. HD/HDP Contact Installation Figure 7-16. HD/HDP Contact Removal
1. Grasp contact about 25mm behind the contact

crimp barrel. 1. With rear insert toward you, snap appropriate size
extractor tool over the wire of contact to be
2. Hold connector with rear grommet facing you. removed.
3. Push contact straight into connector grommet until a
2. Slide tool along into the insert cavity until it engages
positive stop is felt. A slight tug will confirm that it is
contact and resistance is felt.
properly locked in place.
3. Pull contact-wire assembly out of connector.
Figure 7-15. HD/HDP Locking Contacts Into Position

Figure 7-17. HD/HDP Unlocking Contacts
NOTE: For unused wire cavities, insert sealing plugs for full
environmental sealing NOTE: Do Not twist or insert tool at an angle.
3121202 – JLG Lift – 7-9

Figure 7-18. Electrical Harness - Prior to S/N 87000 - Sheet 1 of 2
7-10 – JLG Lift – 3121202

Figure 7-19. Electrical Harness - Prior to S/N 87000 - Sheet 2 of 2
3121202 – JLG Lift – 7-11

FOOTSWITCH
PLATFORM
FLOODLIGHTS GENERATOR
SWITCH
PLATFORM
WORK LIGHTS
J7
J1
J5 J6
ABOVE HORIZONTAL
J2
LIMIT SWITCH
(ALL SPECS EXCEPT
J8
CE SPEC)
TRANSPORT
LIMIT SWITCH
(CE SPEC)
DUAL CAPACITY
LIMIT SWITCHES
(ALL SPECS EXCEPT
CE & LATIN AMERICA
SPECS)
PLATFORM
CONTROL
BOX
GROUND (DEUTZ & GM)

CONTROL
BOX
J8
J1
J7
J2
J3
J4
HEADLIGHTS
DIAGNOSTIC TAILLIGHTS
ANALYZER
Figure 7-20. Electrical Harness - S/N 87000 to Present - Sheet 1 of 2
7-12 – JLG Lift – 3121202

2500W
GENERATOR
GENERATOR
CONTROL BOX
2500W
GENERATOR
RELAY
7500W
7500W GENERATOR 7500W
GENERATOR 7500W
GENERATOR CONTROL BOX SKYPOWER
PLATFORM RELAYS
GENERATOR
BOX
LP CONVERTOR THROTTLE
(FORD) CONTROL
ALTERNATOR (FORD)
THROTTLE
ACTUATOR
(CAT)
ENGINE
FUEL CONTROL
SHUT (DEUTZ)
BOSCH FUEL OFF
REGULATOR SWITCH
(GM) FUEL (CAT) AUX
PUMP PUMP
FUEL (CAT)
REGULATOR
(GM HARNESS) ENGINE
HARNESS
(DEUTZ)
ENGINE
HARNESS
(GM)
+ –
TACH
SENSOR/
SPEED 2 SPEED GLOW
PICK-UP & BRAKE BATTERY
PLUGS
(CAT) VALVE
HYDRAULIC GLOW
PUMPS START PLUG
STARTER RELAY RELAY
STROBE
LIGHT
AUX
RELAY
MAIN
CONTROL
VALVE
HORN
JIB
VALVE
FUEL 4WS
LEVEL VALVE
SENSOR
ALARM
Figure 7-21. Electrical Harness - S/N 87000 to Present - Sheet 2 of 2
3121202 – JLG Lift – 7-13

PLATFORM WORK LIGHTS
PLATFORM BOX
RED
BLACK 18 BLK/WHT (12) 18 BLACK (12)
RED
BLACK
STROBE LIGHT
15 YEL/BLK(18) 15 BLU/ORN 52-11 1

15 AMP 2
C.B.
BLU/ORN 52-11
YEL/RED
MTB
2-5-1
SELECT
SWITCH
MAIN TELE IN BROWN 13-1 5 19 ORN/RED 49-4 PLATFORM
ALARM EMS
MAIN TELE OUT BROWN 14-1 6 YEL/RED YEL/RED
20 BLACK 13 ORN/BLK 13 2 B1 YEL/RED
GRAY 24-1 2-5 2-5
ROTATE RIGHT 7
33 GRAY 23-1 3 LEFT ROTATE 4 2-4 (12)
ROATE LEFT GRAY 23-1 8 YEL/RED YEL/RED
34 GRAY 24-1 4 RIGHT ROTATE 10 ORN(12) 10 1 B YEL/RED
LEVEL UP PINK 25-1 9 2-2(12) 2-2(12)
21 PINK 25-1 2 UP LEVEL 3 2-1(12)
LEVEL DOWN PINK 26-1 10
22 PINK 26-1 1 DOWN LEVEL
J7 (BLACK)
JIB UP BLUE 27-1 11

25 BLUE 27-1 5 UP JIB
JIB DOWN BLUE 28-1
YEL/RED 2-3(16)
12 26 BLUE 28-1 6 DOWN JIB YEL/RED YEL/RED
FUEL SELECT BLU/ORN 52-20 33 23 BLACK 7 UPPER 2-30-4 2-1-3
Ref.V RED/ORN 4 RED/WHT 55-30 34 (12)
PUMP 28 VALVE
WIPER GREEN 6 RED/WHT 55-31 35 29 450ASII
POTENTIOMETER
GND BRN/BLK 5 BLACK 13 10 VOLT REF. ONLY
SPARE 30
CREEP 2 ORN/RED 49-11 32 13 INPUT ANALOG 86 85
19 14 GND 87a
87
15 YEL/RED 2-37 20 31 CAN HI RED (18) 3 RED (18) 3
ORN/YEL
BLU/YEL
21 30 CAN LO BLACK (18) BLACK (18)

2 2
BLACK 0-1
22 32 CAN SHIELD SHIELD
1 1
23 EMS PTF TO MTB output YEL/RED 2-3-1 4
3 ORANGE (18) 4
J1 (WHITE)
3 24 GND MODE
1 YEL/RED 2-30-1
2 PTF EMS
25
YEL/RED 2-10 18 27
YEL/RED 2-1-1(12)
TOWER UP TAN 5-1 1 35 SPARE FOOTSWITCH 2
J1-19
TOWER DOWN TAN 6-1 2 8 ORN/RED 49-70 7 BLACK
TOWER TELE IN BROWN 15-1 3 4 ORN/RED 49-71 8 WHITE 7 GREEN 6 YELLOW (18) 6
TOWER TELE OUT BROWN 16-1 4
17 WHITE 8
CRAB STEER YELLOW 55-16 16 JIB BLOCK LIMIT SW 8 HOLE PLUG
6 BLACK
COORDINATED STEER YELLOW 55-17 17 14 HOLE PLUG 14
18 YEL/RED 2-63 3 WHT BLK 4 SOFT
26 R
WHT 5 TOUCH 17 HOLE PLUG 17
14 7 ORN/RED 49-69 6 BLK L
START SWITCH WHT/YEL 48-1 19 HOLE PLUG 19
9 BLU/ORN 52-4 1
AUX POWER BRN/ORN 53-1 15 GENERATOR
5 BLU/ORN 52-3 2
ENGINE SPEED WHT/YEL 48-5 28 16 BLACK (12) 16
11 ORN/RED 49-72 9
TWO SPEED ORANGE 55-46 27
HORN 12 ORN/RED 49-73 10 12 RED (12) 12
BLU/ORN 52-1 31
SOFT TOUCH OVERIDE 15 ORN/RED 49-75 12 11 BLU/BLK 11
ORN/RED 49-40 29
HEAD/TAIL LIGHTS 16 ORN/RED 49-74 11
BLU/ORN 52-12 30 9 RED/BLK (18) 9
24 BLACK
TILT 7 BROWN (18) 7
ORN/RED 49-3 6
5 BLUE (18) 5
SYSTEM DISTRESS BRN/WHT 47-12 8
FOOTSWITCH/ENABLE
J8 (BLACK)
YEL/RED 2-21 7 GND FROM GND MODULE

CREEP ORN/RED 49-15 9 1 BLACK (12)
GND EMS
CABLE SERVICE ORN/RED 49-101 2 YEL/RED 2-1-2 IGN POWER
10
CONNECTOR
OVERLOAD
J2 (GRAY)
ORN/RED 49-100 11
226KG/500# CAPACITY RED/YEL 54-2 12
YEL/RED 2-4 (16)
453KG/1000# CAPACITY RED/YEL 54-3 13 RED (18) CAN HI
CAN LO
AXLE SET 14 BLACK (18)
CAN SHIELD
GENERATOR ON BLU/ORN 52-4-1 15
SOFT TOUCH ORN/RED 49-42 16 ORN/RED 49-86
GLOW PLUG WHT/YEL 48-6 17
YEL/RED 2-1-99 (16)
DRIVE DISABLED BRN/WHT 47-14 19

YEL/RED 2-1-98
800A/AJ UPRIGHT TILTED ORN/RED 49-102 20

BLACK 18
FUEL GAGE
BRN/WHT 47-4
RED 1-2
FULL 35
6 SWING
3/4 BRN/WHT 47-3 23
1/2 BRN/WHT 47-2 24 5 WHITE 5K
1
J5 (WHITE)
1/4 BRN/WHT 47-1 22 RED/BLU

BLACK 25 4 GRN/YEL
2 GREEN
LOW FUEL LAMP BLACK 25
(N/A WITH FUEL GAGE) BRN/WHT 47-13 21
C
B
3
A
BROWN LIFT
1 7 BLACK OR BLU/YEL 5K
SEE SHEET 2
2
SEE SHEET 2
34
4 5 WHT/GRN LEFT
STEER
33 6 WHT/YEL RIGHT
J6 (BLACK)
14 YEL/RED 2-36 32 4
30 2 BLUE
RED ORN/RED 49-92 26 1 RED OR WHT/RED
11
GREEN 10 ORN/RED 49-91 28 3 BROWN
WHITE 9 ORN/RED 49-90 29 7 BLACK
ORN/RED 49-89 27 DRIVE
BLACK/SHIELD 8
3
31
5
ANALYZER TRANSMIT
ANALYZER RECEIVE
ANALYZER GROUND
ANALYZER POWER
800A/AJ UPRIGHT
TILT SWITCH
1 2 3
LOCATED IN UPRIGHT
WHITE
BLACK= GROUND
1 2 3 4 BLACK GREEN= N.O. RELAY CONTACT
GREEN RED= 12 VDC
WHITE= N.C. RELAY CONTACT
RED
Figure 7-22. Electrical Schematic - ADE - Sheet 1 of 6
7-14 – JLG Lift – 3121202

GROUND CONTROL BOX
30 AMP
RED 1-2(10)
TO BATTERY NEG.
+12 VDC
24 OUTPUT
YEL/RED 2-40-9 WHEN ON
MAIN TELE IN BROWN 13-2 7 GROUND 17 BLACK HORN GND
MAIN TELE OUT BROWN 14-2 30 CONTROLS 2 BLU/ORN 52-2 HORN OUTPUT
ROTATE RIGHT GRAY 24-2 18
10 GRAY 23-3 LEFT ROTATE
ROTATE LEFT GRAY 23-2 6
21 GRAY 24-3 RIGHT ROTATE
LEVEL UP PINK 25-2 17
5 PINK 25-3 UP LEVEL
LEVEL DOWN PINK 26-2 5
7 PINK 26-3 DOWN LEVEL
START SWITCH WHT/YEL 48-1 4
12 BLUE 27-3 UP JIB
AUX POWER/ENABLE BRN/ORN 53-2 16
23 BLUE 28-3 DOWN JIB
20 13 RED/WHT 50-1 MAIN DUMP
9
J4 (BLUE)
1 YELLOW 55-2 STEER DUMP
MTB BLUE 27-2
EMS JIB UP 19 31 RED/WHT 50-6 FLOW CONTROL
JIB DOWN BLUE 28-2 8 33 TAN 5-3 UP TOWER LIFT
MAIN LIFT UP TAN 3-2 23
J2 (GRAY)
32 TAN 6-3 DOWN TOWER LIFT
MAIN LIFT DOWN TAN 4-2 33 3 BROWN 15-3 IN TOWER TELE.
WHITE 22-2 35
SWING RIGHT 15 BROWN 16-3 OUT TOWER TELE
SWING LEFT WHITE 21-2 34
4 BROWN 13-3 IN MAIN TELE
TOWER LIFT UP TAN 5-2 10 16 BROWN 14-3 OUT MAIN TELE
TOWER LIFT DOWN TAN 6-2 21
8 YELLOW 10-1 RIGHT FRONT STEER
BROWN 15-2 11
TOWER TELE IN 19 YELLOW 9-1 LEFT FRONT STEER
BROWN 16-2 22 +12 VDC
TOWER TELE OUT 11 TAN 3-3 UP MAIN LIFT
YEL/RED 2-40 25 OUTPUT
22 TAN 4-3 DOWN MAIN LIFT
WHEN ON
1 GROUND 35 WHITE 22-3 RIGHT SWING
HOURMETER CONTROLS 34 WHITE 21-3
BRN/WHT 47-8 12 LEFT SWING
ENGINE LOW 9 YELLOW 12-1 RIGHT REAR STEER
OIL PRESSURE BRN/WHT 47-5-1 29
20 YELLOW 11-1 LEFT REAR STEER
ENGINE HIGH
TEMPERATURE BRN/WHT 47-6-1 28 14 BLACK HEAD/TAIL LIGHT OUTPUT
NO CHARGE BRN/WHT 47-8-1 26 30 BLACK 87
87a
27 29 BLACK ALARM 85
BLACK (10)
86
PLATFORM 27 BLU/ORN 52-10 30 14 GA.
OVERLOAD ORN/RED 49-100 14 FUSE LINK
26 BLU/ORN 52-12 12 BLU/ORN 52-12 RED 1-1 (12)
BOOM MALFUNCTION 13 18 BLACK 0-5 13
INDICATOR BRN/WHT 47-15 15 24
(800A/AJ ONLY) 25 UNITS WITH 4 LED
28 SPARE-GND FUEL GAGE IN
2 PLATFORM.
25 BRN/WHT 47-12 FUEL SENSOR (SIGNAL) 6
GLOW PLUG WHT/YEL 48-6 3 6 BLACK SENSOR (GROUND) 25
BLACK 31 6 UNITS WITH LOW
32 1 FUEL LIGHT IN
PLATFORM
GND FROM BATTERY 2
1 3 ORANGE 7-2 DRIVE FORWARD
MTB EMS input
2
J8 (BLACK)
GND TO PLATFORM 6 ORANGE 8-2 DRIVE REVERSE

BLACK (12) 3 23 ORANGE 55-45 BRAKE
MTB EMS TO PLATFORM
YEL/RED 2-1-2(12) 4 20 ORANGE 55-47 2-SPEED
5 BLACK 0-4
18 BLACK 0-2
27 BLACK 0-3
4 AUXILIARY POWER
RED (18) CAN HI 8 PUMP
13 NOTE: NOT ALL BLACK GROUND WIRES
CAN LO 9 MOTOR
BLACK (18) 24 ARE NUMBERED ON ALL MODELS M
CAN SHIELD 12
18
J1 (WHITE)
YEL/RED 2-3-1 PTF EMS 1 13 BRN/ORN 53-2

YEL/RED 2-21 FOOTSWITCH 28
15 YEL/RED ANALYZER POWER 1
YEL/RED 2-30 MTB MODE SELECT 3 29 ORN/RED 49-91 ANALYZER RECEIVE 2
PLATFORM MODE INPUT
YEL/RED 2-2-1 2 30 ORN/RED 49-90 ANALYZER TRANSMIT 3
MTB MODE OUTPUT
YEL/RED 2-30-1 14 31 BLACK 0-2 ANALYZER GROUND 4
9 10 SEE SHEET 2
POWERMITE FOR 7500 W
23 11 GENERATOR
25 14 GENERATOR
5 15 87 87a
31 85 14 GA.
22 BLU/ORN 52-5 14 BLU/ORN 52-5 86
35 30 FUSE LINK
BLK ORN/RED 49-66 4 16
10
DUAL CAPACITY CAPACITY ANGLE SWITCH 24
WHT 9 YEL/RED 2-62 16
MACHINES ONLY BLK 8 ORN/RED 49-65 7 25
CAPACITY LENGTH SWITCH
WHT 7 YEL/RED 2-61 26 26
J7 (BLACK)
TRANSPORT LENGTH 7
SWITCH (CE ONLY) 10
21
4 ORN/RED 49-62 5 WHT BLK 6 ORN/RED 49-64 29 17
ORN/RED 49-77 34
30
ORN/RED 49-76 3 ORN/RED 49-60 2 BLK WHT YEL/RED 2-60 11 32
1 B+
33
BLK WHT MAIN BOOM ELEVATION
TOWER ELEVATION 450ASII 19
ALL MODELS 8
600 A/AJ, 800A/AJ ONLY 35
28
CABLE SERVICE BROWN 2 ORN/RED 49-87 32
SWITCH (CE ONLY) 4 1 BLACK 3 ORN/RED 49-88 12 2 12 VDC
4 BATTERY
1 BLUE 3 8
BROWN 2 ORN/RED 49-87 34 9
TOWER LIFT
PROX. SWITCH 4 1 BLACK 3 ORN/RED 49-88 22 6
(800 A/AJ ONLY) 6 7
1 BLUE CAT ENGINE ONLY WHT/YEL 17 13
3
BROWN 5 ORN/RED 49-84 33 14
TOWER TELE. 3
PROX. SWITCH 4 1 BLACK 6 ORN/RED 49-85 21
(800 A/AJ ONLY} 10
3 BLUE 4 ORN/RED 49-93 19 11
27 1
20 5
12
1870215 B
3121202 – JLG Lift – 7-15

RED 1-1(10) STARTER

STARTER FUEL
MOTOR PUMP
FUSIBLE LINK
MOTOR
SOL. SOL.
FAN STARTER 1 2
STARTER
MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR
BLACK
CAT ENGINE
WHT/YEL 48-8
400S, 450A/AJ
B+
WHT/YEL 48-12(12)
WHT/YEL 48-12(12)
FUEL PUMP RELAY

14 GA. FUSE LINK
D+ (LOCATED IN M.T.B.)
WHT/YEL 48-10 (12)
REGULATOR
GLOW PLUGS 87a 87
14 GA. FUSE LINK

GLOW PLUGS
30 86 85
FLYWHEEL
SPEED GLOW
BLACK 0-6
PICKUP PLUG
RED 1-10
START SOL. FLYWHEEL
SOL. W SPEED GLOW
PICKUP PLUG
START SOL.
SOL.
WHT/YEL 48-15
THROTTLE
ACTUATOR
C B A 87a 87
RED 1-3 (12)
THROTTLE
COOLANT TEMP. ACTUATOR
86 85 SENSOR C B A
11
30
BRN/WHT 47-21
ORN/RED 49-51
WHT/YEL 48-9
WHT/YEL 48-3
ORN/RED 49-50
OIL PRESSURE
ORN/RED 49-54
BLACK 0-5
BRN/WHT 47-8
BLACK
SENSOR
BRN/WHT 47-6
FUEL ON
BLACK
WHT/YEL 48-9
ORN/RED 49-51
WHT/YEL 48-3
ORN/RED 49-50
ORN/RED 49-54
SOLENOID
BLACK
WHT/YEL 48-6
BRN/WHT 47-5
ORN/RED 49-53
J1-17
J1-16
J1-12
J1-11
J1-16
J1-1
J1-15
J1-12
J7-27
J1-14
J1-7
J1-11
J7-27
J1-1
J1-8
J1-7
J1-8
120 OHM
RESISTOR
FUEL ON 87 87a
ALTERNATOR
RELAY 86 85 EXCITATION
30 RELAY
400S/SJ, 450A/AJ CAT ONLY
YEL/RED 2-6-2 87 87a
86 85
30
CAT ENGINE
BLACK 0-6
YEL/RED 2-4-1 ONLY

YEL/RED 2-6-2
BLACK 0-1
YEL/RED 2-4-1 (12)

J1-17
GM ENGINE
J1-10
J1-19
B
PLATFORM
GM ENGINE GROUND
CONNECTOR #1
SEE SHT 3
SELECT
SWITCH
N
P
A
C
F
BRN/WHT 47-8-2
BRN/WHT 47-8-1
BLACK (18)
RED (18)
BRN/WHT 47-8
CAN LO
CAN HI
AUXILIARY
CAN SHIELD
WHT/YEL 48-8
SOLENOID
BLACK
WHT/YEL 48-3
STARTER
YEL/RED 2-1-99 (16)
MOTOR
SOL. SEE
SHT 3
STARTER
MOTOR
C
B
A
SEE SHT 1
FUEL IGN POWER

C-5
J1-11
PUMP CONNECTOR
SEE SHT 1
7-16 – JLG Lift – 3121202

RECTIFER
B+ FUSIBLE
RED 1-1(10)
STATOR LINK
CAT ENGINE
600A, 600S, 800A
RED 1-1(10)
STARTER ALTERNATOR
MOTOR
SOL. REGULATOR
ALTERNATOR WITH PLUG CONNECTOR
B+ FUSIBLE STARTER SENSING AND
MOTOR SWITCHING
LINK CIRCUITS
P D+
1
IG
STATOR 2
BRN/WHT 47-20
WHT/YEL 48-13 (8)
WHT/YEL 48-12(12)
MIC L
BRN/WHT 47-8-1
3
BRN/WHT 47-8
ALTERNATOR
BRN/WHT 47-21
GLOW PLUGS
BATTERY CABLE (1 GA.)

GLOW
START
PLUG
COOLANT TEMP. SOL.
SOL.
SENSOR FUEL ON
SOLENOID
BRN/WHT 47-6
OIL PRESSURE
ORN/RED 49-53
SENSOR
BRN/WHT 47-5
11
WHT/YEL 48-3
WHT/YEL 48-9
J1-11
DEUTZ ENGINE
J1-14
J1-15
J1-12
BRN/WHT 47-8
MTB TO EMR2 ENGINE CONTROL

COOLANT 2 8 GRD(TempAll)
TEMPERATURE
1 9 ADC7(TEMP3) 1
EMR2 ENGINE CONTROL TO ENGINE

ENGINE 2 13 SPEED 2
SPEED
1 12 GRD (SPEED)
CAMSHAFT 10
1 23 GRD (ACD2)
11
CHARGE AIR2 4 ADC5(TEMP1)
PRESSURE 3 25 +5Vref(ADC2) 12
4 24 ADC2
13
1 22 +5Vref(ADC4)
ENGINE OIL 14
2 21 ADC4
PRESSURE
3 20 GND (ADC4)
1 14 ActorOut
EMR 2 15 ActorOut
YEL/RED 2-1-99 (16)

ACTUATOR 3 17 RackMeasCom
4 19 RackMeasSignal
5 18 RackMeasRef
120 OHM
J1-22
RESISTOR
CAN SHIELD
CAN LO
CAN HI
BLACK (16)
ORN/RED 49-198
ORN/RED 49-199
YEL/RED 2-1-98
BLACK 0-1
BLACK (18)
RED (18)
BLU/ORN 52-5
5 AMP
7500 W
GENERATOR
GENERATOR
CONTROL
B+ BOX B L K A
C
B
A
J1-8
B A C
12 VDC
SEE SHEET 1
CONNECTOR
7
DEUTZ
IGN POWER
SEE SHEET 1
BATTERY DIANOSTICS
PLUG
BLU/ORN 52-6
YEL/RED 2-20
BLACK
BLU/ORN 52-5
87 87a
86 85
30
87 87a
86 85
30
RED RED
1870215 B
3121202 – JLG Lift – 7-17

WHT/LT GRN
D GASOLINE
LT GRN/RED SENSOR TWR
C
LT GRN/WHT WHT/RED A LPG TEMP.
B WHT/BLK A
BLK/LT GRN BLK/LT GRN
A B PNK/TAN LOCKOFF
B
1 DR GRN/ORN
EGO 1
2 DR GRN/WHT
EGO 2
3
EGO 3
4
EGO 4
5 PUR/LT BLU
TPS 1
6 LT BLU/DK BLU
TPS 2
7 LT GREEN
MAP
8 TAN/DK GRN
AUX ANA PDI
9 DR BLU/ORN
FPP 1
10 PUR/YEL
FPP2/1VS
11
AUX ANA PD2
12
AUX ANA PD3
13 WHT/ORN
CAN1 TERM +
14 BLU/PNK
CAN1 +
15 BLU/WHT
CAN1 -
16 CRANKSHAFT
CAN2 -
17 POSITION
CAN2 +
18
CAN2 TERM +
19 LT GRN/RED PUR/WHT A
5V EXT 1
20 BLK/LT GRN WHT/PUR
5V EXT B
21 PUR/WHT
CRANK +
CRANK - 22 WHT/PUR
23 GRY/BRN
CAM +
24 PUR/ORN
CAM -
25 RED/WHT
ROAD SPEED +
26 RED/BLK
ROAD SPEED -
27
KNOCK1 +
KNOCK1 - 28
29
KNOCK2 +
30
KNOCK2 -
31 YELLOW
SPK COIL 1A
32
SPK COIL 1B
33
SPK COIL 2A
34
SPK COIL 2B
35
SPK COIL 3A
36
SPK COIL 3B
37
SPK COIL 4A
38
SPK COIL 4B
39 YEL/GRY
1AT
40 TAN/WHT
ECT
41 WHT/RED
LP TEMP
42 TAN/BRN
AUX DIG 1
43 TAN/RED
AUX DIG 2
44 TAN/BLK
AUX DIG 3
45 PNK/TAN
VSW
46 DR BLU/YEL
AUX ANA PU1
47 YEL/DR BLU
AUX ANA PU2
48 LT GRN/WHT
AUX ANA PU3
49 LT GRN/PUR
(FPP 2 ONLY) 5V EXT 2
50 LT GRN/BLK
5V RTM
51 GRY/DR BLUE
GOV1
52 GRY/ORN
GOV2
53 LT BLUE
OIL PRES
54 WHT/LT GRN
(FRP) AUX ANA PUD1
55 DR GREEN
PC TX
56 ORANGE
PC RX
57
PULSE IN
58 GRAY
TACH
59
EPR PWR
60 RED/TAN IGNITION
VBAT
61 BRN/LT BLU COIL
INJ1 LS
62 BRN/ LT GRN PNK/DR GRN
INJ2 LS A
63 BRN/YEL YEL/BLK
INJ3 LS B
64 BRN/WHT PLUG
INJ4 LS C
65 D
INJ5 LS BLACK 16
66 C IGNITION
INJ6 LS MODULE
67 YELLOW B
INJ7 LS PNK/DK GRN
68 A
INJ8 LS
69 BLACK 16
GROUND
70
STARTER
71 WHT/LT BLU
RELAY
72 BLK/WHT
EGOH 1
73 BLK/YEL
EGOH 2
74
EGOH 3
75 WHT/BLK
LOCKOFF
76
BUZZER
77 BRN/WHT
PWM5
78 WHT/BRN
PWM5 RECIRC
79 RED/TAN
VBAT
80 GRN/YEL
MIL
81 BLACK 16
GROUND
82 PNK/WHT
DBW +
83 TAN/ORN
DBW -
84 TAN/BLK
FUEL PUMP RELAY
85 PNK/YEL
AUX PWM3 RECIR
86 BLK/RED
(FUEL PUMP) PWM3
87 TAN
AUX PWM1
88 DR BLUE
AUX PWM2
89 PNK/BLK
AUX PWM3
90 BLK/LT GRN TWR
AUX PWM4 RECIR PUR/ORN
A
GRY/BRN CAMSHAFT
B POSITION
LT GRN/RED C
PUR/LT BLU
6
LT BLU/DR BLU 5
PNK/WHT 4 BOSCH
LT GRN/RED THROTTLE
3
BLK/LT GRN 2
TAN/ORN
1
BRN/YEL BRN/LT BLU
BRN/WHT
BRN/ LT GRN
PNK/DR GRN 16 PNK/DR GRN 16 PNK/DR GRN 16 PNK/DR GRN 16
7-18 – JLG Lift – 3121202

BLK/YEL BLK/WHT
D EGO 2 D
BLK/LT GRN BLK/LT GRN
C C
PNK/DK GRN PNK/DK GRN EGO 1
B B
DR GRN/WHT DR GRN/ORN
A A
TAN/WHT A
BLK/LT GRN ECT
B
C
LT GREEN
4
LT GRN/RED 3 BOSCH
YEL/GRY 2 TMAP
BLK/LT GRN CONNECTOR 2
1
PINK/DR GRN S 12V RELAYED POWER

TAN/DR GRN R AUX ANA PD1
RED/BLK P VS-
RED/WHT N VS+
TAN/BLK M AUX DIG 3
TAN/RED L AUX DIG 2
GRY/DR BLU K GOV SELECT 1
LT BLUE J GOV SELECT 2
GRY/ORN
DR BLU/YEL H AUX ANA PU1
OIL PRESS.
BLACK YEL/DR BLU G AUX ANA PU1
SWITCH
TAN 18 F AUX PWM 2
BLACK 16 E GROUND
GRAY D TACH
BRN/WHT 16 C AUX PWM 5
BLACK (12) WHT/BRN 16 B AUX PWM 5 RECIRC
GROUND
A AUX PWM 1
TAN 16 VEHICLE INTERFACE CONNECTORS
LT BLU/PNK 16
CONNECTOR 1
LT GRN/PUR S 5V EXT 2 (FPP2 ONLY)

LT GRN/BLK R 5V RTN 2
BLU/WHT P CAN1 -
BLU/PNK N CAN1 +
LT GRN/RED M 5V EXT 1
BLK/LT GRN L 5V RTN 1
DR BLU/ORN K FPP1
PUR/YEL J FPP2/1VS
TAN/BRN H FUEL SELECT (AUX DIG)
GRN/YEL G MIL
LT BLU/PNK 16 F START IN (INTERRUPT TYPE)
DK BLU 18 E START IN (AUTOCRANKING)
PNK/YEL 16 D FUEL PUMP +
BLK/RED 16 C FUEL PUMP -
PURPLE 16 B ALT EXCITE
87a
30 PINK A VSW
WHITE 16
87 RED/TAN 16
LT BLU/PNK
86 START RELAY
DIAGNOSTIC
CONNECTOR
PNK/BLK 85
BLK/LT GRN 1 ANA RTN

LT GRN/RED 2 5V REF
DR GRN 3 PC TX
ORANGE 4 PC RX
5 UNUSED
6 UNUSED
BLU/PNK 7 CAN +
FUEL PUMP
BLU/WHT 8 CAN1 -
PNK/DR GRN 16 F5 PNK/YEL 16
15A
PNK/TAN F1 PINK
5A
VSW
RED/TAN 16 F6 RED 16 60A
RED 10
15A
MAXI FUSE
STARTER
RED 10
ALTERNATOR B+
RED/TAN 14 F2 RED 14 RED 12
20A
PNK/DR GRN 16 F4 PNK/DR GRN 16 ECM
15A B+ RED 16
A ALTERNATOR
IGNITION STARTER PURPLE 16
SOLENOID B
PNK/DR GRN 16
RED 16 STARTER
MOTOR
WHT/LT BLU 85
RED 16 30 SEE SHT-2 BLACK 10
PNK/DR GRN 14 87 FOR BATTERY
RED/TAN 86 CONNECTION
GROUND
POWER RELAY ALTERNATOR -
TAN/BLK 85
EPR PNK/YEL 16 87
CONNECTOR RED 16 30
PNK/TAN 86
BLU/WHT 1 CAN -
WHITE 2 CAN + FUEL PUMP RELAY
BLU/PNK 3 CAN +
4 UNUSED
5 UNUSED
BLACK 16 6 GROUND
RED/LT BLU 16 7 VBAT
8 UNUSED
EPR FUSE
RED/LT BLU 16 F3 PNK/DR GRN 16
10A
1870215 B
3121202 – JLG Lift – 7-19

Figure 7-28. Hydraulic Schematic - Sheet 1 of 6
7-20 – JLG Lift – 3121202

2792605 D
3121202 – JLG Lift – 7-21

7-22 – JLG Lift – 3121202

2792605 D
3121202 – JLG Lift – 7-23

7-24 – JLG Lift – 3121202

2792605 D
3121202 – JLG Lift – 7-25

NOTES:
7-26 – JLG Lift – 3121202

3121202
Corporate Office
JLG Industries, Inc.
1 JLG Drive
McConnellsburg PA. 17233-9533
USA
(717) 485-5161
(717) 485-6417
JLG Worldwide Locations

JLG Industries (Australia) JLG Latino Americana Ltda. JLG Industries (UK) Ltd JLG France SAS
P.O. Box 5119 Rua Eng. Carlos Stevenson, Bentley House Z.I. de Baulieu
11 Bolwarra Road 80-Suite 71 Bentley Avenue 47400 Fauillet
Port Macquarie 13092-310 Campinas-SP Middleton France
N.S.W. 2444 Brazil Greater Manchester +33 (0)5 53 88 31 70
Australia +55 19 3295 0407 M24 2GP - England
+33 (0)5 53 88 31 79
+61 2 65 811111 +55 19 3295 1025 +44 (0)161 654 1000
+61 2 65813058 +44 (0)161 654 1001
JLG Deutschland GmbH JLG Equipment Services Ltd. JLG Industries (Italia) s.r.l. Oshkosh-JLG Singapore
Max-Planck-Str. 21 Rm 1107 Landmark North Via Po. 22 Technology Equipment Pte
D - 27721 Ritterhude - Ihlpohl 39 Lung Sum Avenue 20010 Pregnana Milanese - MI Ltd
Germany Sheung Shui N. T. Italy 29 Tuas Ave 4,
+49 (0)421 69 350 20 Hong Kong +39 029 359 5210 Jurong Industrial Estate
+49 (0)421 69 350 45 (852) 2639 5783 +39 029 359 5845 Singapore, 639379
(852) 2639 5797 +65-6591 9030
+65-6591 9031
Plataformas Elevadoras JLG Sverige AB

JLG Iberica, S.L. Enkopingsvagen 150
Trapadella, 2 Box 704
P.I. Castellbisbal Sur SE - 176 27 Jarfalla
08755 Castellbisbal, Barcelona Sweden
Spain +46 (0)850 659 500
+34 93 772 4700 +46 (0)850 659 534
+34 93 771 1762
www.jlg.com

600 SJ

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

600 SJ

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

600 SJ

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What safety precautions should be observed during maintenance?

What safety precautions should be observed during maintenance?

What does the manual cover?

What does the manual cover?

Service and Maintenance Manual

February 26, 2014

SECTION A. INTRODUCTION - MAINTENANCE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Relieve system pressure by cycling the applicable control

3121202 – JLG Lift – A-1

Original Issue - October 15, 2004

A-2 – JLG Lift – 3121202

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

3121202 – JLG Lift – i

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

ii – JLG Lift – 3121202

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

3121202 – JLG Lift – iii

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

iv – JLG Lift – 3121202

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

3121202 – JLG Lift – v

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

vi – JLG Lift – 3121202

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

3121202 – JLG Lift – vii

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

viii – JLG Lift – 3121202

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

3121202 – JLG Lift – ix

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

x – JLG Lift – 3121202

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

3121202 – JLG Lift – xi

TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

xii – JLG Lift – 3121202

Table 1-1. Capacities Fuel Diesel

3121202 – JLG Lift – 1-1

Table 1-6. GM 3.0L

Table 1-10. Auxiliary Power Pump Specifications

Drive Hub Ratio Rotation Clockwise

Return - Bypass Type 10 Microns Absolute

1-2 – JLG Lift – 3121202

1.3 PERFORMANCE DATA Dimensional Data

Turning Radius (Outside)

3121202 – JLG Lift – 1-3

1.4 FUNCTION SPEEDS Test Notes

1-4 – JLG Lift – 3121202

1.5 TORQUE REQUIREMENTS When Outside

Wheel Lugs 170 ft. lbs (231 Nm) 150

Ford Engine Oil Specifications

When Outside -40°F. to +75°F. (-40°C. to +24°C.) *5W-30 (Synthetic)

3121202 – JLG Lift – 1-5

Hydraulic Oil Table 1-19. Mobil DTE 13M Specs

Steer Reliefs - 4WS Front & 2500 172

Articulating Jib Boom

1-6 – JLG Lift – 3121202

1.8 CYLINDER SPECIFICATIONS

DESCRIPTION BORE STROKE ROD DIA. 660SJ 660SJ 660SJ